Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Processing of address header for routing, per se

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370351000 - PATHFINDING OR ROUTING

370389000 - Switching a message which includes an address header

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
370393000 Address concatenation 14
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20130044750Method of Processing Management Frame and Related Communication Device - A method of processing management frame for a first communication device in a network system is disclosed. The method comprises maintaining a device table including at least an identity of at least a communication device of the network system, and at least a medium access control (MAC) address corresponding to the identity, and determining whether to perform management frame transmission to a second communication device of the network system according to the existence of the identity of the second communication device in the device table.02-21-2013
20130044749SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXCHANGING INFORMATION AMONG EXCHANGE APPLICATIONS - In a system and method for performing message-based business processes among a plurality of applications, configuration data is stored in a data store in a gateway, the configuration data including information defining one or more simple transactions that can be performed by the gateway. A gateway message is received at the gateway, the gateway message including a gateway message header and a payload, the gateway message header including a routing slip block providing a template of a complex transaction in which the gateway message is participating, the complex transaction comprising one or more simple transactions performed in a defined order. The gateway executes at least one simple transaction in accordance with the template in the routing slip and the configuration data defining the one or more simple transactions.02-21-2013
20130028258CACHED ROUTING SERVICE - A device may receive a packet, determine whether the received packet is encapsulated with a first header associated with a cached routing service, and determine whether the received packet is to be provided with the cached routing service when the received packet is not encapsulated with the first header associated with the cached routing service. In response to determining that the received packet is to be provided with the cached routing service, the device may encapsulate the received packet with a second header associated with the cached routing service, send the encapsulated packet toward a destination of the packet, and store the encapsulated packet in a buffer in a memory.01-31-2013
20130028256NETWORK ELEMENT WITH SHARED BUFFERS - A method for communication, in a network element that includes multiple ports, includes buffering data packets entering the network element via the ports in input buffers that are respectively associated with the ports. Storage of the data packets is shared among the input buffers by evaluating a condition related to the ports, and, when the condition is met, moving at least one data packet from a first input buffer of a first port to a second input buffer of a second port, different from the first port. Respective output ports, via which the buffered data packets are to exit the network element, are selected from among the ports. The buffered data packets are forwarded to the selected output ports.01-31-2013
20130028262METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR MESSAGE ANALYSIS - The method is for preparing data read from data communication network for testing purposes. The method has steps for reading data from a communication network, adding at least one header data field to the received data to create a packet interpretable by a network protocol dissector, and forwarding the created data packet to the network protocol dissector for further conversion of read data to a data analysis format. An arrangement and a computer program product are also disclosed.01-31-2013
20130028261SYSTEM-ON-CHIP-BASED NETWORK PROTOCOL IN CONSIDERATION OF NETWORK EFFICIENCY - An SoC-based system network protocol in consideration of network efficiency is disclosed. An MSB of a command signal containing an instruction defining information that is contained in a transfer signal transferred from an initiator to a destination via a channel or in a response signal transferred from the destination via the channel indicates that a highest priority is assigned to a transaction between the initiator and the destination in the network, when the instruction contained in the command signal corresponds to address information contained in the transfer signal and response information contained in the response signal, and indicates last data of a signal transferred between the initiator and the destination when the instruction contained in the command signal corresponds to control information contained in the transfer signal and data contained in the transfer signal and the response signal.01-31-2013
20130028260DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A data-processing apparatus includes a plurality of processing units having frequency bands different from one another set thereto, the plurality of processing units to process packets each including data and processing information added to the data, the processing information including instruction information indicating one or more processing instructions to the data, each processing unit in the processing units including: an input/output unit to obtain, in the packets, only a packet whose address indicates the processing unit in the processing units, the address determined in accordance with the processing information; and an operation unit to execute the processing instruction in the packet obtained by the input/output unit, the input/output unit including a receiving unit to receive only an electromagnetic wave having a frequency band set to the processing unit and obtain the packet.01-31-2013
20130028257Message Gateway and Methods for Using the Same - A computer-implemented method for transporting a message includes receiving the message from a first application via a first communication protocol, the first message including data indicating a destination for the message, generating a gateway address from the data indicating the destination, a gateway associated with the gateway address being accessible by the destination, and transporting the message to the gateway according to the gateway address using a second communication protocol, in which the first and second communication protocols are different, and in which the second communication protocol is a disruption-tolerant networking protocol.01-31-2013
20130028259SYSTEM FOR FINDING POTENTIAL ORIGINS OF SPOOFED INTERNET PROTOCOL ATTACK TRAFFIC - The invention computes approximate origins of data packets transmitted over the Internet. Law enforcement agencies and network operators can use it to assign responsibility for observed Internet activities. The invention uses a small number of cooperative locations (incoming links on routers or switches) to provide link identification data: whether a packet or did or did not traverse that location. The system uses these cooperative places to generate the link signature of a data packet—which cooperative locations observed and did not observe the packet. Potential origin locations are divided into pre-computed blocks that have the same link signatures to given destination locations. The blocks are used to generate reverse routing data, potential source addresses for different link signatures. Variations of the invention store relevant link identification and reverse routing data to find the origins of past packets or to compute the origins of packets from partial information about packets of interest.01-31-2013
20120163382Method and Arrangement for Transferring Data Packets - A method in an access device for handling data packets transferred between a user device and a communication services network. The access device receives a first data packet coming from the user device, the first data packet having a source address. Then, occurrence of service tag in the received packet is detected, where the service tag indicates a type of communication service. A packet handling rule is then determined for the source address based on the detected occurrence of service tag. Occurrence of service tag in any subsequent data packets referring to the source address or to a port the first packet was received on, is then handled according to the packet handling rule. Thereby, a flexible packet forwarding mechanism can be achieved in the access device for any types of connected user devices. Related access devices are also disclosed.06-28-2012
20120170584APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING A DATA PACKET, A DATA PACKET PROCESSING SYSTEM AND A METHOD - An apparatus and method for analyzing a data packet, where the first and second information is derived relating to the data packet. The first information relates to a type of the data packet, a standard to which the data packet conforms and/or which data item(s) is/are present in the data packet. The first information is used for identifying a function into which the second information is input to generate third, and this third information is output together with at least part of the data packet.07-05-2012
20090168780MPLS P node replacement using a link state protocol controlled ethernet network - When a MPLS Virtual Forwarding Entity (VFE) on a Link State Protocol Controlled Ethernet Network learns a forwarding equivalency class (FEC) to label binding from an attached MPLS-LER, it will determine an associated MAC address for the FEC, and advertise the FEC/label binding along with the MAC address. Nodes in the Ethernet network will install shortest path forwarding state for the MAC to the MPLS-VFE advertising the FEC/label binding. Each MPLS-VFEs on the Ethernet network that receive the advertisement will update its database and generate a label that is distributed to attached MPLS LERs using LDP. When the MPLS-LER needs to transmit traffic to the FEC, it will use the label provided by the MPLS-VFE. The MPLS-VFE maintains a mapping between the label and the MAC address so that it may use the MAC address to forward the packet across the Ethernet network.07-02-2009
20090052454METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR COLLECTING DATA FROM NETWORK TRAFFIC TRAVERSING HIGH SPEED INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) COMMUNICATION LINKS - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for collecting data from network traffic traversing a high speed Internet protocol communication links are disclosed. According to one method, a plurality of packet classification filters is cascaded to form n stages of the packet classification filters connected to series, where n is an integer of at least two. At the nth stage, network traffic copied from a high speed IP communication link is received and first packet classification processing is performed to identify an attribute of each packet of the network traffic. If the attribute is identifiable at the nth stage and is of interest for a first type of data collection processing, the first type of data collection processing is performed for the packet. If the attribute is not identifiable at the nth stage, the packet is forwarded to at least one additional stage of the n stages for second packet classification processing that is different from the first packet classification processing to identify the attribute.02-26-2009
20130044752FLOW GENERATION FROM SECOND LEVEL CONTROLLER TO FIRST LEVEL CONTROLLER TO MANAGED SWITCHING ELEMENT - A network control system that includes a first set of network controllers for (i) receiving a logical control plane definition of a logical switching element that couples to both a first set of network hosts in a first domain and a second set of network hosts in a second domain, (ii) translating the logical control plane definition of the logical switching element into a first set of flow entries in a first logical forwarding plane, and (iii) translating the first set of flow entries into a second set of flow entries in a second logical forwarding plane. The network control system includes a second set of network controllers in the first domain for (i) receiving a portion of the second set of flow entries and (ii) translating the portion of the second set of flow entries into a third set of flow entries in a physical control plane.02-21-2013
20130044751PACKET PROCESSING IN MANAGED INTERCONNECTION SWITCHING ELEMENTS - Some embodiments provide a novel method for forwarding a packet at a first managed interconnection switching element in a managed network of interconnection switching elements. The method receives a packet from a source machine on a first network segment in a first network. The packet identifies a destination machine located on a second network segment in a second, different network. The method removes a context tag that identifies the first network segment. The method uses the identification of the first network segment to determine a logical switching element that connects at least the first and second network segments. The method encapsulates the packet with a logical context identifier that identifies a logical port of the logical switching element. The logical port corresponds to the second network segment. The method transmits the twice-encapsulated packet towards a second managed interconnection switching element at the second network.02-21-2013
20130044754METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL ADDRESS - In an Ethernet network, in order to reduce network resource occupancy in obtaining Medium/Media Access Control (MAC) address of a second terminal for a first terminal to enable the first terminal to send data to the second terminal, an embodiment of the present invention provide a method for acquiring a MAC address comprises the following steps: receiving a first address resolution protocol (ARP) broadcast packet from a first terminal; acquiring a MAC address of an ARP server; replacing the destination MAC address of the first ARP broadcast packet with the MAC address of the ARP server; and thereafter sending the first ARP broadcast packet to the ARP server to enable the ARP server to acquire the MAC address of the second terminal according to the first ARP broadcast packet and send an ARP reply packet including the MAC address of the second terminal to the first terminal.02-21-2013
20130044753METHOD FOR CREATING STREAM FORWARDING ENTRY, AND DATA COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present disclosure provide a method for creating a stream forwarding entry includes: receiving, by a data communication device, a packet; making statistics on the received packet to obtain a statistical value of a stream corresponding to the packet; judging whether the statistical value of the stream exceeds a preset threshold value; and if exceeds the preset threshold value, creating, by the data communication device, a stream forwarding entry for the stream corresponding to the packet, and performing stream forwarding for subsequent packets of the stream according to the stream forwarding entry. Through the present disclosure, the number of stream forwarding entries in a stream table is reduced, the required storage space is reduced, and the maintenance of the stream table is simplified; moreover, the data communication device is not vulnerable to attacks of denial of service and is highly secure.02-21-2013
20090196293Packet transfer unit - The present invention relates to a packet transfer unit, which comprises a search key memory that stores a search key for a transfer destination of a packet and verification information generated from the search key, in association with a storage location of transfer information memorized in a transfer information memory, wherein a transfer information acquisition unit searches the search key memory by using the search key generated based on the header information and the verification information generated from the search key, acquires storage location information of the transfer information from the search key memory when a match with the search key and the verification information memorized in the search key memory is found, and acquires the transfer information stored in the transfer information memory based on the acquired storage location information, and wherein a transfer unit transfers the packet based on the acquired transfer information.08-06-2009
20090196291COMPUTER NETWORK PACKET CLASSIFICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM BASED ON A NONOVERLAPPING RULE GROUP ENCODING SCHEME - A computer network packet classification method and system based on a nonoverlapping rule group encoding scheme is proposed, which is designed for integration to a network system for classification of packets within the network system. The proposed method and system is characterized by the use of a nonoverlapping rule group encoding scheme which organizes a database of rules into nonoverlapping rule groups and creates a number of consecutive projected intervals over the dimension of each classification-related field of the packet header, whereby a projected-interval to encoded-bit-vector lookup table and an encoded-bit-vector to rule-group lookup table can be established. During the operation of packet classification, these two lookup tables are used to find the corresponding rule for each incoming packet. This scheme allows the encoded bit vectors to have a reduced bit length, and therefore allows the packet classification to be implemented with low memory requirement and enhanced performance.08-06-2009
20090196290ON-DEMAND MAC ADDRESS LOOKUP - Described is looking up network information (e.g., port data) on demand upon receiving a (e.g., DHCP) request packet containing a MAC address. The MAC address may be looked up in a cache to find the port data. If not cached or cached but outdated, the lookup continues via a querying process that finds the relevant switch containing the port data; the cache is updated based on the querying process result. Successful querying results in a valid cache entry, while unsuccessful querying results in an invalid entry. For port data associated with the MAC address found via the cache or via querying, the port data is used to respond to the request packet, e.g., to assign an IP address to a network device corresponding to that MAC address. For a MAC address determined to be invalid via the cache or via querying, the request is rejected.08-06-2009
20110128960HASH-BASED PREFIX-COMPRESSED TRIE FOR IP ROUTE LOOKUP - A method and apparatus for updating stored data structures representing network forwarding information used for network route lookup is described. By making sure there is only one level of dependency between data structures storing forwarding information, these data structures may be updated quickly and with minimal overhead06-02-2011
20080259924Marked packet forwarding - A network, network devices, and methods are described for marked packet forwarding. A network device includes a network chip having a number of network ports for receiving and transmitting packets. The network chip includes logic to decapsulate a packet received from a tunnel, mark the packet with a handle associated with an originating network device of the packet using information from an encapsulation header, and forward the marked packet to a checking functionality having a destination address different from an original destination address of the packet.10-23-2008
20100080222AUTOMATIC RD REWRITE TECHNIQUE TO ACHIEVE FAST CONVERGENCE IN INTER-AS NETWORKS - A virtual private network (VPN) is formed with a pair of autonomous systems (ASes) connected by each having at least two autonomous system border routers (ASBRs) connected to the corresponding ASBRs at the other AS, referred to as an Option B VPN-IPv4 network. Route reflectors (RRs) only reflect the best Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) paths, providing no backup BGP paths for fast convergence. Advantageously, an automatic route distinguisher (RD) rewrite component at the ASBRs creates unique prefixes and advertises the original RD as transitive attribute in an update message to external AS peers. Each RD gets mapped to another unique prefix at the ASBR and also that two ASBRs will create different unique prefixes. Thus, the route reflector sees different prefixes and reflects all of them. The ingress provider edge (PE) router can import the prefixes and correctly obtain the alternate paths for fast convergence.04-01-2010
20110194561SUMMARIZATION AND LONGEST-PREFIX MATCH WITHIN MPLS NETWORKS - In general, techniques are described for summarizing label mappings and thereby enabling longest-prefix match within Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) networks. More specifically, a first router included within a first area of a network comprises a control unit that maintains a label space defining labels available for mapping to a plurality of addresses assigned to network devices within the network. The control unit reserves a contiguous set of the labels of the label space and maps the contiguous set of labels to first area addresses. The first area addresses include those addresses of the plurality of addresses available for assignment to network devices within the first area. The first router also includes an interface card that transmits, to a second router of a second area of the network, an advertisement that advertises a summarized version of the mapping between the contiguous set of labels and the first area addresses.08-11-2011
20110194560MULTICAST ADDRESS TO PACKET IDENTIFIER MAPPING FOR BROADCAST SYSTEMS - A mapping method for simplifying broadcast systems, such as Digital Video Broadcast Terrestrial (DVB-T). Broadcast address information is mapped to the Packet Identifier (PID) field of a Motion Picture Expert Group level 2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS). Table complexity can be minimized, or the service information (SI) tables can be removed without impacting hardware level discrimination of likely relevant packets.08-11-2011
20090122799METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF IDENTIFIER FIELDS IN A PACKET SWITCH NETWORK - A method is provided for transmitting a sequence of N virtual network identifier fields from a client entity to a server entity, the server entity belonging to a packet switching transport network. The method includes, at the level of the client entity, choosing a coder from among a plurality of coders, coding the sequence of N identifier fields with the aid of the chosen coder, and writing the coded sequence and the associated coding parameters in a packet. At the level of the server entity, on receipt of a packet, the method includes reading the coding parameters in the packet received, so as to identify at least the coder used and in decoding the coded sequence received with the aid of a decoder corresponding to the identified coder.05-14-2009
20090122798IP NETWORK SYSTEM AND ITS ACCESS CONTROL METHOD, IP ADDRESS DISTRIBUTING DEVICE, AND IP ADDRESS DISTRIBUTING METHOD - An IP network system includes an IP address generating device that sets a specific area in a node identifier of an IP address as an access control area that can be filtered by a network layer control device, and generates an IP address including a communication policy of the IP network system embedded in the access control area, and the network layer control device capable of filtering the access control area, wherein the network layer control device is configured to perform filtering setting according to the communication policy and thereby performs access control.05-14-2009
20080259925Extensions to IPv6 neighbor discovery protocol for automated prefix delegation - In one embodiment, a method comprises detecting, by a router, a first router advertisement message from an attachment router that provides an attachment link used by the router, the first router advertisement message specifying a first IPv6 address prefix owned by the attachment router and usable for address autoconfiguration on the attachment link. The router detects an unsolicited delegated IPv6 address prefix from the attachment router and that is available for use by the router. The router claims a second IPv6 address prefix from at least a portion of the delegated IPv6 address prefix, for use on at least one ingress link of the router.10-23-2008
20100158003SHARING OF NETWORK SECURITY AND SERVICES PROCESSING RESOURCES - Systems and methods are disclosed of routing traffic in a network that include classifying incoming data packets using the content of the incoming data packets that remains relatively consistent during a network session. These systems and methods also include ordering the incoming traffic according to at least one internet protocol address comprised within the incoming traffic, hashing the at least one internet protocol address and the destination port within the incoming traffic, and determining a destination service module for the incoming traffic. Through these systems and methods, data can be routed without the need for complete flow tables.06-24-2010
20100074259METHOD FOR OPERATING A ROUTER HAVING MULTIPLE PROCESSING PATHS - A method for processing a packet having a header and a payload, the method including filtering the header to determine needs indicated by the packet header, selecting one of a time sensitive logical processing path, a non-time-sensitive logical processing path and a special needs logical processing path in response to the needs indicated by the packet header and processing the filtered packet header on the selected logical processing path.03-25-2010
20100074258METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING ADDRESSES IN A NETWORK - Disclosed is a method for managing addresses in a network. The network includes a plurality of nodes. The method includes receiving at a first node, a node capability index value of a second node, from the second node. Further, the method includes determining at the first node, a set of addresses to be assigned to the second node based on the node capability index value of the second node. Thereafter, the method includes assigning the set of addresses to the second node by the first node. A system for managing the addresses in the network is also disclosed.03-25-2010
20100074256SERVICE RECOGNITION METHOD OF ROUTER IN IPV6 ENVIRONMENT - Provided is a service recognition method of a router in IPv6 environment, allowing a router to facilitate access of a mobile terminal to various services by using service information of a service header and identification information of the mobile terminal included in an IPv6 packet transmitted from the mobile terminal. The service recognition method includes: a) looking up predefined service cache by using service identification of IPv6 packet as index key of the service cache when the IPv6 packet including the service ID in a service header is received from the mobile terminal; b) changing destination address into address of the service server when the address of the service server and service control information are determined through the lookup of the service-cache to request service and perform service control; and c) routing to the mobile terminal by using the IPv6 packet when service response is transmitted from the service server.03-25-2010
20120182996METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VIRTUAL CIRCUIT ROUTES - A method and apparatus for virtual circuit routes is described. A method in a network element comprises associating a virtual circuit to a layer 07-19-2012
20120182995METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - A method for data transmission includes: a router receives a data packet sent by an access device of a first user, where the data packet carries target device selection information including at least a user identity of a second user, and the user identity is associated with at least one access device of the second user; the router obtains a routing address of an optimal access device among access devices associated with the user identity; and the router sends the data packet to the optimal access device according to the routing address.07-19-2012
20120182994ADDRESS COMPATIBILITY IN A NETWORK DEVICE RELOAD - In one embodiment, a network device maintains address compatibility in a reload. The reload results from a reconnect event such as a reboot or a software upgrade. Before the reload, the network device establishes communication using a first address prefix. Because of the reload, the first address prefix is cleared from the network device. The service provider may provide a second address prefix. Rather than advertise the second address prefix, the network device waits for traffic from the hosts. If the hosts continue to use the first address prefix, the network device requests the first address prefix be re-assigned by the service provider. If the service provider does not re-assign the first address prefix, the network device may advertise the first address prefix in a router advertisement including a relatively short preferred lifetime. The short preferred lifetime prevents the use of the old address prefix.07-19-2012
20120182993HYPERVISOR APPLICATION OF SERVICE TAGS IN A VIRTUAL NETWORKING ENVIRONMENT - A physical host executes a virtual machine monitor (VMM) in communication with a plurality of consumer virtual machines (VMs). In response to receipt of a packet, the VMM determines whether a service is to be performed for the packet by a service virtual machine (VM) in communication with the VMM. In response to determining that the service is to be performed for the packet by the service VM, the VMM applies a tag to the packet that differentiates the packet from any other packet sharing a common address with the packet but having a different associated consumer, passes the packet to the service VM for performance of the service, and thereafter removes the tag from the packet in response to receipt of the packet from the service VM following performance of the service. In response to receipt of the packet from the service VM, the VMM forwards the packet.07-19-2012
20120182992HYPERVISOR ROUTING BETWEEN NETWORKS IN A VIRTUAL NETWORKING ENVIRONMENT - A physical host executes a virtual machine monitor (VMM) that instantiates a source virtual machine (VM). In response to the VMM receiving from the source VM a packet specifying a first destination address of a destination VM and a second destination address of a default gateway, the VMM determines whether the packet can be communicated to the destination VM without the packet being routed by the default gateway. In response to the VMM determining that the packet can be communicated to the destination VM without the packet being routed by the default gateway, the VMM forwards the packet to the destination VM such that the packet bypasses routing by the default gateway.07-19-2012
20130077631METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING OF THE OBJECT-BASED AUDIO CONTENTS - The present invention relates to a system for transmitting and receiving audio, particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving of object-based audio contents, which packetizes audio objects having the same characteristic. To achieve the above, the present invention includes filtering a plurality of ESs according to common information, adding a packet header to the respective filtered ESs and generate ES packets, aggregating all the generated ES packets and then adding a multi-object packet header to the aggregated ES packets to generate an object packet, and multiplexing the generated object packet, packetizing the multiplexed object packet according to a transmitting media and transmitting the packetized object packet.03-28-2013
20130077630ENERGY EFFICIENT CONNECTIONLESS ROUTING WITH SIMPLE LOOKUP - An energy efficient connectionless routing method with simple lookup is disclosed for reducing the number of address lookups associated with a message packet. The energy efficient connectionless routing method with simple lookup includes determining a label sequence which will allow the message packet to traverse a plurality of MPLS domains and affixing the label sequence to the header of the message packet. This allows the message packet to traverse a plurality of MPLS domains without requiring a subsequent IP address lookup at every MPLS domain boundary. The energy efficient connectionless routing method with simple lookup is particularly useful for reducing power consumption associated with TCAM operations during IP address lookups. In addition, a Label Sequencing Edge Router is disclosed for performing the method.03-28-2013
20130039366Packet Classification - A packet classification system, methods, and corresponding apparatus are provided for enabling packet classification. A processor of a security appliance coupled to a network uses a classifier table having a plurality of rules, the plurality of rules having at least one field, to build a decision tree structure including a plurality of nodes, the plurality of nodes including a subset of the plurality of rules. The methods may produce wider, shallower trees that result in shorter search times and reduced memory requirements for storing the trees.02-14-2013
20130039365ADDRESS TRANSLATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An address translation apparatus translates an address included in a packet to relay the packet. The packet is transmitted between an external network and an internal network. The address translation apparatus includes a processor. The processor receives a packet transmitted from the internal network. The processor determines, based on a given condition, whether to perform address translation on the received packet. The processor translates, upon determining to perform address translation, a source address of the received packet from an internal address into an external address to obtain a translated packet and relays the translated packet. The processor relays, upon determining not to perform address translation, the received packet to an alternate translation apparatus without performing address translation.02-14-2013
20090141722TRANSPARENT NETWORK SERVICE ENHANCEMENT - Embodiments of the invention may be used to optimize communications between a first routing device and a second routing device. The first routing device may receive a packet for forwarding towards a destination. The first routing device may modify the packet to announce the presence of the first routing device to other routing devices. Thereafter, a second routing device may receive the modified packet and recognize the presence of the first routing device. In turn, when sending a packet back towards a source address identified in the modified packet, the second routing device may modify such a packet to announce the presence of the second routing device to the first routing device. Thereafter, the first and second routing device may optimize traffic between the first and second routing device.06-04-2009
20130034101Programmable Packet Processor With Flow Resolution Logic - A programmable packet switching controller has a packet buffer, a pattern match module, a programmable packet classification engine and an application engine. The packet classification engine has a decision tree-based classification logic for classifying a packet. The application engine has a number of programmable sub-engines arrayed in a pipelined architecture. The sub-engines include a source lookup engine, a destination lookup engine and a disposition engine, which are used to make a disposition decision for the inbound packets in a processing pipeline.02-07-2013
20130034099APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSLATING AN ADDRESS OF A PACKET TRANSFERRED BETWEEN NETWORKS - An apparatus translates a destination address of a first packet that is transferred from an external communication device in an external network to an internal communication device in an internal network through the external network, from an external-network address that has been assigned to the internal communication device using an addressing scheme for the external network, to an internal address that has been assigned to the internal communication device using an addressing scheme for the internal network. The apparatus transmits, to another apparatus, address information including the external-network address and identifier information for identifying the external communication device where the another apparatus is configured to translate a source address of a second packet that is transferred from the internal communication device to the external communication device, from the internal address to the external address.02-07-2013
20130034098FLEXIBLE METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA PACKETS IN A NETWORK ROUTING SYSTEM FOR ENHANCED EFFICIENCY AND MONITORING CAPABILITY - According to an embodiment of the invention, a network device such as a router or switch provides efficient data packet handling capability. The network device includes one or more input ports for receiving data packets to be routed, as well as one or more output ports for transmitting data packets. The network device includes an integrated port controller integrated circuit for routing packets. The integrated circuit includes an interface circuit, a received packets circuit, a buffer manager circuit for receiving data packets from the received packets circuit and transmitting data packets in one or more buffers and reading data packets from the one or more buffers. The integrated circuit also includes a rate shaper counter for storing credit for a traffic class, so that the integrated circuit can support input and/or output rate shaping.02-07-2013
20100046518COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A physical frame is constructed, the physical frame including a medium access control super-frame payload which in turn includes a plurality of medium access control frames. With respect to the constructed physical frame, virtual carrier sense information is set in the plurality of medium access control frame so that a result of carrier sense is identical to another by virtual carrier sense based on the plurality of medium access control frames in the medium access control super-frame payload. The physical frame in which the virtual carrier sense information has been set is transmitted to a destined communication apparatus.02-25-2010
20100046517Address translator using address translation information in header area on network layer level and a method therefor - An address translator carries out address translation between a private address and a global address on a source address or a destination address included in the header of a received packet. The translator includes an address translation processor for applying address translation information to the header area of the received packet on a network layer level and carrying out address translation on the network layer level by means of the address translation information. Thus, the translator can establish high transparency, high possibility to establish interconnection, impartial assurance for users, high throughput and high availability, and thus provide open measures minimizing interrupt actions of any communication as well as possible.02-25-2010
20130034100LOOKUP FRONT END PACKET INPUT PROCESSOR - A packet processor provides for rule matching of packets in a network architecture. The packet processor includes a lookup cluster complex having a number of lookup engines and respective on-chip memory units. The on-chip memory stores rules for matching against packet data. A lookup front-end receives lookup requests from a host, and processes these lookup requests to generate key requests for forwarding to the lookup engines. As a result of the rule matching, the lookup engine returns a response message indicating whether a match is found. The lookup front-end further processes the response message and provides a corresponding response to the host.02-07-2013
20100098082METHOD FOR APPLICATION BROADCAST FORWARDING FOR ROUTERS RUNNING REDUNDANCY PROTOCOLS - A method for application broadcast forwarding for routers running redundancy protocols in a network is provided. The network includes a first router running at least one program instance of a redundancy protocol at one interface, and a second router running at least one program instance of the redundancy protocol at one interface. A relay agent is enabled on both the first and second routers. The method includes, for each router, determining at least one preference ID for the router, determining a broadcast ID of each incoming broadcast packet, matching the broadcast ID of the incoming broadcast packet with the at least one preference ID of the router, and relaying the incoming broadcast packet from a first network domain to a second network domain if the broadcast ID of the incoming broadcast packet matches one preference ID of the router.04-22-2010
20100111090METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING TRAU FRAME OVER A PACKET NETWORK - A method for transmitting a transcoder & rate adaptation unit (TRAU) frame over a packet network according to one embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving a packet TRAU (P_TRAU) frame sent from an opposite device; parsing the P_TRAU frame to obtain control information required for packet network transmission; and processing data in the P_TRAU frame according to the control information. A system and device for transmitting a TRAU frame over a packet network are also provided. With the P_TRAU frame that carries the control information required for packet network transmission, the Abis interface may use the packet mode instead of the time division multiplex (TDM) mode for transmission bearer and the delay, jitter, packet loss, and disorder in the packet mode are solve05-06-2010
20130136134SEQUENCING PACKETS FROM MULTIPLE THREADS - A device may reserve a slot for a received packet in a packet ordering queue (POQ), convey the packet to one of a plurality of threads for processing, obtain the packet from the one of the plurality of threads after the packet has been processed, organize the packet in the POQ in accordance with a position of the reserved slot, and release the packet from the POQ if the reserved slot is a head of the POQ.05-30-2013
20120263180METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DISABLING AN OPERATIVE COUPLING TO A NETWORK - Methods and systems are described for disabling an operative coupling to a network. In an aspect, first data received for forwarding is forwarded between a first node in a first network and a second node in a second network by a network relay via a first operative coupling to the first network of a first network interface hardware component in the network relay and via a second operative coupling to the second network of a second network interface hardware component in the network relay. A determination is made that a specified decoupling condition is met. The second operative coupling is disabled subsequent to the forwarding and in response to the determination while the first operative coupling remains enabled for receiving second data for forwarding.10-18-2012
20090154463SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING NETWORK SERVICES OVER SHARED VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (VPN) - A method includes tagging core routes of a core network service node associated with the core network service with an assigned core service specific route target, and distributing the core routes tagged with the assigned core service specific route target to one or more customers subscribing to the core network service associated with the core service node, whereby the customers are enabled to reach the core network service node via a core network service VPN. A network architecture includes an edge network having provider edge nodes configured to form a core network service VPN logically between subscribing customer network sites and a core service network, the core service network providing a core network service, the core service network including a core network service node, and a plurality of customer network sites having customer edge nodes attached to associated provider edge nodes of the edge network, wherein each customer edge node is configured to import routes tagged with a core service specific route target, and wherein the core network service node is configured to import routes tagged with a core service specific customer route target.06-18-2009
20090154462SWITCH AND PACKET FORWARDING METHOD - A switch that performs packet forwarding processing based on a label for a connection in which a communication path is specified by the label, includes a receiving unit that receives loopback information with a label of a first layer used for packet forwarding for a first connection, and a packet processing unit that transmits a first loopback packet having a packet including the loopback information, a label of the first layer, and a label of a second layer used for packet forwarding for a second connection layered on the label of the first layer, and also transmits a second loopback packet having the packet including the loopback information and the label of the second layer.06-18-2009
20090154461Network Switching System - A handling address range is pre-assigned to each of switching devices consisting a network switching system. The switching device has a data receiving unit, an assigned data transport unit, an unassigned data transport unit, and a lower transport layer transport unit. The data receiving unit receives data including a destination address in a network layer and a destination identifier in a lower transport layer. If the destination identifier specifies the device itself, the assigned data transport unit and the unassigned data transport unit perform data transfer, whereas if the destination identifier specifies a device other than itself, the lower transport layer transport unit performs data transport. When the destination address is assigned address, the assigned data transport unit generates data including an identifier of a device corresponding to the destination address, and transports the generated data. When the destination address is not assigned address, the unassigned data transport unit transport the data to a switching device among the plurality of switching devices consisting the switching system to which the destination address is assigned.06-18-2009
20090154460METHOD FOR RECOVERING LOST HEADER - A method is disclosed that includes sending (06-18-2009
20100040063GENERALIZED SERIALIZATION QUEUE FRAMEWORK FOR PROTOCOL PROCESSING - A method for processing packets. The method includes receiving a first packet, wherein the first packet is associated with a first protocol, classifying the first packet using a protocol associated with the first packet, sending the first packet to a first receive ring based on the classification, sending the first packet from the first receive ring to a first virtual network interface card (VNIC) based on an operating mode, sending the first packet from the first VNIC to a first protocol specific virtual network stack (VNS), wherein the first protocol specific VNS is configured to only process packets associated with the first protocol, and processing the first packet by the first protocol specific VNS to obtain a first processed packet.02-18-2010
20100040060FAST EMULATION OF MAC TABLE FLUSHING FOR ELAN UNICASTS - According to one general aspect, an apparatus may include a plurality of ports, a port forwarding processor, and a queue controller. In some embodiments, the plurality of ports may be configured to receive and forward packets within a communications network. In various embodiments, the port forwarding processor may be configured to determine a destination port associated with a received packet. In one embodiment, the queue controller may be configured to define at least one emulated local area network (ELAN) via a respective service member set that identifies which ports are members of the service member set, determine whether or not the destination port is a permitted member of the service member set, and, if the destination port associated with the received packet is not a permitted member of the service member set, flood the received packet to the permitted members of the service member set.02-18-2010
20100040059SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESTRICTING NETWORK ACCESS USING FORWARDING DATABASES - This specification describes a system that can offer, among other advantages, dynamically allowing or rejecting non-DHCP packets entering a switch. In addition, a FDB is commonly used by a bridge or switch to store an incoming packet's source MAC address and its port number, then later on if the destination MAC address of another incoming packet matching any entry in FDB will be forwarded to its associated port. Using the techniques described herein, not only this will be completely transparent to user, the techniques can also result in an increase in switch performance by blocking unwanted traffic at an earlier stage of forwarding process and freeing up other processing units at a later stage, like switch fabric or packet processing stages.02-18-2010
20100040061MPLS TRANSPORT NETWORK SCHEME - A method of partitioning the header stack of a data packet, said header stack conforming to a label switching protocol and comprising a plurality of headers each of which comprises a label field to which a label value is assignable to enable a label switching node to route said packet in a network routing domain of label switching protocol in a communications system comprising a plurality of networks, the method comprising the steps of: receiving said packet at an edge node of a routing domain in said communications system; and processing the label header stack at the edge node to add a new stack entry having a label field comprising a value which delimits the header stack entries between a stack domain configurable by said node belonging to a first routing domain of said label switching protocol and at least one other stack domain configurable by a node belonging to another routing domain of said communications system, whereby a MPLS transport network scheme can be implemented.02-18-2010
20100040058Systems and Methods of Configuring a Resource Pool as a Network End Point - A resource pool aggregator is disclosed. The resource pool aggregator facilitates a faster data communication between resource pools. The resource pool aggregator includes a plurality of network interfaces to receive and send data packets. A packet collector module couple of the plurality of network interfaces is included to process and route the data packets. A data store coupled to the packet collector module is provided to store IP addresses of computers in the resource pools.02-18-2010
20100040057COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication method for establishing a signal path between a communication apparatus in a local network and a Voice over IP server is provided. The communication method comprises sending a first Internet Protocol (IP) data packet containing private address information to a network server with a public address, the communication apparatus receiving a second IP data packet containing a VIA header, the communication apparatus determining the presence of source address information of the first IP data packet in the VIA header, and the communication apparatus failing the registration when no source address information is found.02-18-2010
20120213225Packet Switching Label Assignment Across Multiple Packet Switching Forwarding Groups - In one embodiment, a packet switching device assigns a same particular packet switching label to each particular route of a plurality of particular routes having the same one or more best paths, wherein the plurality of particular routes includes routes from at least two different forwarding groups. A forwarding group is defined as a specific route, one or more routes associated with a same customer edge router, or one or more routes associated with a single virtual routing and forwarding domain (VRF). The packet switching device advertises to other packet switching device(s) to add this same particular label to packets having one of the plurality of particular routes, which they do. The packet switching device then packet switches packets based on the particular label received in a label field in a header of these packets.08-23-2012
20080267186Method to Transfer Data Packets From First Portable Source Endpoint Belonging to Moving Network to Second Destination Endpoint Belonging to Second, Preferably Packet Oriented Network - Address translation is performed by a home domain of a first, e.g., mobile, network which may be moving relative to a second, e.g., packet oriented network, to convert the address of a first endpoint in the mobile network, associated with the home address of the first network to a second destination endpoint belonging to the second network.10-30-2008
20130083798Sending Packets With Expanded Headers - In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to method for receiving a packet in a first agent, where the packet includes a first packet header with an expanded header indicator. Based on this indicator, the agent can determine if the packet includes one or more additional packet headers. If so, the agent can next determining if it supports information in the additional packet header based on a header identifier of the additional header. Other embodiments are described and claimed.04-04-2013
20130083797Link Aggregation Based on Port and Protocol Combination - A network switch suitable for receiving packets of information from and the packets of information to a communications network includes a plurality of physical ports, packet processing functionality and memory. The packet processing functionality operates on information stored in memory to determine the LAG, from among two or more LAGs, over which a packet received by the switch should be correctly forwarded. The switch memory stores a plurality of LAG tables, each one of which can include one or more entries comprising a physical port number and a packet parameter that are used by the packet processing functionality to determinately identify the correct LAG over which to forward a packet.04-04-2013
20100329258DYNAMICALLY ENABLING MPLS STATIONS AND PORTS USING AN ARP DATABASE - A method of dynamically enabling MPLS stations and ports using an ARP database is disclosed. The method of dynamically enabling MPLS stations and ports using an ARP database includes augmenting an ARP database with labels distributed via Label Distribution Protocol. The augmented ARP database includes for each ARP entry a list of labels that were advertised to an immediate neighbour. Subsequent use of the ARP database allows for automatic enabling/disabling of MPLS stations and allows labels to be used only on the appropriate ports as advertised to immediate neighbours. The method of dynamically enabling MPLS stations and ports using an ARP database is particularly useful for restricting ports and labels for security purposes, and to automatically provide configuration updates in a timely manner.12-30-2010
20130089095PACKET DATA COMMUNICATIONS - An internet packet comprises a header field including a field identifying a source address of the internet packet, a field identifying the destination address of the internet packet and a next header field identifying whether an extension header follows the header and a type of the extension header. The extension header indicates a hop-by-hop option header including a router alert option header type indicating that the extension field is optional for a router to read, and a field providing information for a gateway support node of a packet radio system network. A gateway support node is provided with information, which may be required for example to support a mobile internet protocol (IP). By providing the router alert option field, a router is not required to read the remainder of the hop-by-hop option field.04-11-2013
20130089096METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING PROTOCOL CONNECTION IN PBB NETWORK AND BEB NODE - A method and system for managing protocol connection in a PBB network and a BEB node. A first BEB node in the PBB network receives a Pseudo Wire (PW) connection requesting message sent by a second BEB node which has a PBB instance. When it is determined according to the PW connection requesting message that the first BEB node has the same PBB instance as that of the second BEB node, the first BEB node sends a PW response message back to the second BEB node and establishes protocol connection between the first BEB node and the second BEB node for forwarding backbone frame.04-11-2013
20100135300ROUTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DIFFERENT PATH BY SERVICE - Disclosed is a routing method and apparatus for providing a different path by service. The routing method includes determining a service identification (ID) indicating a service requested by a packet by using a header in the packet; and searching for a service forwarding table corresponding to the service ID from a plurality of service forwarding tables storing different next hops by service and determining the packet's next hop.06-03-2010
20100135302APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING L2/L3 PACKET - An L2/L3 packet processing and method are disclosed to process various Ethernet packets by interworking with a PBBN (Provider Backbone Bridges Network), a PBN (Provider Bridges Network), and an IPN (Internet Protocol Network).06-03-2010
20100135301MOBILITY IN IP WITHOUT MOBILE IP - Not Mobile IP (NMIP) comprises methods for implementing macro-mobility in an IP network, wherein macro-mobility means the ability of a node to change its network-layer, e.g., IP, address without disturbing existing transport-layer and application-layer sessions, e.g., conversations. When two NMIP nodes establish a new NMIP session, they exchange pseudo-random numbers, or nonces, and store the nonces in a session table. When a first node changes its IP address, the first node sends to the second node an address-update message that contains the new IP address and the first node's nonce. If the received nonce matches a nonce in the session table, then the second node updates its protocol control blocks with the new IP address, and sends an address-update reply message to the first node. Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) can be used to secure or replace the exchange of nonces.06-03-2010
20100265949METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PERFORMING FLOW COMPILATION PACKET PROCESSING - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for performing flow compilation packet processing are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a packet at a packet processing device and determining if the packet is associated with a packet flow previously processed at the packet processing device. If the received packet is determined to be associated with the packet flow, at least one database containing compiled flow programs is queried to locate a compiled flow program previously used to process the packet flow. The method also includes utilizing the located compiled flow program to process the received packet.10-21-2010
20090304001SOURCE ADDRESS BASED ROUTING PROCESS - A method is described that entails assigning a source network address to an outbound packet, associating the outbound packet with a network service and identifying a first network interface associated with the network service. The method further entails inquiring into and confirming that the first network interface is associated with the source network address. The method further entails constructing a search key from an identifier of the first network interface and the outbound packet's destination address. The method further entails submitting the search key to a routing function, the routing function providing the outbound packet's next hop address. The method further entails transmitting the outbound packet to a node identified by the next hop address from the network interface.12-10-2009
20090304000OUTBOUND TRANSMISSION OF PACKET BASED ON ROUTING SEARCH KEY CONSTRUCTED FROM PACKET DESTINATION ADDRESS AND OUTBOUND INTERFACE - A method is described that involves associating an outbound packet with a first network interface and constructing a search key from an identifier of the first network interface and the outbound packet's destination address. The method further entails submitting the search key to a routing function where the routing function identifies the outbound packet's next hop address. The method also involves transmitting the outbound packet to a node identified by the next hop address from the first network interface.12-10-2009
20090303999Method And Device For Transmitting Data Packets - In order to simplify the management of packets to be transmitted, we implement: 12-10-2009
20090303998Packet Re-transmission Controller for Block Acknowledgement in a Communications System - A re-transmit processor for a wireless communication system includes a pointer memory which contains pointers associated with particular packet data in a host memory. The re-transmit processor directs data associated with said pointers to be applied to a media access controller, which optionally contains an encryption function, the output of which is coupled to a block buffer and to an output interface. Upon receipt of a transmission request, the host memory locations associated with the pointers are read and the data directed to the media access controller, which adds a header, a CRC, and optionally encrypts the data, thereafter placing it in the block buffer and the output interface. Upon provision of the packet data to the MAC, the associated pointer is initialized to a FREE or UNUSED value, and upon receipt of an acknowledgement of the packet accompanied by a packet identifier from a receiving station, the packet associated with the packet identifier is removed from the block buffer.12-10-2009
20120219002NETWORK PROCESSORS AND PIPELINE OPTIMIZATION METHODS - A network processor of an embodiment includes a packet classification engine, a processing pipeline, and a controller. The packet classification engine allows for classifying each of a plurality of packets according to packet type. The processing pipeline has a plurality of stages for processing each of the plurality of packets in a pipelined manner, where each stage includes one or more processors. The controller allows for providing the plurality of packets to the processing pipeline in an order that is based at least partially on: (i) packet types of the plurality of packets as classified by the packet classification engine and (ii) estimates of processing times for processing packets of the packet types at each stage of the plurality of stages of the processing pipeline. A method in a network processor allows for prefetching instructions into a cache for processing a packet based on a packet type of the packet.08-30-2012
20120219000NETWORK SWITCH WITH MUTUALLY COUPLED LOOK-UP ENGINE AND NETWORK PROCESSOR - A network switch includes a look-up engine for obtaining associated data in response to a header portion of a packet and an interlinked network processor such as a RISC for performing a processing function on the header portion or the associated data. Both look-up engine and the network processor may modify a destination port bitmask. The network processor may implement additional packet header processing required for replication or server load balancing.08-30-2012
20120218999Method and Apparatus for Identifier Correlation - A method of identifier correlation in a communications network, the network comprising: an identifier translator, for translating at least one identifier of a communications packet, wherein a packet which has passed through the identifier translator comprises translated and untranslated identifiers; the method comprising: 08-30-2012
20090092137VIRTUALIZED APPLICATION ACCELERATION INFRASTRUCTURE - In one example embodiment, a system and method is illustrated that includes processes a first data packet using a first operating system, the first data packet received from a first network. A second operation is shown that processes a second data packet using a second operating system, the second data packet received from a second network. Further, an additional operation is shown that determines a route associated with the first data packet and the second data packet, the route including at least one of a logical route or physical route. Moreover, an operation is shown that parses the first data packet into at least one first logical segment, and parsing the second data packet into at least one second logical segment. An operation is shown that transmits the first logical segment and the second logical segment as at least one data packet across the WAN.04-09-2009
20130070769METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFICATION OF PACKET GATEWAYS SUPPORTING DIFFERENT SERVICE TYPES - The present invention provides a method and system for identification of the different packet gateways that support different types of services on their packet data networks. The method and system provides identification and addressing information to user equipment for one or more packet gateways that support different types of services, sometimes called QoS services. The identification and addressing information for the one or more packet gateways is provided in the present invention by and through a DNS server or an AAA server depending on the network architecture and the IP version supporting the communications with the mobile node.03-21-2013
20130070770METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR FORWARDING PACKET - The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for forwarding a packet. The method includes: receiving an IPv6 packet sent by a gateway, and obtaining a flow label of the IPv6 packet, where the flow label of the IPv6 packet is corresponding to a link identity of customer premise equipment in one-to-one correspondence; decapsulating the IPv6 packet; performing network address translation on a decapsulated packet according to the flow label; and forwarding the decapsulated packet according to a translated network address. When multiple links between the gateway and an AFTR are corresponding to the same tunnel for network address translation, in the case that IP addresses of terminal users are overlapping or are the same, different terminal users can be distinguished, so that a terminal user that sends a packet can receive feedback, thus improving customer satisfaction.03-21-2013
20130070771Memory Saving Packet Modification - A computer-implemented method that includes creating a master copy of a header for all packets of a data transmission event, the master copy including a plurality of intact constant header information, the plurality of intact constant header information being constant for all packets of the data transmission event, storing unique header information for all packets of the data transmission event, the unique header information including information unique to at least one packet of the data transmission event, tokenizing identities of each packet of the data transmission event to create a tokenized packet ID for each packet, and indexing the stored unique header information based on the tokenizing. According to the method, at packet read-time, unique header information associated with the packet is overlayed onto the master copy to create a unique packet.03-21-2013
20130070768SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS HANDSHAKE-BASED INTERCONNECTS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provides techniques for a handshaking protocol, and corresponding circuit elements, for an asynchronous network. The techniques utilize a clock-less delay insensitive data encoding scheme. The proposed network may operate correctly regardless of the delay in the interconnecting wires.03-21-2013
20110058556GENERIC ROUTING ENCAPSULATION BEARING METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) bearing method, apparatus and system are provided. In the transmission and bearing of GRE frames, multiplexing frame header information of the GRE frames is obtained by inquiring mapping of the GRE frames; then the GRE frames that meet a predetermined multiplexing condition are set in payloads of one outer Internet Protocol (IP) frame according to the obtained multiplexing frame header information of the GRE frames. In this way, for data frames with small payloads, unnecessary encapsulation overheads are reduced, and the transmission efficiency of the data frames is improved. Thus, the network bandwidth resources are saved, and the system transmission performance is improved.03-10-2011
20110058553METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONNECTIVITY IN A NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE PACKET PROTOCOLS - Methods and systems are provided for routing or forwarding packet data conforming to two different communication protocols simultaneously in a computer network. The first protocol may be a legacy protocol, such as IPv4, with routing being performed in a manner that maintains legacy behavior and functions. Such functions may include network address translation. The second protocol may be a newer protocol, such as IPv6, with the routing or forwarding being performed through reduced complexity bridging that enables simplified connectivity of second protocol devices. The bridging performed typically requires less memory and processing power than traditional routing techniques such as those implemented for the first protocol. Reduced memory and processing power requirements enable the second protocol routing functions to be added to legacy equipment that would not otherwise be able to support routing of the second protocol packet data.03-10-2011
20130058343USE OF RICH CONTEXT TAGS IN LOGICAL DATA PROCESSING - For a logical switching element implemented across several managed switching elements, some embodiments provide a method that receives a packet for processing through a logical processing pipeline of the logical switching element. The method processes the packet through a first set of stages of the logical processing pipeline of the logical switching element. The method generates a set of context tag values for indicating that the packet has been processed through the first set of stages of the logical processing pipeline. The method forwards the packet to a managed switching elements of the several managed switching elements for the managed switching element to further process the packet based on the context tag of the packet.03-07-2013
20130058339NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - Some embodiments provide a controller for managing several managed switching elements that forward data in a network. The controller includes an interface for receiving input logical control plane data. It also includes a converter for converting the input logical control plane data to output logical forwarding plane data. The logical forwarding plane data for subsequent translation into a set of physical forwarding behaviors that direct the forwarding of data by the managed switching elements.03-07-2013
20130058345Apparatus and Method for Establishing Tunnels Between Nodes in a Communication Network - Tunnels are established between nodes along a packet transfer route in a communication network so that a packet is transferred from a first relay node to a second relay node via one or more intermediate relay nodes using the established tunnels. An intermediate relay node receives, from an adjacent downstream relay node, a reply message storing relay-node addresses identifying the downstream relay node and at least one intermediate relay node between the downstream relay node and the first relay node. The intermediate relay node establishes a tunnel to the downstream relay node in association with the relay-node address of the downstream relay node, updates the reply message by removing the relay-node address of the down stream relay node from the reply message, and transfers the updated reply message to an adjacent upstream relay node along the packet transfer route.03-07-2013
20130058346Distributed Routing Domains in Multi-Tenant Datacenter Virtual Networks - A distributed routing domain is disclosed wherein each user or tenant can deploy a multi-subnet routing topology in a network-virtualized datacenter. A virtualization module implements the distributed routing domain and enforces a multi-subnet routing topology in a distributed fashion without requiring a standalone physical router or VM router. The topology and the routing rules are distributed in a network virtualization module on each hypervisor host, and collectively realize the multi-subnet topology for a virtual network over any physical network topology.03-07-2013
20130058342LOGICAL PACKET PROCESSING PIPELINE THAT RETAINS STATE INFORMATION TO EFFECTUATE EFFICIENT PROCESSING OF PACKETS - Some embodiments provide a method of processing a packet through a logical switching element implemented by several managed switching elements. The method receives a packet for processing through a logical processing pipeline of the logical switching element. The method processes the packet through the logical processing pipeline. The method stores state information in the packet for indicating that the packet has been processed through the logical processing pipeline in order to prevent other managed switching elements from processing the packet through the logical processing pipeline. The method forwards the processed packet to a managed switching element of the several managed switching elements.03-07-2013
20130058344ONE-HOP PACKET PROCESSING IN A NETWORK WITH MANAGED SWITCHING ELEMENTS - For a logical switching element implemented across several managed switching elements, some embodiments provide a method that receives a packet for processing through the logical switching element. The method performs a set of logical forwarding operations for determining a particular destination at the logical switching element to forward the packet. Based on the particular destination at the logical switching element, the method performs a set of physical forwarding operations for determining a destination at a managed switching element of the several managed switching elements that corresponds to the particular destination at the logical switching element. The method forwards the packet to the destination at the managed switching element.03-07-2013
20130058340NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD WITH TABLE MAPPING ENGINE - Some embodiments provide a controller for managing a plurality of managed switching elements that forward data through a network. The controller comprising a first set of tables for storing input logical control plane data, and a second set of tables for storing output logical forwarding plane data. It also includes a table mapping engine for mapping the input logical control plane data in the first set of tables to output logical forwarding plane data in the second set of tables by performing a set of database join operations on the input logical control plane data in the first set of tables. The logical forwarding plane data is subsequently translated into physical forwarding behaviors that direct the forwarding of data by the managed switching elements.03-07-2013
20130058341NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD WITH PORT SECURITY CONTROLS - Port security in some embodiments is a technique to apply to a particular port of a logical switching element such that the network data entering and existing the logical switching element through the particular logical port have certain addresses that the switching element has restricted the logical port to use. For instance, a logical switching element may restrict a particular logical port to one or more certain network addresses. To enable a logical port of a logical switch for port security, the control application of some embodiments receives user inputs that designate a particular logical port and a logical switch to which the particular logical port belongs. The control application in some embodiments formats the user inputs into logical control plane data specifying the designation. The control application in some embodiments then converts the logical control plane data into logical forwarding data that specify port security functions.03-07-2013
20090059926Method for determining transmission path of router system - Disclosed is a method for determining a transmission path of a router system, in which a forwarding table of the router system is managed with a dualized address system including an absolute address indicating a physical port and a relative address indicating the place of the absolute address. Only the absolute address in a relative forwarding table can be changed without changing the relative address when traffic congestion occurs on a certain port of the router system or when load-balancing is needed, so that the router can actively cope with a real-time change of a destination address.03-05-2009
20120189010Method for transmitting broadcast service, method for receiving the broadcasting service, and apparatus for receiving the broadcasting service - Provided is a method for receiving a broadcast service. The method includes: receiving a first packetized stream; extracting presentation time information from a header of the first packetized stream; extracting trigger information comprising a target service identifier and a trigger action from a payload of the first packetized stream; and performing the trigger action to an object corresponding to the target service identifier at a time indicated by presentation time information.07-26-2012
20090268740MEMORY ORGANIZATION IN A SWITCHING DEVICE - A network device switches variable length data units from a source to a destination in a network. An input port receives the variable length data unit and a divider divides the variable length data unit into uniform length data units for temporary storage in the network device. A distributed memory includes a plurality of physically separated memory banks addressable using a single virtual address space and an input switch streams the uniform length data units across the memory banks based on the virtual address space. The network device further includes an output switch for extracting the uniform length data units from the distributed memory by using addresses of the uniform length data units within the virtual address space. The output switch reassembles the uniform length data units to reconstruct the variable length data unit. An output port receives the variable length data unit and transfers the variable length data unit to the destination.10-29-2009
20090268738METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA PACKETS - A method and apparatus for processing data packets. Each data packet comprises data intended to indicate a source of the data packet. The method comprises creating a data packet at a control element. The data of the second data packet intended to indicate a source of the second data packet comprises data indicating the first source, and further comprises data indicating that the second data packet was created by the control element, the second data packet is transmitted to a destination.10-29-2009
20090268737Method and Apparatus for VLAN-Based Selective Path Routing - An illustrative embodiment of the present invention includes a method for routing at least one packet from at least one source node to at least one destination node, each node is operatively coupled to a given packet switch within a plurality of packet switches operatively coupled to a given circuit switch. The method includes a step of establishing one or more Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs). Each VLAN comprising a subset of the plurality of packet switches operatively coupled to the given circuit switch. At least one of the one or more VLANs comprises the at least one packet switch to which the source and destination nodes are operatively coupled. The method also includes a step of routing the at least one packet from the source node to the destination node over at least one loop-free path comprised of one or more packet switches within a given VLAN.10-29-2009
20090268736Early header CRC in data response packets with variable gap count - A method is provided for processing commands issued by a processor over a bus. The method includes the steps of (1) transmitting the command to a remote node to obtain access to data required to complete the command; (2) receiving from the remote node a response packet including a header and a header CRC; (3) validating the response packet based on the header CRC; and (4) before receiving the data required to complete the command, arranging to return the data to the processor over the bus.10-29-2009
20090268735Look-Up Table Based Approach for Layer Combining in ISDB-T and ISDB-TSB Receivers - A method of layer combining based on generating a look-up table in an Integrated Services Digital Broadcasting (ISDB) receiver includes obtaining a transmission parameter configuration, generating the look-up table based on the transmission parameter configuration, assembling a null transport stream packets and a valid transport stream packets from a plurality of layers of a multiplexing frame, and generating a completed transport packet stream using the look-up table. The receiver may generate the look-up table by at least one of generating the look-up table in real time or selecting from a look-up table set based on the transmission parameter configuration. The transmission parameter configuration may include at least one of a transmission mode, a guard interval, a modulation, and a coding rate. The look-up table may define an order of the null transport stream packets and the valid transport stream packets from the plurality of layers in the multiplexing frame.10-29-2009
20090268734EFFICIENT ADDRESS-SPACE EXTENSION TO PSEUDO MULTI-HOMED HOSTS - A residential gateway (10-29-2009
20090067428Apparatus, Method and Computer Program Product Providing High Performance Communication Bus Having Preferred Path Source Routing, Multi-Guarantee QoS and Resource Reservation, Management and Release - Disclosed are methods, apparatus and computer program products, in accordance with exemplary embodiments of this invention, that provide a communication network having an enhanced data packet source routing procedure, that provide enhanced QoS functionality in a communication network where a first network protocol layer implements QoS with relative guaranties and best effort, while an underlying layer provides physical resource distribution between data pipes with absolute QoS guaranties, and that provide provides resource reservation, management and releasing for per flow resource management with strict/hard QoS guaranties. The communication network may employ optical and/or electrical data paths.03-12-2009
20120224581STEERING FRAGMENTED IP PACKETS USING 5-TUPLE BASED RULES - A method, system, and/or computer program product steers Internet Protocol (IP) packet fragments. A switch receives a first IP packet fragment that contains a 3-tuple in its header. In response to determining that the first IP packet fragment is not a lead packet fragment in the series of IP packet fragments, the first IP packet fragment is pushed onto a data stack. The switch subsequently receives a second IP packet fragment that contains a 5-tuple, which includes the 3-tuple from the first IP packet fragment plus a source port and destination port used by the second IP packet fragment. The 3-tuple is mapped to the 5-tuple in a fragmentation table, thus enabling both the first IP packet fragment and the second IP packet fragment to be steered to the destination port to which the second IP packet fragment is being sent.09-06-2012
20120224580ADDRESSING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK HAVING SUCH AN ADDRESSING METHOD - A method retrieves subscriber identifications in a communication network having multiple subscribers which are connected to a ring-shaped transmission path. A first telegram is outputted onto the ring-shaped transmission path which comprises a sequence of telegram fields, wherein each subscriber is allocated a telegram field for entering its subscriber identification and each subscriber checks during the passing-through of the first telegram if the subscriber identification field allocated to the subscriber is vacant, and upon detecting a vacant subscriber identification field enters its subscriber identification.09-06-2012
20120224579Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Virtual Private Network (VPN) Over Routed Ethernet Backbone - In at least some embodiments, a network includes a plurality of switches and/or routers configured to implement a native Ethernet routing protocol that encapsulates virtual private network (VPN) traffic with an encapsulation attachment point Ethernet source address, with a de-encapsulation attachment point Ethernet destination address, and with a service label that uniquely identifies the VPN within the network. A single link state protocol such as IS-IS is used to carry network topology and service attachment point information.09-06-2012
20120224578TUNNEL GATEWAY MANAGED CACHING ARCHITECTURE - In an access network, a tunnel gateway (TGW) managed network caching architecture is proposed. The proposed TGW receives a terminal request directed to a data server for a flow of data. The terminal request is forwarded to the TGW through a tunnel from a tunnel endpoint located below the TGW. The TGW selects a network cache to handle the data traffic of the flow requested by the requesting terminal. The TGW then redirects the terminal request to the selected network cache to provide the requested service. The TGW redirects the terminal request through a tunnel whose endpoint is the selected network cache.09-06-2012
20130064247METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING SOURCE ROLE INFORMATION - A method and device for processing source role information in which a source role tag is inserted into a packet as an inner VLAN tag of the packet and used to perform role based access control processing for the packet.03-14-2013
20130064246Packet Forwarding Using an Approximate Ingress Table and an Exact Egress Table - Techniques are provided for forwarding packets via an intermediate network device. A packet comprising a destination MAC address is received at a first port of a network device having a plurality of bi-directional ports. A second port of the network device to which the packet should be forwarded is identified through the use of at least an approximate ingress table at the first port comprising a plurality of compressed destination MAC addresses each having an associated egress port, and the packet is forwarded to the second port. At the second port, a subsequent network device to which the packet should be forwarded is identified through the use of an exact egress table at the second port including exact destination MAC addresses each associated with a network device connected to the second port, and the packet is forwarded to the subsequent network device.03-14-2013
20120195316Method for identifying next hop - Datalink frames or networking packets contain protocol information in the header and optionally in the trailer of a frame or a packet. We are proposing a method in which part of or all of the protocol information corresponding to a frame or a packet is transmitted separately in another datalink frame. The “Separately Transmitted Protocol Information” is referred to as STPI. The STPI contains enough protocol information to identify the next hop node or port. STPI can be used avoid network congestion and improve link efficiency. Preferably, there will be one datalink frame or network packet corresponding to each STPI, containing the data and the rest of the protocol information and this frame/packet is referred to as DFoNP. The creation of STPI and DFoNP is done by the originator of the frame or packet such as an operating system.08-02-2012
20130163596METHOD, APPARATUS, AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR PROCESSING LAYER 2 NETWORK LOOP - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for processing a Layer 2 network loop, where the method includes: receiving a packet, and obtaining a source MAC address of the packet; when a latest port among ports that are associated with the source MAC address is inconsistent with a receiving port of the packet, determining that transition of the source MAC address occurs once; when the number of times of transition of the source MAC address reaches a preset transition threshold, sending a detection packet respectively through the ports that participate in the transition of the source MAC address; and when the detection packet is received, determining a port that receives the detection packet as a port at which a loop is generated. The present invention further provides an apparatus and a network device. By using the method, a port at which a loop occurs can be precisely determined.06-27-2013
20130163597COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication device including a communication control unit that inserts, into a destination field of a data packet, intermediate node designation information designating an intermediate node different from a destination node of the data packet on a path to the destination node, and a transmission unit that transmits the data packet into which the intermediate node designation information is inserted.06-27-2013
20090238188METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FORWARDING INFORMATION - An information forwarding method includes obtaining data information to be forwarded which carries a route indicator indicating a destination edge network, obtaining route information to a border router in the destination edge network according to the route indicator, and sending the data information to the border router in the destination edge network for forwarding. An information forwarding device is also provided.09-24-2009
20090238187Distributed Method for Minimum Delay Multi-Hop Data Delivery in Vehicular Networks - An inventive method for data delivery in a multi-hop vehicular network with multiple vehicles and intersections is presented. The method comprises, at each source vehicle, initiating packet flow, labeling packets with destination coordinates and a current location, and forwarding the packet flow, and at each intersection, selecting a header vehicle, computing a backlog indicator and listening for broadcasts with a matrix and delay information, updating the matrix in accordance with the backlog indicator if the matrix is present, otherwise initializing the matrix, forwarding the packet flow, and broadcasting the matrix from the header vehicle. In one embodiment, selection of the header vehicle is performed based on random countdown and vehicle ID. The method converges to the optimal (lowest latency) state irrespective of the initial starting point of the network and continues to tend towards the optimal state even as the network conditions alter.09-24-2009
20090238186Interface system and method of controlling thereof - Provided are an interface system and a method of controlling the interface system. The interface system may include a memory, a first processor, a second processor, and an interface unit. The memory may be configured to store received data in packets. The first processor may be configured to analyze a header of each of the packets to obtain analysis information. The second processor may be configured to receive and process a payload of the packet that includes the analyzed header and the payload. The interface unit may be configured to transmit only the payload to the second processor based on the analysis information. Since the interface system and the method may directly transmit only the payload of the packet to the processor without copying the payload to a separate memory, memory usage efficiency and system performance may be improved and power consumption may be reduced.09-24-2009
20090238185RELAY BASED HEADER COMPRESSION - Relays can be used to facilitate communication of a packet, such as from a base station to a mobile device. The packet can include a header that designates an intended destination for the packet. The header can transfer such that the intended destination designation can be sent with or without being decompressed at a relay. If there is more than one relay involved in communication, then the header can configure such that the header is accessible without performing decompression. However, if there is one relay stop, then the header can compress the designator in such a way that decompression should occur.09-24-2009
20090238184CONTENT DRIVEN PACKET SWITCH - A packet switch routes data packets based on both packet headers and data payloads in the data packets. The packet switch receives data packets, identifies a destination port of the packet switch for each data packet based on a packet header of the data packet, and routes the data packet to the destination port. Additionally, the packet switch selects data packets among the data packets received by the packet switch based on the data payloads of the received data packets, identifies a trace port of the packet switch for each selected data packet, and routes the selected data packet to the trace port.09-24-2009
20090232139MULTIPLE VIRTUAL LOCAL AREA NETWORK DATABASES IN A SWITCH WITH A RELATIONAL LOOKUP ENGINE - An apparatus and method for transferring data through a network switch. The network switch comprises a plurality of ports each having at least one port identifier and associating with at least one virtual local area network (VLAN) database, and a relational lookup engine storing a plurality of relations between at least one media access control (MAC) address and the at least one port identifier. At least one port receives a frame of data comprising a destination MAC (DMAC) address and the relational lookup engine uses the DMAC address to retrieve an associated port identifier that identifies a port to which the frame is forwarded. A source MAC (SMAC) address of the frame is used to produce an input relation for the relational lookup engine to identify the associated port identifier that identifies the port that received the frame of data for learning associations between the ports and MAC addresses.09-17-2009
20090232138INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, TUNNEL COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TUNNELL COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROXY RESPONSE DEVICE, AND PROXY RESPONSE METHOD - Provided is an information processing system and the like that can make a communication between plural information processing devices belonging to different LANs. A first tunnel communication device includes a first address correlating information memory unit that stores information for correlating an address in a first LAN with an address in a second LAN, a first address translating unit that translates an address of a packet on the basis of the correlating information, a first P2P communication setup unit that sets up a P2P communication with a device as a destination, and a first tunnel communication unit that makes a tunnel communication through a path of a P2P communication. The packet transmitted from a first information processing device is translated in address, is encapsulated, and is then transmitted through the path of the P2P communication. The packet transmitted from the device as a destination is decapsulated, is translated in address, and is then transmitted to the first information processing device.09-17-2009
20090232137System and Method for Enhancing TCP Large Send and Large Receive Offload Performance - A system and method for enhancing TCP large send and large receive offload performance are disclosed. A method may include: (a) receiving from a particular sender one or more incoming packets, each incoming packet having control information indicating a source node and a destination node for that packet; (b) determining the source node and the destination node of each incoming packet based on the control information of each packet; (c) determining a number of successive incoming packets that have the same source node and the same destination node; (d) determining whether the number of successive incoming packets having the same source node and the same destination node is greater than a predetermined minimum threshold; and (e) pausing transmission of packets from one or more senders other than the particular sender if the number of successive incoming packets having the same source node and destination node is greater than the predetermined minimum threshold.09-17-2009
20090046719Method and Apparatus for Implementing Multiple Portals into an RBRIDGE Network - Shortest-path spanning trees are created outward from each portal on a Rbridge network with nodes on the network being assigned to the spanning trees. For those nodes equidistant to two portals, an election process is used to determine which tree the node should join. To enable routes associated with nodes on the Rbridge network to be distinguished from routes external to the Rbridge network, messages may be transmitted between the portals. The messages enable portals to identify routing updates received from the external network as containing internal routes, so that traffic that is required to pass between nodes on different trees may pass over the Rbridge network rather than over the external network.02-19-2009
20080310418OUTPUT QUEUED SWITCH WITH A PARALLEL SHARED MEMORY, AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME - A network switch includes an input layer to receive a data stream with a set of cells. Each cell includes data and a header to designate a destination device. The input layer includes a set of input layer circuits. A selected input layer circuit of the set of input layer circuits receives the data stream. The selected input layer circuit includes a set of queues corresponding to a set of destination devices. The selected input layer circuit is configured to assign a selected cell from the data stream to a selected queue of the set of queues. The selected queue corresponds to a selected destination device specified by the header of the selected cell. An intermediate layer includes a set of intermediate layer circuits, each intermediate layer circuit has a set of buffers corresponding to the set of destination devices. A selected intermediate layer circuit of the set of intermediate layer circuits receives the selected cell and assigns the selected cell to a selected buffer corresponding to the selected destination device. An output layer includes a set of output layer circuits corresponding to the set of destination devices. A selected output layer circuit of the set of output layer circuits stores the selected cell prior to routing the selected cell to a selected output layer circuit output node.12-18-2008
20090028154Method And Device For Learning Forwarding Feature Information - A method and device for learning data forwarding information includes a forwarding table recording forwarding feature information stored in a switch device, and wherein corresponding service importance levels for the forwarding feature information are configured. The method includes receiving new forwarding feature information, determining whether the forwarding table is full; if full, determining whether to write the new forwarding feature information into the forwarding table according to the service importance level of the new forwarding feature information; otherwise recording the new forwarding feature information into the forwarding table, and recording service importance level corresponding to the new forwarding feature information. The disclosure also provides a device for learning data forwarding information.01-29-2009
20090097487METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL AUDIO IN SPDIF FORMAT TO ONE OR MORE RECEIVERS - Methods and systems for transmission of digital audio in SPDIF format to one or more receivers may include packetizing at least one decoded SPDIF data frame to generate at least one SPDIF packet. The at least one SPDIF packet may be transmitted, via one or more networks supporting packet based communication, for processing. The at least one SPDIF packet may be received via said one or more networks supporting packet based communication. The received at least one SPDIF packet may be de-packetized to generate at least one decoded audio data frame. The generated at least one decoded audio data frame may be transmitted to at least one speaker. The one or more networks may comprise one or more of the Internet, an Intranet, a wireless LAN, and/or a Bluetooth connection. One or more channel status bits may be extracted from the decoded SPDIF data frame, prior to the packetizing.04-16-2009
20090010259DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CLASSIFICATION OF COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC - Device, system, and method of classification of communication traffic. For example, a communication traffic classifier includes: a dynamically configurable port and address classifier to classify an unclassified packet based on port and address configuration information received from an application protocol classifier.01-08-2009
20080304486MULTIPLEXED DATA STREAM PROTOCOL - Multiplexed data stream protocols are described. In one embodiment, a method to provide a multiplexed data stream protocol includes packetizing a data stream to provide packets with headers and transmitting the packets through an interface which is not designed to use Internet Protocol (IP) addresses. The headers contain data for flow control and sequencing and are associated with a port for an application, and the headers allow multiple applications to maintain an arbitrary and changeable number of multiple concurrent sessions through the interface. The headers may be Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) like headers and may not include IP like headers. Systems, computer readable media, software architectures and other methods are also described.12-11-2008
20120113990COMMUNICATION SWITCHING APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING DATA IN MULTIPLE PROTOCOL DATA FRAME FORMATS - An enhanced Ethernet protocol for computing and telecommunication supports a shortened frame size for communicating data payloads among selected devices within a constrained neighborhood based on a unique identification.05-10-2012
20120113989COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LOGICAL CHANNEL CONTROL DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A configuration having a control device that sets a processing rule in a forwarding node, the configuration being capable of forwarding control of duplicated packets in private IP address spaces. At least one forwarding node among forwarding nodes operates as a logical channel control device that establishes a logical channel to an external node, generate or delete a virtual port information associated with said logical channel established to said external node, and gives notification thereof to the control device, and the control device computes a forwarding path of a packet using the notified port information.05-10-2012
20100085968Routing Data in a Computing Device - A computing device comprises an architecture 04-08-2010
20100085969COMMUNICATION NETWORK, INFORMATION PROCESSOR AND ADDRESS ASSIGNING METHOD - A communication network of the present invention includes: a plurality of superordinate nodes 04-08-2010
20130163594Overlay-Based Packet Steering - Network topology independent service deployment techniques, referred to as overlay-based packet steering techniques, are provided. In one example, a server destined packet is intercepted by an in-path network device enabled as a service classifier. The service classifier encapsulates the packet and inserts the packet into a service path to a service virtualization endpoint front ending one or more service nodes. In other words, the service virtualization endpoint receives the service-directed packet on an overlay-based service path. The service-directed packet includes a service header and a service overlay tunnel encapsulation. The service virtualization endpoint inspects the service header in the service-directed packet to identify a first service node to which the service-directed packet should be forwarded and, based on the inspection, forwards the service-directed packet, on the overlay-based service path, to the first service node.06-27-2013
20120236864METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING IPV6 PACKET - The present disclosure discloses a method, device, and system for processing an IPv6 packet, and relates to the field of Internet technologies. According to the present disclosure, a secure access, authentication, and authorization can be ensured in an IPv6 network, and different IPv6 address prefixes are allocated to different terminals. Therefore, normal routing in the network is ensured. A method for processing an IPv6 packet provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure includes: an access node adds access line information to an IPv6 packet; and forwards the IPv6 packet that is added with the access line information to an IP edge node. The present disclosure is applicable to a scenario of processing a packet in an IPv6 network.09-20-2012
20120236863DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREVENTING PACKET PROLIFERATION IN A MULTI-DEVICE LINK AGGREGATION NETWORK - A Provider Edge PE09-20-2012
20120236862COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - There is provided a communication device to transfer a received packet to a data terminal device, the communication device being coupled to the data terminal device in a wire or wireless system, the communication device including: a determining unit configured to determine whether or not a compression state of a compressed header added to the packet is a predetermined compression state; and a transfer unit configured to transfer the compressed header to the data terminal device and to transmit an activation request signal used on case of activating a routing module using an RoHC algorithm to the data terminal device including the routing module, when the compression state of the compressed header is the predetermined compression state, or to decompress the compressed header and to transmit the decompressed header to the data terminal device, when the compression state of the compressed header is not the predetermined compression state.09-20-2012
20120236861BIOLOGICAL DATA NETWORKS AND METHODS THEREFOR - A network node for facilitating the conveyance of information pertaining to biological sequence data within a network is disclosed herein. The network node includes a packet generator configured to generate a data packet including a first header containing network routing information and a second header with attributes associated with a layered data model of existing knowledge representative of the biological sequence data. The network node also includes a network interface for transmitting the data packet to at least one of a client device and another network node.09-20-2012
20130163595PACKET CLASSIFICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CLASSIFYING PACKET THEREOF - Disclosed is a packet processing device which includes a packet processor Classifying a packet according to a region needed to search and providing a search key corresponding to the classified packet; a search key distributing unit decoding the search key to classify an address-based search key and a content-based search key; an address-based content addressable memory (hereinafter, referred to as CAM) unit performing an address-based search operation according to the address-based search key; a content-based CAM unit performing a content-based search operation according to the content-based search key; and a packet forwarding unit processing an output toward a port corresponding to a packet transferred from the packet processor, based on results searched according to the address-based search operation and the content-based search operation.06-27-2013
20110044342METHOD FOR POPULATING A FORWARDING INFORMATION BASE OF A ROUTER AND ROUTER - A method for populating a forwarding information base of a router of an autonomous system (AS) in the Internet's Default Free Zone (DFZ), wherein the forwarding information base contains a multitude of entries, each entry mapping a destination prefix to at least one route to reach the destination prefix, is characterized in that for each prefix advertised to the router, the autonomous system (AS) the advertisement was received from is determined, and that a decision is made whether to include the prefix into the forwarding information base of the router or not, wherein in the decision the autonomous system (AS) and/or predefined characteristics of the autonomous system (AS) the prefix is learned from is/are considered. Furthermore, a corresponding router for deployment in autonomous systems (AS) in the Internet's Default Free Zone (DFZ) is disclosed.02-24-2011
20110044338THROUGHPUT IN A LAN BY MANAGING TCP ACKS - A method and apparatus are described for managing acknowledgements, including identifying data packets and acknowledgements with a connection, determining which of the acknowledgements can be eliminated, replacing the acknowledgements that can be eliminated with a single acknowledgement and transmitting the single acknowledgement. An alternative method and apparatus are described for managing acknowledgements, including receiving a data segment, keeping track of connections, determining if there are enough data segments for a pre-determined number of channel time allocations and generating the acknowledgments for a selected connection if there are enough data segments for the pre-determined number of channel time allocations.02-24-2011
20130188647COMPUTER SYSTEM FABRIC SWITCH HAVING A BLIND ROUTE - A fabric switch includes ports, a blind route determination function component, a location function component, and a routing function component. Packets are received and forwarded via the ports. The blind route determination function component determines whether a port at which a packet is received is configured for a blind route, the location function component provides for determining a location of routing information within the packet based at least in part on the input port at which the packet was received if a blind route is not defined for the port. The routing function component provides for determining an output port as a routing function based at least in part on the contents of the location, or the existence of a blind route.07-25-2013
20090028153Method for Transmitting Information in a Multicast Environment - It is disclosed that in a multicast network environment individual information (01-29-2009
20090135826APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CLASSIFYING PACKETS - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method of classifying packets that can support a quality of service (QoS) in a network system. An apparatus for classifying packets according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes, a first unit that analyzes input data packets, extracts pluralities of specific fields from the data packets using an analyzed result, and outputs the pluralities of specific fields; pluralities of second units that compare data of a first portion of the pluralities of extracted specific fields with data in a table, determine whether items that satisfy a predetermined condition exist in the table, and output hit signals and pointers indicating positions of the items that satisfy the predetermined condition when the items that satisfy the predetermined condition exist in the table; and a third unit that compares data of a second portion of the pluralities of extracted specific fields and key data including the pointers input from the pluralities of second units and rule data in a is rule table and outputs classes corresponding to the items when the key data and the rule data are matched.05-28-2009
20120099594MEDIA DISTRIBUTION ARCHITECTURE - A wired and wireless media transport technology is provided that allows for the simultaneous transmission of media to multiple zones while maintaining precise timing synchronization. A user can have a network of speakers, and independently select which ones are actively playing and have their playback synchronized. The media source can be a cell phone, tablet, stereo, set-top box, PC or other device. The media itself can be audio or video. The transmission method of media into the network can be wired, as through an auxiliary cable, or wireless as with Bluetooth or WiFi. The speakers/endpoints themselves are governed in a self-forming network. Audio is injected into the network from a source and the end-point network itself controls audio/video distribution, timing, and rendering.04-26-2012
20110280245NEXT HOP CHAINING FOR FORWARDING DATA IN A NETWORK SWITCHING DEVICE - A route for a data unit through a network may be defined based on a number of next hops. Exemplary embodiments described herein may implement a router forwarding table as a chained list of references to next hops. In one implementation, a device includes a forwarding table that includes: a first table configured to store, for each of a plurality of routes for data units in a network, a chain of links to next hops for the routes; and a second table configured to store the next hops. The device also includes a forwarding engine configured to assemble the next hops for the data units based on using the chain of links in the first table to retrieve the next hops in the second table and to forward the data units in the network based on the assembled next hops.11-17-2011
20090041019MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING - A multi-protocol label switching network or domain (02-12-2009
20090154464METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMULATING NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - A system for simulating NAT (network address translation) performed in an internet protocol (IP) sharing device to be selectively operated in one of different network address translation (NAT) schemes includes a first network interface linking the IP sharing device with an internal network and a second network interface linking the IP sharing device with an external network. A Network Driver Interface Specification (NDIS) interface hooks packets incoming to the external network or outgoing from the internal network. A NAT unit has a mapping table and performs a network address translation of the hooked packets with reference to the mapping table, wherein the mapping table identifies IP addresses and port numbers of the packets to be translated by the NAT unit.06-18-2009
20090041017Hash lookup table method and apparatus - A method includes generating an N-bit generated hash key for an M-bit search key. A data value associated with a matching hash key stored in a content addressable memory is retrieved. The matching hash key is then validated. The content addressable memory supports 202-12-2009
20100103935USING A CACHE OF OUTGOING PACKET IDENTIFIERS TO RECOVER FROM A PROTOCOL ERROR IN GTP-U - A process of using a cache of outgoing packet identifiers to recover from a protocol error includes assigning a receive identifier associated with a user entity to a traffic stream at a receive node. The receive identifier is sent to a transmit node. The transmit node is instructed to associate the receive identifier with a receive plurality of data packets of the traffic stream. The transmit identifier associated with the user entity is assigned to the traffic stream at the transmit node. The transmit node identifier, the receive node identifier, and the address of the receive node are stored in a transmit cache at the transmit node for each of the receive plurality of data packets. The receive plurality of data packets is sent from the transmit node to the receive node. An error message is received at the transmit node from the receive node, indicating that the receive identifier was not recognized. The transmit cache is searched for the transmit node identifier using the receive node identifier and the address of the receive node. The user entity associated with the transmit node identifier is identified, and the user entity is removed.04-29-2010
20090010260TOKEN PROTOCOL - The invention provides a method of transmitting one or more tokens over a link between processors, whereby configurations of logical transitions on the lines are used to signal respective codes. The method comprises: transmitting a token by signalling a sequence of codes selected from said codes on the lines; and transmitting one or more additional codes on the lines to ensure that the total number of logical transitions on each line returns the link to a quiescent state following the signalling of said one or more tokens and additional codes.01-08-2009
20110299532REMOTE PORT MIRRORING - A switch that facilitates remote port mirroring is described. The switch can include an encapsulation mechanism and a forwarding mechanism. The encapsulation mechanism can be configured to encapsulate a copy of a first packet in a second packet, thereby preserving header information (e.g., a VLAN identifier and/or a TRILL header) of the first packet. The forwarding mechanism can be configured to forward the first packet using header information of the first packet, and forward the second packet using header information of the second packet. The second packet can be received at a destination switch which extracts the first packet from the second packet, and sends the first packet on a port which is coupled to a network analyzer.12-08-2011
20110142050HASHING PACKET CONTENTS TO DETERMINE A PROCESSOR - The disclosure includes a description of an apparatus having circuitry to determine a first hash value for a first packet tuple of a first packet traveling in a first direction of a duplex connection and determine a processor for the first packet from a set of multiple processors based, at least in part, on the first hash value. The apparatus includes circuitry to determine a second hash value for a second packet tuple of a second packet traveling in a second direction of the duplex connection and determine the same processor for the second packet from the set of multiple processors based, at least in part, on the second hash value.06-16-2011
20100303077ROUTING OF A COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for routing data packets in a network including a plurality of nodes (12-02-2010
20120002673Distributing Packets to Line Cards of a Packet Switching Device Based on Bridge Indication Values Received Therewith - A packet switching device maintains mappings of bridge identification values to line cards for each of multiple virtual bridges. When a packet is received that includes a bridge identification value, corresponding line card(s) are identified, with each being forwarded the packet. Each of these identified line cards, in response to receipt of the packet from the line card, determines whether to forward or drop the packet based on its maintained bridge table. In this manner, the original receiving line card does not need to maintain forwarding information based on destination addresses of received packets (e.g., does not need to maintain a bridge table for each virtual bridge), but rather forwards a packet to other line cards associated with the virtual bridge corresponding to the bridge identification value received in a packet.01-05-2012
20120099599Method and Apparatus for Relaying Packets - Apparatus for relaying packets between a first host and a second host and methods for sending packets between a first and second host are provided. The apparatus includes a memory for registering for the first host the following information: a relayed address of the first host, an address of the second host, and an outbound higher layer identifier and/or an inbound higher layer identifier. The apparatus further includes an outbound packet inspector for inspecting packets received from the first host and addressed to an address of the apparatus to determine whether they contain a registered outbound higher layer identifier and, if so, for forwarding the packets to the address of the second host and/or an inbound packet inspector for inspecting packets received from the second host and addressed to the relayed address to determine whether they contain a registered inbound higher layer identifier and, if so, for forwarding the packets to the address of the first host.04-26-2012
20120099598METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A PSEUDO WIRE - A method, a device and a system for establishing a Pseudo Wire (PW) are provided. The method includes: receiving, by a switching node, a control message; constructing a first control message according the first FEC information and the routing information in the control message, and sending the first control message to a second terminal node; constructing, by the second terminal node, a second control message, where the second control message includes the second FEC information and the second routing information, and the second FEC information carries identification information of the first terminal node; and sending the second control message to the switching node. In the method, it is unnecessary to manually configure a PW routing table on the switching node or establish a PW routing table dynamically through a routing protocol, and it is unnecessary to configure mapping relations between PW segments manually. This method achieves robust maintenance.04-26-2012
20120099596METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR A DISTRIBUTED PROVIDER EDGE - Methods and systems for a distributed provider edge are provided. According to one embodiment, a one-to-one association is formed between a Virtual Routing and Forwarding device (VRF) of a provider edge device (PE) of a service provider and a customer site. The VRF includes a routing information base (RIB) and a forwarding information base (FIB). A network interface module is instantiated within the VRF for each network interface employed, such as an intranet, extranet, Virtual Private Network (VPN) and/or Internet interface. A first packet is received at the PE via a first network interface. A first network interface module associated with the first network interface accesses the RIB to acquire routing information for the first packet. A second packet is received via a second network interface. A second network interface module associated with the second network interface accesses the RIB to acquire routing information for the second packet.04-26-2012
20110299536METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINK AGGREGATION ACROSS MULTIPLE SWITCHES - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes a forwarding mechanism and a control mechanism. During operation, the forwarding mechanism forwards frames based on their Ethernet headers. The control mechanism operates the switch in conjunction with a separate physical switch as a single logical switch and assigns a virtual switch identifier to the logical switch, wherein the virtual switch identifier is associated with a link aggregation group.12-08-2011
20110299537METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SCALING A CLOUD COMPUTING NETWORK - Disclosed are a system, method, and article of manufacture of scaling a cloud computing network are disclosed. A virtual switch receives a data packet from a virtual machine. The virtual machine and the virtual switch can be implemented on the same host device. The virtual switch can remove the virtual MAC address from the data packet. The virtual switch can then include a physical MAC address or a synthetic MAC address of a target host. A synthetic MAC address can be utilized for multicast traffic where want to associate a separate MAC with each tenant of the host. The data packet can be sent to a target host.12-08-2011
20110299535NAME SERVICES FOR VIRTUAL CLUSTER SWITCHING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch that facilitates name services in a virtual cluster switch. The switch includes a name service database indicating at least one media access control (MAC) address learned at a second switch. The switch also includes a control mechanism. During operation, the control mechanism distributes information on a locally learned MAC address to the second switch. In addition, the control mechanism receives information on a MAC address learned at the second switch.12-08-2011
20110299534VIRTUAL PORT GROUPING FOR VIRTUAL CLUSTER SWITCHING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes a port that couples to a server hosting a number of virtual machines. The switch also includes a set of virtual port grouping information and a virtual port grouping mechanism. During operation, the virtual port grouping mechanism determines whether a frame is traveling from a virtual port group to the same virtual port group. If the frame is not traveling to the same virtual port group, the virtual port grouping mechanism prevents the frame from being forwarded.12-08-2011
20110299533INTERNAL VIRTUAL NETWORK IDENTIFIER AND INTERNAL POLICY IDENTIFIER - Systems and techniques for processing and forwarding packets are described. Some embodiments provide a system (e.g., a switch) which determines an internal virtual network identifier and/or an internal policy identifier for a packet based on a port on which the packet was received and/or one or more fields in the packet. The system can then process and forward the packet based on the internal virtual network identifier and/or internal policy identifier. In some embodiments, the system encapsulates the packet in a TRILL (Transparent Interconnection of Lots of Links) packet by adding a TRILL header to the packet. In some embodiments, the scope of an internal virtual network identifier and/or an internal policy identifier may not extend beyond a switch or a module within a switch.12-08-2011
20110299531FLOODING PACKETS ON A PER-VIRTUAL-NETWORK BASIS - Methods and techniques for flooding packets on a per-virtual-network basis are described. Some embodiments provide a method (e.g., a switch) which determines an internal virtual network identifier based on one or more fields in a packet's header. Next, the method performs a forwarding lookup operation based on the internal virtual network identifier. If the forwarding lookup operation succeeds, the method can process and forward the packet accordingly. However, if the forwarding lookup operation fails, the method can determine a set of egress ports based on the internal virtual network identifier. Next, for each egress port in the set of egress ports, the method can flood the packet if a virtual network identifier in the packet's header is associated with the egress port. Flooding packets on a per-virtual-network basis can substantially reduce the amount of resources required to flood the packet when a forwarding lookup operation fails.12-08-2011
20110299530NETWORK MONITOR AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A network monitor is provided that permits a user to work using only the network monitor without a computer to display an image on the network monitor so that the user's convenience is improved.12-08-2011
20110299538APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONNECTION BETWEEN NETWORKS - When an internal terminal (TM12-08-2011
20090279547NETWORK-AWARE ADAPTER FOR APPLICATIONS - Streams of data traffic from various applications may be handled by a network-aware adapter module as part of a greater platform for filtering communicating the streams to intelligent network components. A distinguishing factor associated with a given data stream may be determined and used as a basis for selecting a QoS policy setting for the given data stream. The selected QoS policy setting may then be signaled to a media access control layer to take advantage of the QoS function of the embedded underlying active media type that is active and optimal (both from technical and business perspective) to carry out the communication for the application.11-12-2009
20090041018System and Method for Configuring and Executing Communication Diversion with a Globally Routable User Agent Uniform Resource Identifier - A method for diverting a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message is provided. The method includes using at least one Globally Routable User Agent Uniform Resource Identifier (GRUU) to determine a recipient to which the SIP message is diverted.02-12-2009
20110280244SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PACKET STEERING IN A MULTI-CORE ARCHITECTURE - Described herein is a method and system for distributing whole and fragmented requests and responses across a multi-core system. Each core executes a packet engine that further processes data packets and data packet fragments allocated to that core. A flow distributor executing within the multi-core system forwards client requests to a packet engine on a core that is selected based on a value generated when a hash is applied to a tuple comprising a client IP address, a client port, a server IP address and a server port identified in the request. The packet engine maintains each element of the tuple and forwards the request to the selected core. The packet engine can also process data packet fragments by assembling the fragments prior to transmitting them to the selected core, or by transmitting the data packet fragments to the selected core.11-17-2011
20110286460Negotiated Secure Fast Table Lookups for Protocols with Bidirectional Identifiers - During connection establishments for a protocol with bidirectional identifiers, connection data is allocated, the locally selected identifier is a pointer to the allocated connection data, and a mathematical transformation is applied to the pointer. The pointer and a result of the mathematical transformation are included in a first and second portion of the connection establishment packets respectively. Upon receipt of a data packet for that protocol, a first and second portion of the data packet (which correspond to the first and second portion of the connection establishment packets) are extracted. The same mathematical transformation used during connection establishment is applied to the data extracted from the first portion of the data packet. The result of that mathematical transformation is compared with the data extracted from the second portion of the data packet. If the values match, then the data extracted from the first portion is trusted and dereferenced to access the allocated connection data associated with that data packet.11-24-2011
20110286459Methods and Devices for a Client Node to Access an Information Object Located at a Node of a Secured Network via a Network of Information - A method for a client node (D11-24-2011
20110286457METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ROUTE CONTROL PACKETS BASED ON ADDRESS PARTITIONING - Methods and apparatus to route control packets based on address partitioning. A disclosed example method includes receiving a packet in a server, determining the packet is a control packet, forwarding the packet to a processor, identifying via the processor an address prefix of the packet, accessing a forwarding table and determining via the processor at least one of a router or an outgoing interface that corresponds to the identified address prefix, transmitting the packet from the processor to the server via the outgoing interface, and statically forwarding the packet from the server to the router based on an interface that received the packet from the processor.11-24-2011
20110134921ATM SWITCH WITH OAM FUNCTIONS - An ATM switch allowing simplified OAM processing only on the line incoming side is disclosed. An incoming line circuit has a header conversion table storing information indicating whether the system is an end point of an OAM processing flow for each connection and an OAM table storing an AIS flag and an RDI flag for each connection. As for an OAM cell found by referring to these tables to be forced to go back to its own port, an switch output port number is rewritten in the OAM function section. In addition, in the case of an AIS cell, the function type is rewritten so as to become an RDI cell. In the case of an LB cell, the LB indication is rewritten so as to become a return LB cell, and switching to its own port is conducted in the ATM switch core.06-09-2011
20110007743FILTER-BASED FORWARDING IN A NETWORK - A router receives a packet at an ingress interface. The router classifies the received packet based on at least a first field value contained in the header of the packet. According to the classification of the received packet, the router associates one of the plurality of forwarding tables to the packet. The router then performs a lookup operation in the associated forwarding table according to at least a second field value contained in the header of the packet. Based on the lookup operation, the router determines an egress interface and transmits the received packet from the determined egress interface.01-13-2011
20100246582Subscriber Access Network Achitecture - A subscriber network architecture includes a packet processing node that communicates with a network backbone and with a plurality of access nodes. The access nodes also communicate with a plurality of subscriber devices. The packet processing node controls Quality of Service (QoS) levels for the subscriber devices, routes user data to subscriber devices based on downstream communication channels of the access nodes and QoS levels, and receives data from subscriber devices (via the access nodes) for forwarding across the network backbone.09-30-2010
20110292940SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION PATH USING LABELS - A communication path is established by a sequence of nodes so that a data packet is transferred using labels each being assigned to a data link connecting each pair of adjacent nodes along the communication path. The sequence of nodes includes an origination node, one or more relay node, and a termination node, with being positioned in this order along the communication path. The origination node provides each of downstream nodes of the origination node with a path message for requesting establishment of the communication path. Each relay node, upon being provided with label assignment request information, performs label assignment processing for assigning a label to a data link connecting the relay node and an adjacent upstream node without depending on the label assignment processing performed on other nodes along the communication path so that the label assignment processing is concurrently performed on each of the downstream nodes.12-01-2011
20110292939METHOD & APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING TABLE REDUCTION - A LAN includes a router that is connected to two or more racks of servers and each of the servers can support a plurality of virtual machines. The router is configured to forward data packets based on IP destination addresses or based on destination MAC addresses and builds and maintains forwarding tables in support of data packet forwarding in the layer 3 and the layer 2 network environment. In support of layer 2 forwarding, the router builds and maintains an aggregated MAC switching table that is comprise of a subset of the table entries typically needed to switch packets to their destination, and in support of layer 3 forwarding, the router or switch builds and maintains an aggregated ARP forwarding table that is comprised of a subset of the table entries typically needed to forward packets to their destination.12-01-2011
20110292938System and Method of Redirecting Internet Protocol Traffic for Network Based Parental Controls - A method of redirecting traffic on a network includes receiving a subscriber request to use a parental control service, assigning to the subscriber's access device an Internet protocol (IP) address from a block of addresses reserved for the service, receiving a transaction, determining that the transaction is from an address in the block, and redirecting the transaction to a parental control device on the network. A network-based parental control system includes an access device for an account that uses a parental control service, a dynamic host configuration protocol server that assigns to the access device an IP address from a block of addresses reserved for the parental control service, a parental control policy device, and a router that receives a transaction from the access device, determines that the transaction is from an address in the block, and redirects the transaction to the parental control policy device.12-01-2011
20090296713DECOUPLING FUNCTIONALITY RELATED TO PROVIDING A TRANSPARENT LOCAL AREA NETWORK SEGMENT SERVICE - A transport LAN segment service is provided over a transport network. Responsibilities for configuring, provisioning and forwarding over a transport LAN segment are divided between layer 2 and 3 service provider edge devices, where the layer 3 edge device handles discovery and tunneling responsibilities, the layer 2 edge device handles learning and flooding responsibilities, and information can be exchanged between the layer 2 and 3 edge devices. Configuration is simplified by advertising TLS-label information, layer 2 address learning, and flooding when the needed configuration information has not yet been learned or discovered.12-03-2009
20110032938DISTRIBUTED RSVP-TE IN A MULTI-CHASSIS NODE ARCHITECTURE - A network device includes a multi-chassis system in which each chassis includes a RSVP-TE protocol stack that may provide RSVP-TE services for LSP tunnels associated with each chassis. The multi-chassis system may include an administrative chassis. The administrative chassis may forward RSVP messages to other chassis of the network device. The administrative chassis may encapsulate the RSVP messages with a chassis address. The other chassis may de-encapsulate the RSVP messages and process the RSVP messages according to the RSVP-TE protocol. The administrative chassis may obtain session information associated with other chassis based on RSVP messages received. The administrative chassis may manage adjacency mechanisms and failure and recovery mechanisms. The multi-chassis system including the distributed RSVP-TE protocol stacks may minimize scalability issues and improve performance when high-capacity routing and/or switching services are needed.02-10-2011
20110286458DYNAMIC UPDATE OF ROUTE TABLE - A method and apparatus for dynamically modifying routing information in an interconnect architecture without quiescence is herein described. Each agent/node holds routing information regarding target agents/nodes in an interconnect architecture, which may include routing preferences. When a node is to be hot removed, it generates port disable messages to neighbors. The neighbors disable a port the disable message is received on and generates a completion message back to the not to be removed. The node to be removed continues to route messages until it receives a completion; at which time it disables a corresponding node. When all nodes are disabled the device may be removed. Other nodes in the interconnect architecture learn of an agent removal through use of return cycles when messages reach dead ends during attempted routing of cycles. Furthermore, hot addition of a node includes broadcasting of an enable message to enable nodes for routing to the added node.11-24-2011
20090185564System, method and apparatus for automated ATM to ethernet provisioning - A system, method, and apparatus for network service provisioning includes receiving a network address request from a subscriber device. The network address request includes at least one data cell including a channel identifier associated with the subscriber device. The channel identifier identifies the subscriber device for a cell-switched network The method further includes determining the channel identifier from the network address request, and generating a customer tag using the channel identifier. The customer tag identifies the subscriber device for a packet-switched network The method further includes storing the channel identifier and the customer tag in a provisioning table for use in provisioning the subscriber device for the packet-switched network07-23-2009
20090003350NETWORK SCALING WITH SUMMARIZED INTERNET PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHED PATHS - In one example embodiment, a system and method are shown that includes receiving information defining a route to a network device. Further, a routing summary summarizing the route to the network device is generated. Additionally, an aggregate label is selected that corresponds to a defined class and to the routing summary. Moreover, the aggregate label and the defined class are advertised into a domain.01-01-2009
20100265948Handling of received implicit null packets - A router includes a network ingress processor and a network egress processor. The network ingress processor is configured for modifying a received MPLS packet such that an internal header thereof includes a pre-configured IP flow identifier therein in place of an as-received MPLS flow identifier. Such modifying is performed in response to the network ingress processor parsing a MPLS label stack of the received MPLS packet to determine if an existing MPLS label of the label stack needs to be replaced with an Implicit Null label and in response to determining that there is no other label in the MPLS label stack. The network egress processor includes a flow selector configured for directing packets dependent upon a type of flow identifier included in an internal header thereof, for receiving the modified MPLS packet, and for replacing the internal header with a port-specific header.10-21-2010
20090196292METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY SETTING IP ADDRESS - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of setting an IP address of an electronic apparatus including receiving a router advertisement transmitted from the router, receiving prefix information of the router advertisement, additionally storing an IP address based upon the received prefix information as an IP address of the electronic apparatus when the electronic apparatus has setting for maintaining the prefix information, and rewriting a presently registered IP address with an IP address based upon the received prefix information when the electronic apparatus does not have the setting for maintaining the prefix information.08-06-2009
20100034203Method and equipment for demultiplexing variable size protocol data units - The present invention relates to a method for demultiplexing MAC service data units encapsulated into MAC protocol data units, said MAC service data units comprising IP protocol data unit wherein said method comprises the following steps: 02-11-2010
20100265951ROUTING METHOD AND NODE - A routing protocol unit (10-21-2010
20120236866COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a communication system which is provided with a plurality of communication devices and transfers a packet between the plurality of communication devices through a communication path. When a packet is looped back at any of the communication devices on the communication path to verify connectivity of the communication path, a first communication device of the plurality of communication devices stores, in a first region of header information of the packet, first information for designating the communication device at which the packet is looped back, further stores, in a second region of the header information of the packet, second information on a loopback point in the designated communication device at which the packet is looped back, and sends the packet to which the first information and the second information have been added.09-20-2012
20120236865CONTENTION FREE PIPELINED BROADCASTING WITHIN A CONSTANT BISECTION BANDWIDTH NETWORK TOPOLOGY - In an interconnection network, multiple nodes are connected to one of a first layer of switches. The first layer of switches is connected to one another through a second layer of switches. Each of the nodes is connected through one of multiple shared links connecting the first layer switches and the second layer of switches. A pipelined broadcast manager schedules a hierarchical pipelined broadcast through at least one switch of the first layer switches comprising non-root nodes by selecting two nodes among the non-root nodes connected to the at least one switch and scheduling each of multiple broadcast steps for the pipelined broadcast with at least one of an inter-switch broadcast phase and an intra-switch broadcast phase using the selected two nodes.09-20-2012
20120236860METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RAPID REROUTING OF LDP PACKETS - A u-turn fast rerouting capability is depicted and described herein. A packet that is intended for a destination node is propagated from a first node toward a second node. The first node propagates the packet toward the second node based on selection of a first routing path for routing the packet from the first node toward the destination node. The second node, upon receiving the packet, determines that the packet cannot be delivered to the destination node via the first routing path. The second node inserts a u-turn label into the packet and returns the packet to the first node. The u-turn label indicates to the first node that the packet is being returned to the first node by the second node due to a condition preventing propagation of the packet toward the destination node using the first routing path. The first node, upon receiving the packet including the u-turn label, then selects a second routing path for routing the packet toward the destination node and propagates the packet toward the destination node based on the second routing path. The u-turn fast rerouting capability enables fast rerouting of packets in a manner preventing dropping of packets and preventing formation of forwarding loops.09-20-2012
20120236859METHOD & APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A LINK AGGREGATION GROUP ON A STACKED SWITCH - Two network switches are configured in a stacked relationship to each other and include link aggregation sub-layer functionality. Switching tables are programmed on each switch with information used to forward packets ingressing to them over a redundant LAG that is identified in the switching table by a port that is a member of the redundant LAG.09-20-2012
20090129391Virtual Ethernet MAC Switching - A method of sending an information package from a first data network to at least one second data network through a communications network, in particular a SDH or SONET network, comprises a first plurality of access points, a second plurality of MPLS switches, a third plurality of paths defined from each of the access points to an Ethernet switch including MPLS switching capabilities via at least one of the MPLS switches, and a fourth plurality of paths defined from the Ethernet switch including MPLS switching capabilities to each of the access points via at least one of the MPLS switches. The method further comprises receiving the information package at a specific access point and adding a header including a MPLS label to the information package. The information package including the header is sent to the Ethernet switch including MPLS switching capabilities via a path of the third plurality. The Ethernet switch includes MPLS switching capabilities and switching and sending the information package including the header to at least one further specific access point corresponding to the at least one second data network, removes the header from the information package, and sends the information package from the at least one further specific access point to the at least one second data network.05-21-2009
20090316701METHOD FOR CONNECTING IP-BASED USN WITH CONVENTIONAL IP NETWORK - An Internet protocol (IP)-based ubiquitous sensor network (USN) system is disclosed. The IP-based USN includes a plurality of sensor nodes having unique IP addresses and an IP-USN router. The IP-USN router has a table that stores each location address of the sensor nodes and periodically broadcasts its own presence information for updating the location addresses stored in the table. The sensor nodes in the IP-based USN system have unique IP addresses. Therefore, desired information and services from any external network may be obtained.12-24-2009
20100091774Dynamically assigning packet flows - In general, in one aspect, the disclosure describes a method includes accessing data of an egress packet belonging to a flow, storing data associating the flow with at least one queue based on a source of the data of the egress packet. The method also includes accessing an ingress packet belonging to the flow, performing a lookup of the at least one queue associated with the flow, and enqueueing data of the ingress packet to the at least one queue associated with the flow.04-15-2010
20100091775PACKET SWITCHING SYSTEM - A packet switching system includes a forwarding processing unit determining a destination of an input packet by analyzing the input packet and outputting it as an output packet, the forwarding processing unit comprises an ingress interface card checking if the input packet has a sequential cyclic number and an egress interface card creating a sequential cyclic number and assigning it to the output packet.04-15-2010
20080240104Port management system - A method is provided for a port management system in which a switch is automatically provisioned with network resources. A command or set of commands are stored and automatically executed on the switch upon the occurrence of a defined network event. The command or set of commands may be associated with one or more ports on the switch. When executed, the commands cause a change to a port configuration and/or policy on the switch to control access to a network resource. The network resource may include any device or service accessible on the network. The defined network event may include any network event associated with a device or user connected to the network. The command or set of commands may reference variables, control structures, and functions to modify command execution.10-02-2008
20100238930ROUTER AND METHOD OF FORWARDING IPV6 PACKETS - A method of a router to process IPv6 packets includes: receiving a packet and determining whether the packet is IPv6 packet; determining the source of the IPv6 packet according to the control information of the IPv6 packet if the packet is IPv6 packet; modifying the control information of the IPv6 packet according to the source of the IPv6 packet, and transmitting the IPv6 packet directly to a wide area network (WAN) or a local area network (LAN) according to the modified control information of the IPv6 packet.09-23-2010
20090147788METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOWNSTREAM SERVICE FLOWS CLASSIFICATION FOR HEADEND CABLE MODEM - A method and apparatus of classifying downstream service flows for a cable modem is provided. A method of classifying downstream service flows, the method including: classifying a service flow based on a Quality of Service (QoS) using a destination address of an inputted packet; composing an internal header including corresponding service flow information based on the classifying of the service flow; and adding the internal header to the inputted packet.06-11-2009
20090147787METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RTP EGRESS STREAMING USING COMPLEMENTARY DIRECTING FILE - A hardware accelerated streaming arrangement, especially for RTP real time protocol streaming, employs a directing file determining the pointers, header lengths and offsets of a block of one or more data packets to be sent out through a network accelerated streaming system. The directing file is established by a control processor, for example working in the background, and is stored to provide information making it possible to determine certain information including header sizes and pointers to RTP payload and other data, without the need during egress of the data for analysis related to the type of media or protocol concerned. This relieves the control processor of functions that would otherwise require attention, and permits the egress process to proceed in a repetitive manner, preferably relying insofar as possible on hardware elements for speed and reserving the control processors computational capacity for control functions that may be more complex but are infrequent and/or not time sensitive for streaming in real time.06-11-2009
20090067429PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS SUITABLE FOR FORWARDING EXTENDED FRAME - A packet forwarding apparatus (L03-12-2009
20090067427ROUTING DEVICE, ROUTING MODULE AND ROUTING METHOD FOR AN ACCESS NETWORK - The invention relates to a routing device for an access network, a routing module therefor and a routing method for an access network. The routing device comprises forwarding means able to determine a destination device for a message sent by a sending device. The message contains an anycast address being assigned to a first possible destination device and at least one second possible destination device of a group of destination devices. The forwarding means are able to determine the first destination device or the at least one second possible destination device out of the group of destination devices by assignment data. The assignment data comprise a link between the sending device and the destination device. The assignment data comprise credential data and/or are determined by means of credential data of a user of the sending device.03-12-2009
20090147789NETWORK ELEMENT APPARATUS AND INTERMEDIATE ROUTER APPARATUS - As an apparatus itself moves, its access section gets access to a router using a temporarily assigned global address when making a roaming connection to a different network from a network to which the apparatus belongs currently. A message generating section generates a binding update message, which contains a global address which is uniquely assigned to a network element apparatus, the above temporarily assigned global address, and a global address of the router, to transmit the generated message via the access section to a router, which is a serving router after move. This makes it possible to deliver packets among moving networks with the minimum delay to an intended recipient.06-11-2009
20110261816METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DISABLING AN OPERATIVE COUPLING TO A NETWORK - Methods and systems are described for disabling an operative coupling to a network. In an aspect, first data received for forwarding is forwarded between a first node in a first network and a second node in a second network by a network relay via a first operative coupling to the first network of a first network interface hardware component in the network relay and via a second operative coupling to the second network of a second network interface hardware component in the network relay. A determination is made that a specified decoupling condition is met. The second operative coupling is disabled subsequent to the forwarding and in response to the determination while the first operative coupling remains enabled for receiving second data for forwarding.10-27-2011
20110261817METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR ENABLING AN OPERATIVE COUPLING TO A NETWORK - Methods and systems are described for enabling an operative coupling to a network. In an aspect, first data is detected for forwarding between a first node in a first network and another node by a network relay including a first network interface hardware component operatively coupled to a first network. A determination is made that a second operative coupling to a second network of a second network interface hardware component in the network relay is disabled. The second network interface hardware component is configured to enabled the second operative coupling, in response to the determination. Data received for forwarding between the first network and the second network is forwarded via the enabled second operative coupling.10-27-2011
20110261818Transmission apparatus and transmission method - When a packet received from a ring network is addressed to a device on a local network established under a transmission apparatus, then that transmission apparatus detects whether a memory device installed therein is in the memory full state. If the memory device is determined to be in the memory full state, then the transmission apparatus sends the packet, which was received from the ring network, back to the ring network. Subsequently, when the memory device recovers from the memory full state, the transmission apparatus sends the packet to the specified device in the local network.10-27-2011
20100128727TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - A transmitting apparatus that transmits data to a plurality of receiving apparatuses. The transmitting apparatus includes a transmission part that transmits information for extracting the data whose header is compressed, and a control part that controls the transmission part to transmit the information in a specified cycle to the one or more first receiving apparatus and to transmit the information to a second receiving apparatus at a timing independent of the specified cycle when that second receiving apparatus did not receive the information during the specified cycle.05-27-2010
20080310416VLAN SERVER - A method for processing data received from at least one of VLANs, the method including: obtaining, based on a VLAN tag included in a MAC header of a MAC frame received from the VLAN and a first destination IP address included in an IP header of the MAC frame, a second destination IP address, changing the first destination IP address of the IP header to the second destination IP address, and generating an IP packet by deleting the MAC header from the MAC frame.12-18-2008
20080267189METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VERIFYING UPDATE INFORMATION IN BGP - A method for verifying update information in Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), includes: upon receipt of an update message, verifying, by an Autonomous System (AS), the update message according to a determined maximum time of verifications; and trusting the update message if the verifications are successful. The update message may be AS_PATH and/or prefix. In the invention, upon receipt of an update message, the AS verifies the update information according to the maximum time of verifications, which ensures that the time of verifications will not exceed the maximum time of verifications when the AS verifies the update information. Accordingly, load on CPU is decreased during verification of the update information and hence the network convergence speed is improved.10-30-2008
20080267185FIELD MODULATION FOR TRANSFER AND MEASUREMENT OF FLOW STATISTICS - A first network device determines flow statistics information associated with a flow. The first network device modulates the time-to-live (TTL) header field in a packet associated with the flow to include flow statistics information. The packet includes a header and a payload. The first network device transmits the packet to a second network device. The second network device demodulates the TTL header field to determine flow statistics information.10-30-2008
20100080230TRANSLATOR FOR IP NETWORKS, NETWORK SYSTEM USING THE TRANSLATOR, AND IP NETWORK COUPLING METHOD THEREFOR - A translator for coupling a first IPv4 network and a second IPv6 network having different addressing architectures for IP addresses so as not to exhaust the IP addresses of one of the two networks, a network system using the translator, and a network coupling method. When a packet is transferred from the IPv6 network to the IPv4 network, the translator assigns any of previously prepared IPv4 addresses to an IPv6 address stored in a source storing field of the IPv6 packet. The assigned address is stored in a source storing field of an IPv4 packet. A packet translation unit assigns the foregoing IPv6 address to an IPv4 address stored in a destination storing field of the IPv4 packet, when a packet is transferred from the IPv4 network to the IPv6 network, and stores this address in a destination storing field of the IPv6 packet.04-01-2010
20100080228Demand-based distribution of internet protocol routing information across a network - Systems and methods are described that disassociate Internet route table growth from the ability of a router to maintain service. A network operator may base their network design using predetermined devices implemented from the beginning of service as constrained routers. This eliminates concern that these devices would require upgrade or replacement in the future.04-01-2010
20100085971COMPUTER TRACKING AND LOCKING - A method and system are provided for locating a device connected to a network. The method comprises querying the network to determine an address of the device connected to the network; accessing network address information to determine a switch IP address and a switch port associated with the address of the device; and correlating the switch IP address and switch port with a physical location of the device within the network.04-08-2010
20120033671COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR RECORDING COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A communication device including: a transfer unit transferring a received frame based on an identifier included in the received frame; a calculation unit calculating a size of the received frame to which the identifier is added when the received frame is a specific frame; a notification unit adding a value indicating a transmittable size or a size less than the transmittable size, when the size of the received frame after the identifier added is larger than the size that can be transmitted to a next destination communication device on a communication path, generating a transmission impossible notification frame addressed to a source communication device of the received frame, and transferring the transmission impossible notification frame to the transfer unit; and a retransmission unit correcting the size of the specific frame to be smaller than or equal to the transmittable size, when the transmission impossible notification frame is received and transferring the transmission impossible notification frame to the transfer unit.02-09-2012
20090207842FRAME RELAY APPARATUS AND ROUTE LEARNING METHOD - A frame relay apparatus includes an acquisition unit for acquiring a frame from an input port connected to a first subnet, a setting unit for setting an output port corresponding to a destination of the frame acquired by the acquisition unit, an assignment unit for assigning, to the frame, a flag indicating whether the output port of the frame set by the setting unit is connected to a second subnet, and a registration unit for storing the flag assigned to the frame by the assigning unit as well as a source address of the frame acquired by the acquisition unit and a port number in a learning table for storing a correspondence between an address and the port number.08-20-2009
20090207843SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION CONTROL IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving packets at a network element for a communications flow from an end user, the network element receiving the packets if the flow is initiated through a wireless network and through a wireline network. A network address translation (NAT) binding occurs for the end user at the network element, the NAT binding including an Internet Protocol (IP) address for the end user, the NAT binding being controlled by policy infrastructure coupled to the network element. The network element can be provided along a routing path for the flow (e.g., the IP session), irrespective of whether mobility services are used by the end user. The policy infrastructure can also support NAT control between home and visited networks with the visited network retaining control and privacy over the actual NAT elements being used.08-20-2009
20090207845METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AVOIDING LABEL COLLISION IN PBT CONTROLLED BY GMPLS - A method for avoiding label collision in PBT controlled by GMPLS is provided. The method is as follows. A label to be assigned is selected for a label switched path (LSP) to be established. It is judged whether the label selected from labels to be assigned is repeated by previously assigned labels. The selected label is used as the label of the LSP if the selected label is not repeated by any of the previously assigned labels. The embodiment of the present invention also provides a device for avoiding label collision. Thus, the problem of label collision in PBT controlled by GMPLS is effectively solved.08-20-2009
20090207844MINIMAL DECODING METHOD FOR SPATIALLY MULTIPLEXING DIGITAL VIDEO PICTURES - Multiple video picture frames are combined into a spatial multiplex video picture frame that may be fully decoded and displayed. The video display of the spatial multiplex video picture frame is a composite combination of all of the video picture frames that have been combined, and may have an appearance such as a mosaic. Multiplexing the video picture frames involves removing picture headers, creating a picture header for the spatial multiplex video picture frame, and altering the headers of individual components of each video picture frame. The new header for the spatial multiplex video picture frame indicates a slice format frame, and headers of the individual components are altered to provide a slice format based picture position for each video picture frame. The headers of the individual components are altered to become slice based, such as in accordance with the ITU-T H.263 video standard, prior to establishing the slice based picture position if the frames are not already of the slice format.08-20-2009
20100085972METHOD AND ROUTING DEVICE FOR ADVERTISING ROUTING INFORMATION - A method for advertising routing information by a routing device includes: checking whether a routing device is active; by the routing device, generating routing information, and marking the routing information with a check result; and advertising the routing information. With the present invention, a route attribute of routing information is set, so that the routing information can reflect the active or standby state of the active routing device and standby routing device; after the routing information is advertised, the routing of a remote routing device is affected. Thus, the remote routing device always selects the active routing device to forward packets, which ensures the reachability and connectivity of the network.04-08-2010
20100085970METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MULTICAST COMMUNICATION - A method of providing multicast communication between a home domain and a mobile device visiting a foreign domain comprises receiving a request to participate in a multicast session from the mobile device and registering the mobile device, from which the request was received, with a sub-session associated with the requested multicast session. The method further comprises providing details of the sub-session to the mobile device; and upon subsequent receipt of a multicast packet corresponding to the multicast session, encapsulating the received multicast packet within a sub-session packet, the sub-session packet comprising the sub-session address as its destination address, and sending the sub-session packet to a care-of address for the mobile device.04-08-2010
20100080229METHOD OF EXCHANGING INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK, CORRESPONDING COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method of performing transactions in a communication network in which is exchanged between Intellectual Property (IP) cores has information transported in packets which include a header for transporting control information and one or more payloads transporting content. A versatile packet format is used which is adapted to transport different traffic patterns generated by the IP cores using different protocols for simple interoperability between the IP cores and also providing configurability of the granularity arbitration process to correct crossing the routers in the communication network.04-01-2010
20110200048Modem with Voice Processing Capability - A system is configured to facilitate bidirectional voice communication between a number of data and/or telephony devices.08-18-2011
20090285216MAINTAINING SECRECY OF ASSIGNED UNIQUE LOCAL ADDRESSES FOR IPV6 NODES WITHIN A PRESCRIBED SITE DURING ACCESS OF A WIDE AREA NETWORK - A network includes network nodes and a gateway. Each network node has a corresponding unique in-site IPv6 address for communication within a prescribed site, each in-site IPv6 address having a first IPv6 address prefix that is not advertised outside of the prescribed site. Network nodes can obtain from within the prescribed site a unique extra-site IPv6 address for mobile or extra-site communications. The extra-site IPv6 address has a second IPv6 address prefix, distinct from the first IPv6 address prefix, advertised by the gateway to the prescribed site and the wide area network. The gateway establishes a secure connection (e.g., tunnel) with each corresponding IPv6 node using its corresponding extra-site IPv6 address, and creates a corresponding binding cache entry specifying the corresponding extra-site IPv6 address and in-site IPv6 address. Hence, the gateway provides wide area network access while maintaining secrecy of the in-site IPv6 addresses.11-19-2009
20100080225METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTING USING MULTI-STAGE ROUTE ENTRY LOOKUP - The invention relates to a method for routing packets. The method includes receiving a first packet to route, obtaining a first route entry using a first IP address associated with the first packet, where the first route entry includes a first prefix, a first route nexthop generation (RNG) and a first route nexthop pointer (RNP) to a second route entry. The method further includes comparing a route generation (RG) for the second route entry with the first RNG where the RG for the second route entry and the first RNG are equal, obtaining a first neighbor cache entry (NCE) from a first NCE pointer (NP) stored in the first route entry, and routing the first packet using the ARP information in the first NCE, where a route dependency list pointer (RDLP) in the second route entry points to the first route entry.04-01-2010
20100080223EFFICIENT ACL LOOKUP ALGORITHMS - A rule management system and methods are disclosed. A rule management system includes a processor and an interface for receiving data comprising a plurality of data fields. The processor includes in a data structure nodes corresponding to combinations of first and second data field values. The data structure includes a node for each combination of first and second data field values for which there exists at least one rule and does not include at least one node corresponding to at least one combination of first and second data field values for which there does not exist a rule. The processor associates rules with each node of the data structure. A node and an associated set of rules for processing a data packet may be identified by determining first and second indices into the data structure that correspond to first and second data field values of the received data packet.04-01-2010
20100080226SERVICE PATH SELECTION IN A SERVICE NETWORK - A service chain system is provided. The system includes a packet of data that is operable to pass through a network of service nodes as defined by a service chain; and a service classification device that is operable to change the service chain based on a system performance.04-01-2010
20100080224METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET CLASSIFICATION BASED ON POLICY VECTORS - In one embodiment, a method, comprising producing a first policy vector based on a first portion of a data packet received at a multi-stage switch. The method also includes producing a second policy vector based on a second portion of the data packet different than the first portion of the data packet. A third policy vector is produced based on a combination of at least the first policy vector and at least the second policy vector. The third policy vector including a combination of bit values configured to trigger an element at the multi-stage switch to process the data packet.04-01-2010
20100080227Network device with proxy address resolution protocol - A network device includes a proxy ARP (address resolution protocol) unit for comparing a target IP (Internet protocol) address contained in an ARP request frame with a first set of IP addresses in a proxy ARP table of the proxy ARP unit, and for generating an ARP reply frame containing a MAC (media access control) address of the network device according to a result of the comparison. In addition, the network device includes a routing table for storing a second set of IP addresses for IP packet routing. Furthermore, the network device includes a processing unit coupled between the proxy ARP unit and the routing table. The processing unit is operable for receiving the ARP request frame, assigning an IP address to a host logging onto the network device, and updating the assigned IP address into the proxy ARP table and the routing table respectively.04-01-2010
20100034202SUCCINCT REPRESENTATION OF STATIC PACKET CLASSIFIERS - A computer-implemented method of classifying packets of data transmitted over a data communications network includes providing a memory-storable packet classifier rule defined by a plurality of filters, each filter uniquely corresponding to a one of a plurality of actions to be taken in transmitting the data packets over the data communications network; and classifying a data packet according to the packet classifier rule by generating at least one supemode trie subject to a predetermined constraint for reducing accesses to a memory in which the packet classifier rule is stored. A system including a combination of hardware and software modules is provided for carrying out the method. A computer-readable storage medium is also provided for storing a computer program for carrying out the method.02-11-2010
20090086734Method and Apparatus for Providing a Distributed Forwarding Plane for a Mobility Home Agent - The invention includes a method and apparatus for providing a distributed forwarding plane for a mobility home agent. The invention provides a method for controlling routing of packets for a mobile node in a network comprising a network domain including a plurality of forwarding elements being controlled by a control element. A method includes computing a route from one of the forwarding elements toward the mobile node and propagating the computed route toward that one of the forwarding elements. The route is computed using location information associated with the mobile node and routing information associated with the network domain.04-02-2009
20090129389METHOD FOR MANAGING FRAMES IN A GLOBAL-AREA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM AND TUNNEL ENDPOINT - A method for managing frames in a global-area communications network comprises a plurality of sub-networks linked to one another by tunnels at the ends of which there are tunnel endpoints, at least one of the sub-networks comprising at least one source device connected to one of said tunnel endpoints through said sub-network. When a given tunnel endpoint receives from a local sub-network, to which said given tunnel endpoint is connected, a frame sent out by a source device in the global-area network, the given tunnel endpoint performs the following steps: obtaining, from said frame, an address of the source device; verifying that the obtained address is included in a first list of addresses comprising addresses associated with source devices connected to remote sub-network or sub-networks distinct from the local sub-network; and in the event of positive verification, discarding said frame.05-21-2009
20090092138APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND PARSING MAC PDU IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for generating and parsing a MAC PDU in a mobile communication system are provided in which LCIDs of MAC SDUs to be multiplexed are checked, the length of an LF is determined for each of the MAC SDUs, referring to LF lengths predetermined for the LCIDs, a MAC header including the LCIDs and LFs of the determined lengths for the MAC SDUs is generated, and a MAC PDU is generated by attaching the MAC header to payload including the MAC SDUs. During the MAC header generation, if a padding size required for the MAC PDU generation calculated taking into account the absence of a last LF in the MAC header is larger than the length of the last LF, the last LF is included in the MAC header, the required padding size is recalculated, taking into account the inclusion of the last LF, and a padding is added according to the re-calculated padding size.04-09-2009
20090046718APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POLICY ROUTING - An apparatus and method for policy routing is provided. The method includes: A. configuring a policy routing to a label switching path and obtaining and saving forwarding information; and B. performing packet forwarding based on the forwarding information. The apparatus includes: a label switching path managing unit, for saving first forwarding information of the label switching path; a route managing unit, for saving second forwarding information of the label switching path; a configuring unit, for transmitting configuration parameters to the label switching path managing unit, and obtaining the first and/or second forwarding information of the label switching path from the label switching path managing unit and/or route managing unit; a forwarding information maintenance unit, for maintaining the first and second forwarding information of the label switching path saved in a node of policy; and a packet forwarding unit, together with the forwarding information maintenance unit, for forwarding the packet, which solves the problem that the prior art couldn't well support strategic route for a MPLS packet.02-19-2009
20090190590Server Machine and Network Processing Method - An object of the present invention is to provide a server machine and network processing method capable of running a plurality of same server applications at a time on a single OS in a single sever machine.07-30-2009
20110200046COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a communication apparatus, including: a transmission policy holding section configured to hold transmission policies each corresponding to a conversation; and a transmitted frame control section configured to modify transmitted frames of the conversation in accordance with the corresponding transmission policy held by the transmission policy holding section.08-18-2011
20110200047METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DIAMETER PROTOCOL HARMONIZATION - According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a method for providing Diameter protocol harmonization. The method includes steps occurring at a Diameter node. The method further includes determining a first Diameter protocol associated with received Diameter information that is to be sent to a destination. The method also includes determining a second Diameter protocol associated with the destination. The method further includes harmonizing the received Diameter information such that the harmonized Diameter information is compatible with the second Diameter protocol. The method also includes providing the harmonized Diameter information to the destination.08-18-2011
20110200045System and Method for Data Communication Between a User Terminal and a Gateway via a Network Node - Systems and methods are provided for communicating data. A user terminal is connected to a first data communication network, and a first network node is connected to the first and a second data communication network. A gateway is connected to the second and a third data communication network. The user terminal packetizes data according to protocols corresponding to a protocol stack. The user terminal further transmits packetized data to the gateway via the first network node and via the first and second data communication networks and determines whether the packetized data arrived at the gateway. The user terminal also modifies the packetized data by replacing at least a part of a first header corresponding to a specific protocol of the protocol stack with a replacement. When the gateway receives the packetized data it depacketizes the data and generates, based upon replacement information, a specific payload according to a predefined protocol.08-18-2011
20120106554REDIRECTION METHOD, REDIRECTION SYSTEM, MOBILE NODE, HOME AGENT, AND PROXY NODE - Disclosed is a technique to eliminate wasted tunneling encapsulation processing during redirection of a packet. According to the technique, when a packet of a first connection passing through a LMA 05-03-2012
20120106553PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A network device includes at least one source physical port configured to be coupled to a network, a plurality of egress ports, and a packet processor. The packet processor includes a processing stage configured to implement a logical port assignment mechanism to assign source logical port information to a data packet received via one of the at least one source physical port, wherein the source logical port information is based on characteristics of the data packet, wherein the source logical port information corresponds to a logical entity that is different from any source physical port, and a forwarding engine to determine one or more egress ports for forwarding the data packet based on at least the assigned source logical port information.05-03-2012
20120106552NODE APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM AND FRAME TRANSMITTING METHOD - When stored identifying information of a transmission target frame and identifying information of a received frame are equal, a node apparatus updates transmission feasibility information stored in association with the final destination of the received frame. The transmission feasibility information indicates feasibility of transmission to each of a plurality of adjacent node apparatuses being a transmission destination, and is updated so that feasibility of transmission to the transmission destination associated with the identifying information of the received frame indicates that “the transmission is infeasible”. The node apparatus transmits the received frame, when there is no adjacent apparatus to which transmission is feasible, and when the stored identifying information of the transmission target frame is equal to the identifying information of the received frame, to the adjacent node apparatus recognized as the origin in association with the identifying information of the received frame.05-03-2012
20120106551DATA BRIDGE - A data bridge controls packet transfers between network fabrics forming a closed network, such as a vehicular network. The data bridge includes two or more sets of modules, each of which communicates with a different network fabric. When a packet is to be delivered between network fabrics, a first set of modules, which is used to communicate with a first network fabric, decides whether to accept the packet or discard it. If the packet is accepted, it is delivered to a second set of modules, which is used for communicating with a second network fabric. The second set of modules makes a second, independent decision about whether the packet will be sent to the second network fabric. Each set of modules can base its decision on packet content type, and may discard any packet not to be delivered to the other network.05-03-2012
20120106549NETWORK MANAGEMENT MODULE FOR A VEHICLE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A network management module includes a network interface module, memory, and a processing module. The network interface module is operable for coupling the network management module to a vehicle communication network. The processing module is operable to manage a global vehicle network communication protocol that includes instituting a content-based network packet processing protocol and managing the vehicle communication network to support the network packet processing protocol. The content-based network packet processing protocol includes determining content type of a packet, determining a processing requirement of the packet, and prioritizing execution of the processing requirement based on the content type.05-03-2012
20090129388Sip header reduction - A SIP header reduction protocol operating on a communication network to compress the SIP header fields on SIP control messages used to initiate a SIP communication session. The new protocol is implemented on the mobile use equipment (UE) (05-21-2009
20110268122MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING (MPLS) INTERFACE WITH VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (VPN) APPLICATION - A method comprising receiving, from a first node, a first packet at a network application server via a first local area network (LAN); receiving, from a second node, a second packet at the network application server via a second LAN; associating the first packet with a first VPN based on receiving the first packet via the first LAN; and associating the second packet with a second VPN based on reception of the second packet via the second LAN, wherein the first VPN and the second VPN include overlapping network address spaces.11-03-2011
20110268118METHOD FOR ROUTING DATA PACKETS USING VLANS - In a method for routing packets between a plurality of switches in a computer network, in which paths between the plurality of switches are identified as a plurality of virtual local area networks (VLANs) stored in a balancing table, a packet to be routed from a source switch to a destination switch is received. In addition, a VLAN is selected from the plurality of VLANs in the balancing table to route the packet through the computer network and the packet is routed through the selected VLAN.11-03-2011
20090201931Method and apparatus for transferring IP transmission session - A method for transferring an IP transmission session is disclosed, including the following: a transmission session is created between the first node and second node based on a single IP protocol; the first node and second node obtain a transferable address pair by exchanging the session transfer management signaling; the transferable address pair is checked for bidirectional reachability; the transferable address pair is available if reachable in both directions, or is not available if unreachable in either direction; and the transmission session is transferred through the available transferable address pair. An apparatus for transferring an IP transmission session is also disclosed. Through the technical solution under the present disclosure, a session can be transferred in a network where IPv4 coexists with IPv6 without substantially affecting continuity of the end-to-end transmission session, thus fulfilling the requirements in the transition period during which IPv4 coexists with IPv6.08-13-2009
20090279546FLEXIBLE METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA PACKETS IN A NETWORK ROUTING SYSTEM FOR ENHANCED EFFICIENCY AND MONITORING CAPABILITY - According to an embodiment of the invention, a network device such as a router or switch provides efficient data packet handling capability. The network device includes one or more input ports for receiving data packets to be routed, as well as one or more output ports for transmitting data packets. The network device includes an integrated port controller integrated circuit for routing packets. The integrated circuit includes an interface circuit, a received packets circuit, a buffer manager circuit for receiving data packets from the received packets circuit and transmitting data packets in one or more buffers and reading data packets from the one or more buffers. The integrated circuit also includes a rate shaper counter for storing credit for a traffic class, so that the integrated circuit can support input and/or output rate shaping. The integrated circuit may be associated with an IRAM, a CAM, a parameter memory configured to hold routing and/or switching parameters, which may be implemented as a PRAM, and an aging RAM, which stores aging information. The aging information may be used by a CPU coupled to the integrated circuit via a system interface circuit to remove entries from the CAM and/or the PRAM when an age count exceeds an age limit threshold for the entries.11-12-2009
20100124227SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ELECTRONICALLY ROUTING DATA - Systems and methods for electronically routing data are provided. A data hub for electronically routing data may include an interface module that receives an electronic communication from a data source. The electronic communication may include a destination identifier associated with an intended destination for the communication, a source identifier associated with the data source, a command identifier associated with a command included in the communication, and a payload that includes data associated with the command. Further, the data hub may include a routing module that determines the intended destination based at least in part on the destination identifier, and routes the electronic communication to the intended destination.05-20-2010
20110170546LOGICAL SEPARATION AND ACCESSING OF DESCRIPTOR MEMORIES - A packet header processing engine includes a memory having a number of distinct portions for respectively storing different types of descriptor information for a header of a packet. A packet header processing unit includes a number of pointers corresponding to the number of distinct memory portions. The packet header processing unit is configured to retrieve the different types of descriptor information from the number of distinct memory portions and to generate header information from the different types of descriptor information.07-14-2011
20090262742SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAVERSING A NAT DEVICE FOR PEER-TO-PEER HYBRID COMMUNICATIONS - An improved system and method are disclosed for peer-to-peer communications. In one example, the method enables an endpoint to traverse a NAT device using a stateless reflector.10-22-2009
20090262740Transmission Information Transfer Apparatus and Method Thereof - A transmission information transfer apparatus for realizing the MAC VLAN function with low latency includes: a VLAN table memory that manages a VID and a VLAN membership; a VLAN cache which is a cache memory that manages a VLAN Cache Index and VLAN membership in association with one another; an FDB that manages the VID, DA, and output port information in association with one another and further manages the VID, SA, and VLAN Cache Index in association with one another; an extraction section that extracts the VID, DA, and SA included in an input packet; an FDB search section that acquires output port information associated with the VID and DA, as well as the VLAN Cache Index associated with the VID and SA; a table controller that acquires the VLAN membership associated with the VLAN Cache Index; and an output port determination section that determines an output port of a packet.10-22-2009
20090262739NETWORK DEVICE OF PROCESSING PACKETS EFFICIENTLY AND METHOD THEREOF - A network device includes a first memory, a second memory, a receiver, a CPU, a transmitter, and a header cache controller (HCC). The HCC is coupled to the first memory and the second memory. The receiver, the CPU, and the transmitter access the first memory and the second memory via the HCC. The HCC can map an address of the first memory storing a header of a packet to an address of the second memory so as to store the header of the packet in the second memory.10-22-2009
20090262738METHOD FOR PROMPTLY REDIALING A BROADBAND ACCESS SERVER - A method for promptly redialing a broadband access server is disclosed. The method includes: sending a PPPoE Active Discovery Terminate (PADT) packet to a BAS from a client computer upon the condition that the client computer has been abnormally disconnected from the broadband access server (BAS), sending a responsive PADT packet to the client computer if the client computer is allowed to perform the prompt redial. The method further includes: sending a PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation (PADI) packet to the BAS from the client computer, sending a PPPoE Active Discovery Offer (PADO) packet to the client computer, sending a PPPoE Active Discovery Request (PADR) packet to the BAS from the client computer, sending a PPPoE Active Discovery Confirmation (PADS) packet to the client computer from the BAS so as to create a new connection between the client computer and the BAS.10-22-2009
20130010797CUSTOM ROUTING DECISIONS - With the advent of virtualization technologies, networks and routing for those networks can now be simulated using commodity hardware rather than actual routers. For example, virtualization technologies such as those provided by VMWare, XEN, or User-Mode Linux can be adapted to allow a single physical computing machine to be shared among multiple virtual networks by providing each virtual network user with one or more virtual machines hosted by the single physical computing machine, with each such virtual machine being a software simulation acting as a distinct logical computing system that provides users with the illusion that they are the sole operators and administrators of a given hardware computing resource. In addition, routing can be accomplished through software, providing additional routing flexibility to the virtual network in comparison with traditional routing. As a result, in some implementations, supplemental information other than packet information can be used to determine network routing.01-10-2013
20130010796DISTRIBUTED ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A hierarchical distributed routing architecture including at least three levels, or layers, for receiving, processing and forwarding data packets between network components is provided. The core level router components receive an incoming packet from a network component and identify a distribution level router component based on processing a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components that receiving a forwarded packet and identify a transit level router component based a second processing of at least a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The transit level router components receive the forwarded packet and forward the packet to a respective network. The mapping, or other assignment, of portions of the FIB associated with the distributed routing environment is managed by a router management component.01-10-2013
20130010795High Speed Ethernet MAC and PHY Apparatus with a Filter Based Ethernet Packet Router with Priority Queuing and Single or Multiple Transport Stream Interfaces - An audio-visual content delivery system includes an interface to communicate with a local area network (LAN). A packet processing circuit in the system may filter and route Ethernet packet data received from the LAN, to specific ports and/or queues without host processor intervention. The packet processing circuit may utilize a set of filter and routing mechanisms configurable in hardware to interpret various Internet Engineering Task Force networking transport protocols, and may transfer the packet data in a format recognized by a variety of consumer subsystems, each of which may be coupled to the packet processing circuit. The packet processing circuit may be implemented as a semiconductor device, and may allow encapsulated application data to be routed to a plurality of different types of application sinks or processors, forming a point-to-point or multi-point serial or parallel data stream over a standard transport covering numerous levels of the ISO data communications stack.01-10-2013
20100091777BURST PROCESSING MODEM AND RELATED METHODS - A burst processing modem and related methods. Implementations of a first method of demodulating bursts from a plurality of channels may include receiving a plurality of channels from a received beam and separating the plurality of channels and storing a plurality of frames in a random access memory (RAM) array with a channelizer where each frame of the plurality of frames includes one or more bursts. The method may include serially reading, using a demodulator in response to receiving a timing signal, a desired burst from a frame stored in the RAM array wherein a burst time plan identifying the desired burst is used by a receive frame state machine to generate the timing signal. The method may include demodulating and decoding the desired burst using a demodulator and a decoder to produce a quantity of packet data, and sending the quantity of packet data to a specified destination.04-15-2010
20110170547GEOLOCATION ASSISTED DATA FORWARDING STORAGE - A method includes, in a network of interconnected computer system nodes, receiving a request from a source system to store data, directing the data to a computer memory in conjunction with its geolocation, geolocation enabling selecting nodes that are proximate to each other or a user to increase speed and efficiency, and continuously forwarding the data from one computer memory to another computer memory in the network of interconnected computer system nodes in conjunction with their geolocations without storing on any physical storage device in the network.07-14-2011
20090296710System and Method for Obtaining Network Link State Information From Sequential Distance Vector Routing Tables - A method of determining the state of network links based on differences in corresponding distance-vectors in a sequence routing table updates, and a network management system performing the method. The network management system comprises least one monitoring apparatus adapted to determine the state of network links. The monitoring apparatus may be a router in the network adapted to determine link status, or a personal computer or server peered with a router and configured to determine the state of network links based on differences in corresponding distance-vectors in a sequence of routing table updates.12-03-2009
20090285213 Inter-Local Peer Group (LPG) Routing Method - An on-demand method of routing data between a plurality of local peer groups (LPG). Each LPG includes a plurality of moving nodes. The method comprises transmitting a route request message from a source node, relaying the route request message to a native boundary node; forwarding the route request message to a foreign boundary node, determining if the destination node is within an LPG for the foreign boundary node; relaying the route request message to another boundary node if the destination node is not within the LPG, relaying the route request message to the destination node if the destination node is within the LPG, receiving the routing request message at the destination node, transmitting a routing response to the source node, relaying the routing response to the source node through a path discovered by the route request, receiving the routing response at the source node, and transmitting the data, upon receipt of the routing response.11-19-2009
20090285214SYSTEM CONTROLLER, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, AND METHOD OF TESTING INTERFACE - A semiconductor device capable of connecting plurality of external devices. When an interface with a first external device that can be connected to the semiconductor device is tested, a packet to be transferred from the first external device to another second external device is artificially generated. The generated packet is transferred to the second external device, and a response is monitored. Thus, the interface for connection to the first external device is tested while avoiding an actual packet transfer between the semiconductor device and the first external device.11-19-2009
20110170545DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, NETWORK NODE, AND DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A data transmission method is provided. The method is used to transmit multiple data packets, and includes the following steps. Multiple acquired data packets are mapped to different sessions according to data header information of the data packets, in which each session corresponds to one or more data packets. A data packet is encapsulated into a session message, in which the encapsulated session message includes a session identifier of the session corresponding to the one or more data packets. Multiple session messages belonging to the same session are transmitted to a next network node through at least two tunnels in link layer.07-14-2011
20110170544METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A GIGABIT ETHERNET IP TELEPHONE CHIP WITH INTEGRATED SECURITY MODULE - A method for processing Ethernet data and may include receiving Ethernet data via at least one Ethernet physical interface transceiver (PHY) integrated within a single Ethernet IP telephone chip. At least one secure application key may be received from a secure server by an on-chip security module (OSM) integrated within the Ethernet IP telephone chip for processing the received Ethernet data. The Ethernet IP telephone chip may be authenticated prior to the processing of the received Ethernet data using a security processor integrated within the OSM. The received Ethernet data may be processed by the Ethernet IP telephone chip based on the received at least one secure application key. The at least one secure application key may be communicated only from the secure server to the Ethernet IP telephone chip. The received Ethernet data may include one or both of video data and/or voice data.07-14-2011
20100272108Media Access Control Bridging in a Mesh Network - A network comprising a switch configured to learn a source address (SA) for a source node with a source port that receives a frame comprising the SA if the SA is not previously learned on another port and to subsequently forward any frame comprising a destination address (DA) for a destination node that matches the learned SA on the source port associated with the SA. A network comprising a switch configured to flood a frame received on a receiving port if the frame comprises a DA that is not previously learned on a source port and to distinguish the flooded frame from other forwarded frames by labeling the flooded frame, wherein the frame is flooded on a plurality of ports. A method comprising disabling a plurality of filtering database (FDB) entries that correspond to a plurality of addresses that are associated with a port, and sending the addresses in a control frame.10-28-2010
20090103541METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR FILTERING PACKETS - The present disclosure discloses a method, system, and apparatus for filtering packets. The method includes setting packet filtering information that uniquely identifies the basic characteristics of a media stream in an Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)-based packet header. As an apparatus for filtering packets, a media gateway (MG) uses the packet filtering information sent by the media gateway controller (MGC) to filter packets for the media stream when transferring the media stream. The method, system, and apparatus enable packet filtering for the media streams in an IPv6-based PS network. Moreover, the filtering conditions in the packet filtering information in the present disclosure is triplet information that uniquely identifies the basic characteristics of a media stream and can be obtained from the IPv6 packet header, thus reducing the complexity of the packet filtering process.04-23-2009
20090103535Software Architecture System And Method For Communication With, And Management Of, Components Within An Appliance Utilizing Functionality Identifiers - A network system comprising a system of devices having a plurality of nodes defining a communications network. At least one identifier from a pre-determined group of identifiers is associated with each of the nodes and identifies the functionalities that are applicable to that node or device associated with that node. In one embodiment, at least one of the nodes can transmit the at least one identifier by a message sent over the communications network for receipt by at least one of the nodes to thereby publish the functionalities over the communications network.04-23-2009
20090103539Probe Insertion for One or More Network Address Translated Addresses - In various embodiments, one or more methods and/or systems described may provide probing and/or data replication capabilities for monitoring a user's computing device and the data the user's computing device transmits and/or receives to and/or from one or more networks. In some embodiments, an authorization signal may be intercepted, where the authorization signal may convey information about the user and/or the user's computing device, and a probe to replicate data to and/or from the user's computing device may be initiated. In various embodiments, the replicated data may be communicated to a mediation computing device, where one or more analyses may be performed.04-23-2009
20090103536Method and System for Reducing Look-Up Time in Packet Forwarding on Computer Networks - A method and system for reducing the lookup time in packet forwarding on computer networks. A first lookup is performed in a memory tree to find a first protocol forwarding entry in the memory tree. The forwarding entry includes first protocol (e.g., EGP) information and cached associated second protocol (e.g., IGP) information. Both EGP and IGP information are retrievable with the first lookup and used in the determination of an EGP route for the data packet. If the cached IGP information has been invalidated due to address updates, a second lookup can be performed to find an original IGP entry in the memory tree, the information from which can be cached in the EGP forwarding entry if a background maintenance task has finished designating all the EGP entries as having out-of-date caches.04-23-2009
20090129392MULTIPLE QUEUE PAIR ACCESS WITH A SINGLE DOORBELL - A method for controlling access by processes running on a host device to a communication network includes assigning to each of the processes a respective doorbell address on a network interface adapter that couples the host device to the network and allocating instances of a communication service on the network, to be provided via the adapter, to the processes. Upon receiving a request submitted by a given one of the processes to its respective doorbell address to access one of the allocated service instances, the adapter conveys the data over the network using the specified instance of the service, subject to verifying, based on the doorbell address to which the request was submitted, that the specified instance was allocated to the given process.05-21-2009
20090041014Obtaining Information From Tunnel Layers Of A Packet At A Midpoint - In one embodiment, a midpoint obtains information from packets by monitoring a communication session between a subscriber side endpoint and a network side provider. The communication session involves a packet flow comprising one or more packets, where a packet comprises tunnel layers. The midpoint establishes one or more target layers of the tunnel layers and performs the following for each tunnel layer at least until a last target layer is reached: identifies a protocol associated with a tunnel layer, parses the packet according to the identified protocol, and extracts target information from the tunnel layer if the tunnel layer is a target layer.02-12-2009
20090041015METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DATA PACKET TRANSMISSION AMONG MULTIPLE LINKS OF A NETWORK, AND NETWORK DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - A method for intelligently distributing packets of a data stream to multiple links of a network for simultaneous transmission via the multiple links, and for periodically re-allocating the distribution, achieves higher network throughput. The method has particular application for streaming audio-video traffic on a home local area network that has a source device, like a media server PC, and a destination device, like a digital TV. One of the links is assigned as the primary link (PL), and another link is assigned as a backup link (BL). Periodically a signal is sent from the source device over each link to the destination device and the round-trip travel time (RTT) for the signal and response for each link is measured. The RTT for a link is a good measure of the current end-to-end link status and generally will change during the time that the data stream is being transmitted as a result of certain events, such as traffic load and interference. The RTT on the PL (RTT-PL) and the RTT on the BL (RTT-BL) are used to adjust the allocation of packets simultaneously transmitted on the links.02-12-2009
20100111087 Method and an Arrangement for Handling a Service Request in a Multimedia Network - A method and arrangement for handling a service request in a session control unit in a multimedia network. Upon receiving the service request from a user equipment, the session control unit checks a service profile associated with a user-identity of the service request in order to find an application server to which the service request is to be routed. Prior to routing the service request, an ensuring entity ensures the service request will include a primary user-identity. In the application server, the primary user-identity is used to find stored data, which is necessary for executing the requested service.05-06-2010
20100111088MESH NETWORK - A mesh network has a plurality of nodes that can be arranged in a two or three dimensional arrangement. The address-based mesh routing scheme sends a full address and full data on every clock cycle. The system can include broadcasting to columns, rows, planes, or all system elements using a single data transaction. A selectable routing scheme can be random, fixed, or adaptive, depending on user configuration. A registered transaction-weight scheme is provided that can stall transactions in a mesh without having to resend data.05-06-2010
20080212585Preventing Loops during Recovery in Network Rings Using Cost Metric Routing Protocol - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving advertised costs to reach a destination address from neighbor routers. Based on the advertised costs, a minimum first cost to reach the destination address from the local router through the neighbors is determined. The first cost corresponds to a successor among the neighbors. Also determined is a minimum second cost of the advertised costs excluding only an advertised cost from the successor. The second cost corresponds to a second router. If it is determined that communication with the successor is interrupted, and the second cost is not less than the first cost, then it is determined whether the second cost is equal to the first cost. If so, then a data packet, which is directed to the destination address and received from a neighbor that is different from the second router, is forwarded to the second router.09-04-2008
20100103936Self-configuration of a forwarding table in an access node - The present invention relates to an access node (04-29-2010
20120294311PACKET TRANSFER PROCESSING DEVICE, PACKET TRANSFER PROCESSING METHOD, AND PACKET TRANSFER PROCESSING PROGRAM - The end of a communication period can be detected reliably and efficiently by a control unit and validity/invalidity of search rules in a search table can be effectively managed. A timer is provided so as to correspond to each entry area of the search table. Then, under control of a timer managing unit, the timer starts a counting operation whenever information is written in a validity management table or a packet in which a communication parameter matches a packet search condition corresponding to information on the validity management table that is set as valid is received. In addition, when a counting time of the timer exceeds a preset time-out time, information indicating the time-out is stored in a time-out management table.11-22-2012
20110206050PPP TERMINATING EQUIPMENT, NETWORK EQUIPMENT AND METHOD OF RESPONDING TO LCP ECHO REQUIREMENT - In a PPP terminating equipment 08-25-2011
20110206049TARGETED FLOW SAMPLING - A device may include two or more line interfaces. One of the line interfaces may include a component to buffer a packet that is received at the line interface, perform a lookup of information related to selecting a flow based on a header of the packet, apply a symmetric hash function to addresses in the header to obtain a hash when the information related to selecting the flow indicates the flow is to be selected based on a random method, compare the hash to a particular number using the information related to selecting the flow, the particular number being same for the line interfaces, sample a flow when the hash matches the particular number, create a flow record for the flow, and sample packets based on the flow record.08-25-2011
20110206047Multiple Network Architecture Providing for Migration of Devices - In providing seamless migration of virtual or physical devices among networks of a virtual local area network (VLAN) such as one spanning multiple data centers, a same virtual anycast Medium Access Control (VMAC) is used for reaching default gateways in virtual and/or physical devices. Each network is typically configured such that source MAC learning for the VMAC should happen only for packets coming from the local default gateway. In this manner, when a device is migrated between networks of the VLAN, the same IP address and corresponding MAC address (typically still residing in the MAC cache of the migrated device) can be used to reach the local default gateway.08-25-2011
20100061372ROUTER DEVICE AND SCALABILITY IMPROVEMENT METHOD FOR USE THEREIN - A router device has a line relay processing unit including a PUSH processing unit for adding a label to a frame and forwarding the frame and a POP processing unit for removing the label from the frame and forwarding the frame, and a relay processing unit including a SWAP processing unit for swapping the label of the frame and forwarding the frame.03-11-2010
20100061373ROUTE SELECTING METHOD AND ROUTER APPARATUS - A route selecting method includes performing a route search for obtaining route information from destination information contained in a received packet; attaching the route information obtained by the route search to the received packet; storing the packet having the route information in a buffer; reading the packet stored in the buffer sequentially from the route information attached to the packet;03-11-2010
20100061370Systems and Methods for Optimized Route Caching - A method for optimized route caching includes comparing a destination address of a network packet to a first set of prefixes in a routing cache, and comparing the destination address to a second set of prefixes in a full routing table when a longest matching prefix for the destination address is not found in the routing cache. The method further includes copying the longest matching prefix and a set of sub-prefixes of the longest matching prefix from the full routing table to the routing cache, and forwarding the network packet.03-11-2010
20100061371SYSTEMS, METHODS AND PROTOCOLS FOR SECURING DATA IN TRANSIT OVER NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and protocols are described for securing data in transit over networks. A communication session is initiated between a client and a server. One or more communication channels can be set up between the client and the server. Each established communication channel may have zero or more intermediary nodes that are selected by the client or by the server to process information exchanged between the client and the server via the communication channels.03-11-2010
20090010258PACKET PRIORITIZATION IN AD HOC NETWORKS - A wireless communication device operable as a node in an ad hoc network (01-08-2009
20090003349Network system having an extensible forwarding plane - A platform for seamlessly hosts a plurality of disparate types of packet processing applications. One or more applications are loaded onto a service card on the platform. A programmable path structure is included that maps a logical path for processing of the packets through one or more of the plurality of service cards according to characteristics of the packets. Multiple path structures may be programmed into the platform to offer different service paths for different types of packets.01-01-2009
20080232370Method of communication in LAN without setting IP - A method of communication in LAN without setting IP is provided, especially for LAN with a host device and at least a peripheral device. The method includes: (1) the host device sending the peripheral device a broadcast search packet through LAN, (2) the peripheral device establishing a new routing table according to the packet, (3) the peripheral device returning a response packet containing IP data to the host device, (4) the host device establishing a new routing table according to the response packets returned from peripheral device, and (5) the host device performing wired or wireless LAN communication with peripheral device according to the new routing table. Therefore, the host device and the device can automatically detect IP data even they may belong to different sub-net to achieve the communication in LAN without setting IP.09-25-2008
20090245260METHOD AND APPARATUS PROVIDING MEDIA AGGREGATION IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Techniques are described for aggregating multiple media packets to improve end-to-end bandwidth efficiency. The techniques include using an RTP aggregation protocol that is not sensitive to packet loss to aggregate multiple media packets under a single header. According to the RTP aggregation protocol, the single header for an aggregated media packet comprises a version field, a zero field, a sequence number field and a trunk ID field. The single header encapsulates the aggregated payload, which is an aggregation of Real-Time Protocol (RTP) segments. An RTP segment either has a compressed format or an uncompressed format. The uncompressed RTP segment includes the complete uncompressed RTP packet copied from the original User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet. The compressed RTP segment includes the payload of the original RTP rather than the complete original RTP packet.10-01-2009
20100128728METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR REMOVING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL ADDRESSES - The present invention discloses a method, system and device for removing Media Access Control (MAC) addresses. The method includes: sending, by a first User-facing Provider Edge (UPE), a MAC Address Withdraw message, when a handover happens on an access network; receiving, by a network provider edge (NPE), the MAC Address Withdraw message; and removing, by the NPE, a Backbone Media Access Control (B-MAC) address table corresponding to a Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) network and forwarding the MAC Address Withdraw message, if the message carries no specific identifier; or directly forwarding, by the NPE, the MAC Address Withdraw message, if the message carries a specific identifier. In the present invention, a specific identifier is added to a MAC Address Withdraw message so as to avoid unnecessary MAC address learning by NPE and UPE devices and to reduce the impact, caused by MAC address learning, on network devices.05-27-2010
20080273532Direct Assembly Of A Data Payload In An Application Memory - A system and method for direct assembly of data payload in an application memory. A transmission control protocol offloading process is applied by network interface card components on a packet header to provide a direct memory access (DMA) task with precise application memory location pointers to a DMA engine. The DMA engine uses the DMA task to place the data payload directly in the application memory.11-06-2008
20080273535METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING A VIRTUAL ADDRESS TO AND TEXT-MESSAGING TO MULTIPLE TEXT-CAPABLE DESTINATION ENTITIES - A virtual address is configured. A destination address and a capability information associated with each destination entity of a set of destination entities associated with a destination party are configured. Each destination entity from the set of destination entities is a push-capable, text-message-capable entity. Each destination entity from the set of destination entities is associated with a virtual address. The virtual address defines a destination remote from the destination party and remote from premises associated with the destination party.11-06-2008
20080273536EARLY DETECTION OF FALSE START-OF-PACKET TRIGGERS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK NODE - An apparatus, a carrier medium storing instructions to implement a method, and a method in a node of a wireless network able to receive packets that exactly or substantially conform to a wireless network standard according to which each packet includes a header having bits that have respective correct values in the case that the packet exactly conforms to the standard. The method includes receiving a start-of-packet (SOP) trigger that indicates that a packet may have been received, checking one or more bits in the header to determine whether or not they have their respective correct values, and continuing to process the packet in the case that the checking indicates that the checked bits have their respective correct values. In one implementation, the header includes a first field modulated at a known rate that has one or more reserved bit locations, and a second field modulated at a data rate indicated in the first field. In such an implementation, the checking includes processing the first field and checking one or more bits in the first field to determine whether or not they have their respective correct values, and, if the checked bits of the first field have their respective correct values, checking the second field for integrity.11-06-2008
20080279188Method And Apparatus For Performing Network Processing Functions - A novel network architecture that integrates the functions of an internet protocol (IP) router into a network processing unit (NPU) that resides in a host computer's chipset such that the host computer's resources are perceived as separate network appliances. The NPU appears logically separate from the host computer even though, in one embodiment, it is sharing the same chip.11-13-2008
20080279186System and Method for Communication of Uncompressed Visual Information Through a Network - DisplayPort micropackets of uncompressed visual information are adapted to conventional network infrastructure with a switch having DisplayPort ports, network ports and a packet converter. The packet converter encapsulates DisplayPort packets for communication through network ports and extracts DisplayPort packets from network packets for communication through DisplayPort ports. An address resolution table associates the switch ports with each other and with a packet converter operation by using a control field that defines the packet converter operation for information received at each port, such as encapsulation, extraction or native switching.11-13-2008
20080285561Systems and methods for Internet Protocol transparency - A method for implementing IP transparency includes requesting an IP address from an Internet service provider (ISP), receiving a first IP address from the ISP responsive to requesting an IP address from the ISP, receiving a request for an IP address from a communication device, sending the first IP address to the communication device responsive to receiving the request for an IP address from the communication device, receiving a first IP packet from the communication device, and sending the first IP packet to the ISP. The first IP packet has the first IP address as a source address in a header of the first IP packet.11-20-2008
20080285563Routing Information Management Apparatus and Computer Program of the Same - In order to provide the routing information of both the present time and the past, provide the latest routing information very quickly and improve searching speed of the routing information, a routing information management apparatus includes: a routing information receiving portion receiving routing information which broadly notifies a change/withdrawal of a communication route and which is received from an observation apparatus of communication routes; and a routing state table generation portion which generates a routing state table of each of the communication routes including both a route existing time based on a received time of the routing information and a range of an address space obtained by digitizing a prefix involved in the routing information, and which stores the routing state table in a routing information database.11-20-2008
20080285560SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR MAKING ROUTING DECISIONS - A computer system, method and program for routing. A router receives a message packet, and in response, the router reads a payload in the message packet to identify an application that sent the message packet or a user of the application that sent the message packet, as identified from the reading of the payload. The router determines a routing path for the message packet based at least in part on the identity of the application that sent the message packet or the user of the application that sent the message packet. The router forwards the message packet to a next hop in the routing path which was determined.11-20-2008
20080291916Systems and methods for dynamic quality of service - Systems, methods, and apparatus for routing are provided in which a connection track comprising a plurality of network or transport layer packets, received by a router, is identified by examination of header fields of one or more first packets in the plurality of packets. One or more quality of service (QoS) parameters is associated with the connection track by determining whether the track encodes a data type by (i) an identification of a predetermined application protocol used within the one or more first packets and/or (ii) a comparison of a payload of one or more packets in the plurality of packets to known data type formats. A first QoS parameter is set to a first value in a first value range when the connection track contains the first data type. The connection track is routed through the router in accordance with the one or more QoS parameters assigned to the connection track.11-27-2008
20080304487Enhancing subscriber location tracking mechanism for voice over internet protocol services - A system for providing a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service has an Internet Protocol (IP) address detector for detecting an IP address assigned to a customer by an IP network during a VoIP communication session with the customer. An IP address database stores detected IP addresses. The IP address detector is configured for detecting a first IP address assigned to a customer during a first VoIP communication session with the customer, and for detecting a second IP address assigned to the customer during a second VoIP communication session with the customer. The second IP address is compared with the first IP address to produce an address change signal indicating a change in a physical location of the customer when the second IP address does not correspond to the first IP address.12-11-2008
20080304485CENTRALLY CONTROLLED ROUTING WITH TAGGED PACKET FORWARDING IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention include a method, an apparatus, and logic encoded in one or more computer-readable tangible medium to carry out a method. One method includes tagging packets and forwarding packets in a wireless mesh network using stored forwarding information for the tag, wherein the forwarding information is according to a centrally determined routing method and tag distribution method.12-11-2008
20100002703Packet Relay Device And Method For Transferring Packet Therein - A packet relay device receives an input packet via a first communication port out of a plurality of communication ports of the packet relay device and transmits the input packet via a second communication port out of the plurality of communication ports. The packet relay device includes a learning table storage, a header adder, a discard determiner, and a packet reducer. The learning table storage stores a source address contained in the input packet, in association with an input port identifier capable of identifying the first communication port. The header adder adds an internal transfer header containing the input port identifier to the input packet to generate an internal transfer packet. The discard determiner determines whether to discard the internal transfer packet. The packet reducer reduces the internal transfer packet to preserve at least the source address and the input port identifier upon determining to discard the internal transfer packet.01-07-2010
20100002701SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEDIA COMMUNICATION THROUGH NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - A method for media communication through NAT includes assigning a relay port and sending a command to a media relay server by a soft switch device, amending signaling messages of a caller IP terminal and a callee IP terminal so that media packets of the caller IP terminal and the callee IP terminal are transmitted to the media relay server using the soft switch device, and receiving the media packets on the relay port, recording IP addresses, and establishing corresponding connection of the caller IP terminal and the callee IP terminal for relaying the following media packets as the media relay server.01-07-2010
20100002702FRAME FORWARDING APPARATUS - A MVAC spoofed frame or a loop frame generated by a user is prevented from obstructing communication and the source port ID of a fraud is reported to the network administrator. A MAC frame forwarding apparatus adds the input port ID and the source MAC address of a received frame. The MAC frame forwarding apparatus has a frame forwarding management table and a frame discarding management table. The frame discarding management table has a MAC address to be discarded, indicating a received frame to be discarded if the address matches the source MAC address of the received frame, a target port ID, and the number of discarded frames. A management apparatus discards a received frame if the source MAC address matches the MAC address to be discarded and counts the number of discarded frames. If the number of discarded frames exceeds a predetermined level, the port ID, the MAC address, and the number of discarded frames are reported to the management apparatus, and the source port of the fraud is reported to the administrator.01-07-2010
20100002700Methods and Systems for Network Packet Routing Using Embedded Geographic Routing Information - Systems and methods for network packet routing using geographic information, for example, for routing packets in an IP communication network using geographic routing information embedded in a packet's IP address. One method comprises assigning a device's geographic location and including in its IP address a subnet prefix and a portion comprising an identifier indicative of the device' geographic location. One method facilitates routing of a packet by addressing the packet to a destination device with an IP address comprising a subnet prefix and a portion comprising an identifier indicative of the device's geographic location. The method may further comprise routing the packet from a source device to the destination device using the identifier. One embodiment is a system of a subnet of IP compatible nodes. One or more of these node devices are assigned an IP address comprising a subnet prefix identifying its respective subnet and a portion comprising an identifier indicative of its geographic location. One or more router nodes may be capable of using the geographic location of an IP address in a packet to route the packet, for example to select to which subsequent node to send the packet.01-07-2010
20080310417DIFFERENTIAL FORWARDING IN ADDRESS-BASED CARRIER NETWORKS - The invention relates to enabling differential forwarding in address-based carrier networks such as Ethernet networks. There is described a method of and connection controller for establishing connections (12-18-2008
20080310415APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING PACKETS AND METHOD OF DOING THE SAME - An apparatus for processing a packet includes a packet processor operating in accordance with a clock signal having a predetermined frequency, to process a packet, and a clock-signal generator producing the clock signal and transmitting the clock signal to the packet processor, wherein the clock-signal generator generates a clock signal having a frequency defined in accordance with a time interval at which packets are input into the apparatus.12-18-2008
20110222543METHOD FOR FORWARDING DATA PACKET, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - A method for forwarding data packet, a communication system, a Carrier Grade Network Address Translation (CGN) device, and an access gateway are provided. The CGN device communicates with the access gateway through an Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) network and is used for receiving a first data packet forwarded by the access gateway and determining whether the first data packet is an IPv4 packet or an IPv6-over-IPv4 tunnel packet; forwarding the first data packet to the IPv4 network if the first data packet is the IPv4 packet; and decapsulating the first data packet if the first data packet is the IPv6-over-IPv4 tunnel packet to a first IPv6 packet, and sending the first IPv6 packet to an IPv6 network or the IPv4 network. Therefore, technical problems of fully utilizing the IPv4 network and, gradually increasing deployment of the IPv6 network, and realizing communication are solved.09-15-2011
20120294310Wide Area Network Interface Selection Method and Wide Area Network System Using the Same - The present invention discloses a wide area network (WAN) interface selection method for a WAN system comprising a plurality of WAN interfaces. The WAN interface selection method includes steps of receiving a plurality of packets from a local area network (LAN) side; selecting respective WAN interfaces from the plurality of WAN interfaces for the plurality of packets according to network address translation (NAT) session information of the plurality of packets; and sending out the plurality of packets through the respective WAN interfaces.11-22-2012
20080267188Data Transmission Method - A method of transmitting data between a plurality of inter-connected elements. The method comprises receiving a message from a first element, said message comprising a routing key plus optionally a data payload. The routing key is processed to identify a plurality of said inter-connected elements, and data is transmitted to said identified plurality of inter-connected elements.10-30-2008
20080291915Processing packet flows - In one embodiment, an apparatus comprises a first logic configured to determine an identifier associated with a packet and determine a flow count index associated with the identifier, and a flow counter, coupled to the first logic and configured to count a number of packet flows associated with the flow count index. The embodiment also includes a second logic, coupled to the first logic and the flow counter, wherein the second logic is configured analyze the packet to determine if the packet is a part of a new packet flow that has not been counting in the flow counter, and if it has not been counted, incrementing the flow counter.11-27-2008
20110007744Packet forwarding apparatus and method - A network device includes at least one source physical port coupled to a network, and a plurality of egress ports. A logical port assignment mechanism assigns source logical port information to a data packet received via one of the at least one physical port. The source logical port information is based on characteristics of the data packet, and the source logical port information corresponds to a logical entity that is different from any source physical port. A forwarding engine determines one or more egress ports for forwarding the data packet based on at least the assigned source logical port.01-13-2011
20080212587RELAY APPARATUS AND PACKET RELAY METHOD - A relay apparatus to relay packets transmitted/received between apparatuses connected via a network and method. The relay apparatus includes physical ports to transmit/receive the packets. The relay apparatus also rewrites transmission-destination identification information of a packet transmitted to the relay apparatus based on a transfer rule stored in advance. The relay apparatus also transfers control for performing control so that the packet in which the transmission-destination identification information has been rewritten is output from one of the physical ports based on the transfer rule.09-04-2008
20090034528METHOD OF COMPRESSING AND RESTORING IP PACKETS TRANSMITTED THROUGH BROADCAST NETWORK - A method of compressing and restoring an Internet Protocol (IP) packet which is transmitted through a broadcast network is provided. According to the method, by using a characteristic of a transmission structure of a broadcast network, that is unlike ordinary packet switching communication networks, a field value that can be removed from a header part of an IP packet is determined. Then, the determined field value is removed from the header, and an IP packet having a header formed with the remaining field values is generated, thereby compressing the header of the IP packet more effectively compared to the header of the conventional static IP packet. In addition, by transmitting a compressed IP packet instead of a static IP packet which is periodically transmitted according to the conventional method, compatibility that the compression method can be used together with conventional compression methods is guaranteed.02-05-2009
20080273533Adaptive Packet Transmission with Explicit Deadline Adjustment - The embodiments of the invention relate to source content streaming, particularly to transmitting data units scheduled for dropping or non-transmission. This data unit in the buffer scheduled for dropping is instead transmitted by dropping one or more consecutive data units later in the transmission order in the buffer and which meet a lower priority threshold. In some embodiments, the data unit is transmitted with a modified time value, e.g., a modified timestamp and/or an allowable presentation time range value.11-06-2008
20130215897MITIGATION OF DETECTED PATTERNS IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A method for mitigating detected patterns in a network device is described herein. A packet is moved through a first pipeline of the network device, to perform processing of the packet. A pattern is detected within the packet. In response to detecting the pattern, a hardware component of the network device generates a flag as the packet is moving through the first pipeline, in parallel with the processing of the packet. One or more forwarding policies associated with the packet are determined using the flag.08-22-2013
20100142532SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROUTING PACKET TRAFFIC - A system and method are disclosed for routing packet traffic. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a Provider Edge (PE) router having a routing element that routes packet traffic between a plurality of autonomous systems according to one or more Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) tables each having a plurality of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) Autonomous System (AS) numbers. Other embodiments are disclosed.06-10-2010
20080267187Method for Providing Virtual Private Network Services Between Autonomous Systems - The present invention relates to providing virtual private network (VPN) services between two or more Autonomic Systems (AS). An aggregation edge router (ASBR) is provided in two or more autonomous systems (Asx,Asy). The aggregation edge routers are configured such that routing peering between the two or more autonomous systems is done between the aggregation edge routers in these autonomous systems. Each aggregation edge router is a routing peer of other edge routers (PE) in its own autonomous system. The Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network is used between the different autonomous systems.10-30-2008
20090190589FLEXIBLE TIME STAMPING - In an example embodiment, an apparatus comprising a physical layer processing device that comprises logic configured to process a packet received from a physical layer interface is disclosed. The physical layer processing device logic is further configured to determine a preamble portion of the packet and a data portion of the packet. The physical layer processing device logic is further configured to insert a timestamp into the preamble portion of the packet. The physical layer processing device logic forwards the packet with the timestamp inserted into the preamble.07-30-2009
20090190588Data Packet Switching - Embodiments related to switching of data packets have been described.07-30-2009
20090097488Method for filtering packets coming from a communication network - A method of filtering packets coming from a communication network (04-16-2009
20120195318INFORMATION SYSTEM, CONTROL SERVER, VIRTUAL NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A control server is connected to a plurality of physical nodes that keep control information defining an operation to be taken in accordance with input/output packet characteristics and process the input/output packets according to the control information. The control server includes a first storage unit that stores configuration information about a virtual network configured to include virtual nodes that are virtualized versions of the physical nodes, and a second storage unit that stores virtual network identifying information identifying the virtual network from characteristics of an input packet, and the control server identifies a physical node that configures a virtual network that handles a packet having a characteristic in common with the packet received by the physical node based on a request from the physical node and updates control information for each physical node.08-02-2012
20120195315INFORMATION PACKET COMMUNICATION WITH VIRTUAL OBJECTS - Modules and methods that provide virtual device communication via information packets addressed to the virtual devices. Virtual devices aggregate capabilities of target devices and represent the aggregate as an operational device to remote systems. Physical device elements and virtual devices contained within modules are able to communicate and cooperate over extended distances in a peer-to-peer fashion via a virtual bus tunnel offering addressing and data transport functionality. Such modules and methods can be combined with disk drives to form RAID-like storage structures.08-02-2012
20080240100LAYER THREE SATELLITE FUNCTIONALITY IN A DATA NETWORK - Method and system for providing access layer satellite architecture in a data network including receiving a data packet from an access layer network device, the data packet including a Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) identifier associated with a port on the access layer network device, performing a route lookup procedure based on the received data packet to determine a destination of the data packet, updating an ARP table with a Media Access Control (MAC) address associated with the VLAN identifier and the port of the received data packet, and transmitting the data packet to a destination network device, is disclosed.10-02-2008
20080240103Three-port ethernet switch with external buffer - System and method for routing data packets in an Ethernet switch. A preferred embodiment comprises receiving a data frame at a first port, wherein the data frame comprises a header portion and payload portion. The header portion is analyzed to determine a destination port for the data frame. A destination status is added to the header portion to create a modified header portion. The modified header portion is stored in an on-chip memory. The payload portion is stored in an off-chip memory. An on-chip CPU instructs a DMA controller how to route the data frame.10-02-2008
20080240105SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING A SERIAL PROTOCOL TO CREATE A NETWORK IN A WELL MONITORING ENVIRONMENT - A method is disclosed for extending a serial protocol to create a network in a well monitoring environment, including determining at a receiver node whether a message subnet mask ID in a received message is different from the Node Subnet Mask ID and rejecting the received message if the subnet mask ID in the received message does not match the subnet mask ID for the receiver node. A system for extending a serial protocol to create a network in a well monitoring environment also disclosed. A data structure used by the system and method is also disclosed.10-02-2008
20080240098METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FLEXIBLE VIRTUAL FORWARDING TABLE - A method and apparatus for providing a flexible virtual forwarding table for packet networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives one or more packets from at least one customer endpoint device, where the one or more packets are destined for a destination node. The method then locates a route for routing the one or more packets by consulting one or more virtual forwarding projection tables, wherein each of the one or more virtual forwarding projection tables contains a subset of the routes that are stored in a virtual route forwarding table. Finally, the method forwards the one or more packets towards said destination node using said route.10-02-2008
20080240099ADDRESS REQUEST AUTHORITY PERCENTAGE PROTOCOL (ARAPP) - A method and apparatus that routes packets in a network is disclosed. The method may include receiving a packet from a first communication device in the network requesting an IP address, determining if another communication device owns the requested IP address, wherein if another communication device does not own the requested IP address, giving the IP address to the first communication device, otherwise, if it is determined that a second communication device is claiming ownership of the IP address, determining whether the first communication device or the second communication device owns the IP address using an address request authority percentage protocol (ARAPP) function, wherein based on the results of the ARAPP function, the first communication device is given the IP address, otherwise the IP address request from the first communication device is denied.10-02-2008
20110206048DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A transmission source bridge collects packets sent from nodes connected to a serial bus in accordance the IEEE1394 Standards, into one packet in an order they are to be transmitted and then sends them onto an ATM network, so that a transmission destination bridge receives this packet and divides it into a plurality of smaller packets and transfers them, in the order they were sent, to nodes connected to the serial bus in accordance with the IEEE1394 Standards.08-25-2011
20090190592TWO-STAGE COMPUTER NETWORK PACKET CLASSIFICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A two-stage computer network packet classification method and system is proposed, which is designed for integration to a network system for classification of packets within the network system. The proposed method and system is characterized by the use of a two-stage operation for packet classification; wherein the first-stage operation involves the use of a decision-tree data module whose leaf nodes are used to store a bit vector that represents a cluster of rule groups that are located within a particular cut region in a multidimensional Euclidean space that is mapped to the field values of the input packet; and the second-stage operation involves the use of a bit-vector lookup table data module to retrieve a set of bit vectors which represent a set of possible rules in each rule group and which are intersected to find a matched rule for the input packet. This feature allows the packet classification to be implemented with low memory requirement and enhanced system performance.07-30-2009
20120093157SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE IN AN HFC ARCHITECTURE - Systems and methods for improving performance in an HFC architecture are provided. Incoming data associated with a plurality of signals to be included in a downstream data signal may be received, and the incoming data may be mapped to a plurality of symbols representative of the signals. Data bits for each symbol may be mapped to at least one data register. The contents of the at least one register may be read by one or more digital-to-analog converters to facilitate a direct radio frequency synthesis, and the output of the one or more digital-to-analog converters may be provided to one or more electro-optic conversion devices configured to output a downstream data signal.04-19-2012
20110268123METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATIONS OF FIELDS IN A DATA UNIT - A packet processor for processing a data unit received from a network includes a header analyzer unit configured to obtain indications of locations in a header of the data unit of one or more fields to be parsed from the data unit to perform a packet processing operation on the data unit. The header analyzer unit comprises a ternary content addressable memory (TCAM), and a memory separate from the TCAM and coupled to an output of the TCAM, wherein a content of the TCAM and a content of the memory are programmable. The header analyzer unit is configured to obtain, responsive to a lookup of at least one portion of the data unit in the TCAM, indications of locations in a header of the data unit of one or more fields to be parsed from the data unit to perform a packet processing operation on the data unit. The packet processor further comprises a parser configured to parse the header using the indications of locations of one or more fields in the header to obtain data from the one or more fields.11-03-2011
20110268120FABRIC SWITCHING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch system. The switch includes one or more ports on the switch configured to transmit packets encapsulated based on a first protocol. The switch further includes a control mechanism. During operation, the control mechanism forms a logical switch based on a second protocol, receives an automatically assigned identifier for the logical switch without requiring manual configuration of the identifier, and joins a Ethernet fabric.11-03-2011
20090129390Method for transferring a stream of at least one data packet between first and second electric devices and corresponding device - Systems and methods for transferring a stream of at least one data packet between a first electronic device and second electronic device through a network-on-chip are disclosed. These systems and methods can comprise storing data packets in memory means provided in a network interface and transferring data packets from the memory means to the second electronic device. Packets can be transferred from the memory means after a quantity of packets is stored in the memory means, the quantity of packets being determined according to a value of a control parameter.05-21-2009
20110206046Source-based queue selection mechanism in the routing environment - The invention is directed to a method and system for selecting queues for source-based queuing in a packet router, requiring only one flow per destination route. The invention stores source interface information for each packet while it is being processed. The invention applies to packet routers including IP routers, Ethernet routers and Label Switched Routers (LSR).08-25-2011
20090161677COMMUNICATION PROXY METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - A communication proxy method, device and system are provided, including: after receiving a packet communicated between a provider device and the access device, performing a conversion process between the physical port and the logic port to physical port information or logic port information in the packet received according to the mapping information between the physical port and the logic port. Thus, it is ensued that the variation of the physical port does not affect the process in which the provider device provides services and the safety of each physical port in the access device is also guaranteed.06-25-2009
20090161676MULTI-LAYERED PACKET SECURITY - Methods and media for multi-layered packet security control are described. In one embodiment, a header of a packet is modified to include an identifier that identifies a manner in which the packet should be subject to a particular set of a plurality of sets of rules. The particular set of rules dictates how the packet is to be handled. Further, in one embodiment, the packet is communicated to a routing component, and the routing component is configured to reference the identifier to determine which, if any, of the plurality of sets of rules to apply to the packet.06-25-2009
20110268121ADDRESS-SHARING SYSTEM - Access routers (11-03-2011
20090129385VIRTUAL NETWORK INTERFACE - A virtual network has network interfaces coupled by a multipoint tunnel (05-21-2009
20080317032METHODS FOR USING A TRANSLATION/INSTRUCTION SYSTEM TO REDIRECT A MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING (MPLS) PACKET - A multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) packet is processed by receiving an MPLS packet that has first header information including at least a first MPLS label at a first MPLS network node. A translation system is operated to obtain second header information that includes at least a second MPLS label. The MPLS packet is modified with the second header information. The MPLS packet is routed to a second MPLS network node based on the second header information.12-25-2008
20080317031COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A communication apparatus which receives data including a destination address from an external apparatus, changes the destination address included in the received data to an address of the communication apparatus, and sends the data whose destination address was changed to an address of the communication apparatus.12-25-2008
20120069848CONFIGURABLE FAST ETHERNET AND GIGABIT ETHERNET DATA PORT - An Ethernet switch has at least one ingress/egress port which is operable in two modes, in a first mode as a GE port and in a second mode as a plurality of FE ports. The port has 8 MAC interfaces each of which is capable of receiving/transmitting FE packets, and at least one of the MAC interfaces can be configured to receive/transmit GE packets. Thus, the port has two modes of operation. The port further includes receive and transmit modules which receive GE and FE packets from, and transmit GE and FE packets to, the interfaces.03-22-2012
20120069847SCALABLE MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING (MPLS) BASED NETWORKS - Example scalable multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) based networks, and methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to implement the same are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes determining at an area border router (ABR) an OSPF metric representing a cost associated with transporting data between a provider edge router (PER) and the ABR within a non-zero OSPF area, replacing at the ABR a first MPLS label included in a BGP message received from the PER with a second MPLS label associated with the PER and assigned by the ABR, replacing at the ABR a next-hop attribute included in the BGP message with a value representing a loopback address of the ABR, updating at the ABR a route cost attribute included in the BGP message to include the OSPF metric, and re-advertising from the ABR the modified BGP message into an OSPF area 03-22-2012
20120069846Serial Communication Tapping and Transmission to Routable Networks - Apparatuses and methods for tapping serial communications and transforming the serial data into a format appropriate for routable networks are significant for purposes of security and troubleshooting, especially in critical infrastructure networks. Communication taps should be completely passive such that any failure would not interrupt the serial communications. Furthermore, automatic determination of unspecified serial protocol frames allow general implementation across various networks, or across devices within a single network, without the need to customize for each implementation.03-22-2012
20120069845SANITIZING PACKET HEADERS - A network device may receive a packet, determine whether the packet includes two or more headers of a same type, modify the packet to correct for the two or more headers of the same type when the packet includes the two or more headers of the same type, determine whether the packet includes out-of-sequence headers, and modify the packet to correct for the out-of-sequence headers when the packet includes the out-of-sequence headers.03-22-2012
20090003347Backhaul transmission efficiency - In one embodiment, the method includes determining, at a first network element, whether to turn on compression of a header for a packet transport protocol used for a communication flow between the first network element and a second network element. The determining is based on a type of the communication flow, and the packet transport protocol is a protocol for transport of packets between the first and second network elements. The method further includes sending a compression mode indictor to the second network element along with a context identifier. The compression mode indicator indicates the determination, and the context identifier for use in identifying the communication flow.01-01-2009
20090003348IP aggregation with blackhole entry - Provided is a method of route aggregation in a communication system. The method includes receiving an advertised aggregated network routes from a first router, the advertised aggregated network route including at least one blackhole subnetwork route, and updating a forwarding information base (FIB) to include the at least one blackhole route.01-01-2009
20090141723FRAME AGGREGATION - A packet network employs frame aggregation to reduce the number of physical-layer frames employed to transfer a given amount of user data. A packet network might employ physical (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) layers of a wireless local area network (WLAN) operating in accordance with one or more IEEE 802.11 standards. Frame aggregation combines several separate, higher-layer frames with user data into one PHY-layer frame, thus increasing the amount of user data per PHY-layer frame transmitted. Frame aggregation improves the efficiency by reducing both PHY-layer overhead and MAC-layer overhead.06-04-2009
20090003345NETWORK DEVICE DYNAMIC HELP - There are provided a method, system, logic and network device to provide additional information and at least one recommended action relating to error information reported by a feature module of the network device. The method comprises generating a request that includes error information reported by a feature module of a network device, the error information including one or more runtime parameters associated with the network device. The method further comprises transmitting the generated request and receiving a response to the request including additional information and the at least one recommended action relating to the error information, the additional information and the at least one recommended action being based at least in part on the one or more runtime parameters. The network device comprises a feature module to report error information including one or more runtime parameters associated with the network device, a help module to generate a request including the error information reported by the feature module and to receive a response to the request, the response including additional information and at least one recommended action relating to the error information, the additional information and the at least one recommended action being based at least in part on the one or more runtime parameters, and a communication module to transmit the generated request and to receive the response to the request.01-01-2009
20090052455Mobile terminal and message transmitting/receiving method for adaptive converged IP messaging - A mobile terminal and message transmitting/receiving method are disclosed for adaptive converged IP messaging. The mobile terminal supporting converged IP messaging (CPM) converts a CPM message into an adaptive converged message and transmits the adaptive converged message. Upon reception, a received message is converted into a CPM message according to a message identifier.02-26-2009
20090141724METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VITUAL CIRCUIT ROUTES - A method and apparatus for virtual circuit routes is described. A method in a network element comprises associating a virtual circuit to a layer 3 next hop, the virtual circuit being associated with a layer 2 protocol specific logical circuit, receiving a packet on the logical circuit, processing the packet with configuration information indicated by the virtual circuit, and forwarding the packet to the layer 3 next hop associated with the virtual circuit without processing the packet's layer 3 header.06-04-2009
20090141721Deterministic Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Labels - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-readable media, mechanisms, and means for deterministically determining MPLS labels as functions of addresses of Forwarding Equivalence Classes (FECs), and using these determined labels in the forwarding of packets. By each packet switching device in a network deterministically determining the same MPLS label to use for each FEC, each packet switching device knows what label will be used by the other packet switching devices, without running Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) or another label publishing protocol. Additionally, this knowledge extends to all packet switching devices in a network, not merely neighboring packet switching devices, which allows a packet switching device to specify a stack of labels to define a desired path through the network for explicit path routing and/or fast rerouting of traffic without having to previously establish a tunnel or path using Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), for example.06-04-2009
20090080431EDGE DEVICES FOR PROVIDING A TRANSPARENT LAN SEGMENT SERVICE AND CONFIGURATION SUCH EDGE DEVICES - A transport LAN segment service is provided over a transport network. The transport network will include edge devices configured to support one or more transparent LAN segments. Configuration is simplified by advertising TLS-port-label information, layer 03-26-2009
20090080430Host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing broadcast data - A host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing a broadcasting data are disclosed. An IP physical interface unit receives a frame including an internet protocol (IP) packet carrying broadcast data through a network modem. A Routing Engine transforms the frame to an IP packet and routs the IP packet based on a destination information included in the frame. And a Multiplexer generates an IP MPEG packet by appending a Packet Header carrying identification information to the IP packet, multiplexes the IP MPEG packet and forwards the multiplexed IP packet to the POD.03-26-2009
20110142051End-To-End Network Access Analysis - Instances of router models and filter models respectively are populated with configuration data from routers and filters in a network (06-16-2011
20090052456Packet-processing apparatus and method - The present invention provides a packet-processing apparatus for receiving and processing N packets in a series, wherein N is a natural number, and each of the packets has a current header. Additionally, the packet-processing apparatus includes an agent, a processing unit, a monitoring unit, a lookup table, and a control unit. Particularly, the packet-processing apparatus according to the invention can process the N packets effectively and flexibly.02-26-2009
20090052452SIGNALING COMPRESSION INFORMATION USING ROUTING PROTOCOLS - An ability to compress packets is announced from a customer edge router (CE) to other CEs through a routing protocol packet. An announcement of that ability is received from another CE through a routing protocol packet. A compression technique is then matched. The CE receives compression information from the other CE in a routing protocol packet, and determines that a compression technique identified therein matches any compression technique the CE is programmed to use. The CE then flags packets transmitted from/received by the CE to be compressed/decompressed according to the matched compression technique. Alternatively, the CE may match by transmitting compression information identifying a compression technique to the another CE in a routing protocol packet; the another CE receives the routing protocol packet and determines that a compression technique identified in the compression information of the routing protocol packet matches any compression technique the another CE is programmed to use.02-26-2009
20090052457METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC INTER-DOMAIN ROUTING OF CALLS - A method and apparatus for inter-domain routing of calls in a network, where the network represents a first wide area network. A routing node of the network advertises its access to a range of addresses in a second wide area network and a cost for access to the range of addresses to all adjacent nodes in the network. Each of the adjacent nodes inserts an entry in its own routing table associating access to the range of addresses in the second wide area network with the network address of the routing node and the cost for access. Each adjacent node then modifies the cost for access by adding its own cost and advertises its access to the range of addresses in the second wide area network and the modified cost for access to all of its adjacent nodes. When a call addressed to a destination address in the range of address in the second wide area network is received at each node of the network, then the node searches for the entry in its routing table corresponding to the range of addresses in the second wide area network having the lowest cost for access and connects the call to the adjacent node associated with the entry having the lowest cost. The routing node can also advertise one or more protocol types which it can support, where the protocol types are associated with the routing node in the routing table in each adjacent node and a call having a given protocol type is also routed at each node of the network based upon its protocol type.02-26-2009
20110222542SOURCE ADDRESS BASED ROUTING PROCESS - A method is described that entails assigning a source network address to an outbound packet, associating the outbound packet with a network service and identifying a first network interface associated with the network service. The method further entails inquiring into and confirming that the first network interface is associated with the source network address. The method further entails constructing a search key from an identifier of the first network interface and the outbound packet's destination address. The method further entails submitting the search key to a routing function, the routing function providing the outbound packet's next hop address. The method further entails transmitting the outbound packet to a node identified by the next hop address from the network interface.09-15-2011
20090080429PACKET-BASED PROCESSING SYSTEM - A packet-based processing system suitable for various applications, such as for a base station or a terminal in a wireless communication system, is described. The packet-based processing system may include multiple processing modules and at least one transport module. The processing modules may send packets to one another via a common packet interface and may operate asynchronously. The transport module(s) may forward the packets sent by the processing modules and may operate asynchronously with respect to the processing modules. Each processing module may include a network interface, at least one buffer, a packet parser, a packet builder, and at least one processing unit. Each processing module may support at least one service. Each packet may include a header and a payload. The header may include a source service address for a source service sending the packet and a destination service address for a recipient service receiving the packet.03-26-2009
20090097486Common Checksum Computation for Internet Protocol Version 4 and Version 6 Transmissions - Checksums for internet protocol transmissions of certain transport layer messages are generated using IPv6 pseudo-headers for both IPv4 and IPv6 internet protocol transmissions. For IPv4 transmissions, IPv4 information is mapped into an IPv6 pseudo-header, and the checksum is computed using the IPv6 pseudo-header. Among other things, embodiments of the present invention allow checksums for both IPv4 and IPv6 internet protocol transmissions such transport layer messages to be computed using a common checksum computer.04-16-2009
20090103537SYSTEM FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES, SWITCHING METHOD, AND SWITCHING PROGRAM - A switching system in which a unique additional address is used for each session, and session information is transferred as it is without rewriting the session information when a communication device such as a server is switched, a switching method, and a switching program are disclosed. The switching system comprises a switching device (04-23-2009
20090080428SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCALABLE SWITCH FABRIC FOR COMPUTER NETWORK - A system and method are provided for processing storage commands between a host and a target. The system includes a first line card, a system card, and a second line card. The storage command that is issued from the host is received by the first line card. The first line card determines whether or not it can process the request by itself and, if so, forwards the storage command to the second line card for forwarding (and eventual processing) by the target. If the first line card cannot process the storage command by itself, it forwards the storage command to the system card for additional processing. The revised storage command is issued from the system card to the first line card. The first line card then issues the revised storage command to the second line card for eventual processing by the target.03-26-2009
20130121337ROUTING COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON NODE AVAILABILITY - A node receives information that is to be transmitted to a destination. Upon receipt of the information, the node may query a busy device list to determine an availability of one or more neighbor nodes. The node may then identify a neighbor node that, according to the busy device list, is available to receive transmissions and is capable of propagating the information to the destination. The node may then transmit the information to the identified neighbor node.05-16-2013
20110222537NETWORK CONTROLLER CIRCUITRY TO ISSUE AT LEAST ONE PORTION OF PACKET PAYLOAD TO DEVICE IN MANNER THAT BY-PASSES COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL STACK INVOLVEMENT - An embodiment may include network controller to be comprised in a first node. The node may be communicatively coupled to a network and may include a host processor to execute an operating system environment. The operating system environment may include, at least in part, a communication protocol stack and an application. The circuitry may receive, at least in part, a packet from the network. The packet may include, at least in part, a header and payload. At least one portion of the payload may be associated with the application. The circuitry may issue at least one portion of the header to the stack. The circuitry may issue the at least one portion of the payload to a destination device in a manner that by-passes involvement of the stack. The destination device may be specified, at least in part, by the application. Many alternatives, variations, and modifications are possible.09-15-2011
20110222538Method and System for L3 Bridging Using L3-To-L2 Mapping Database - A method may include creating an L3-L2 database on a first switch, the database having one or more entries, each entry: (a) associating a Level 3 (L3) unique identifier associated with a virtual local area network (VLAN) communicatively coupled to the first switch to a Level 2 (L2) unique identifier associated with the VLAN, and (b) associating the L3 unique identifier with a port of the first switch. The method may also include receiving a network packet at the first switch. The method may additionally include determining if a destination VLAN for the network packet has a corresponding entry in the L3-L2 database. The method may further include switching the network packet to the port in response to a determination that the destination VLAN for the network packet has a corresponding entry in the L3-L2 database, such that the packet is communicated to one of: (a) the destination VLAN, and (b) a second switch intermediate to the first switch and the destination VLAN.09-15-2011
20110222544VLAN Protocol - A switch includes a plurality of ports including at least one bus port associated with ports connected to other switches in a network and a memory to store a hash table including MAC addresses and VLAN ids of ports in the network. For each one of the VLAN ids, one of the MAC addresses identifies one of the other switches having ports belonging to the one of the VLAN ids without identifying the ports of the one of the other switches that belongs to the one of the VLAN ids.09-15-2011
20130215896ETHERNET SWITCH AND METHOD FOR ROUTING ETHERNET DATA PACKETS - The present invention relates to data switching networks, and, in particular, to link aggregation groups in Ethernet switching networks. A technique is described in which a large number of links in a link aggregation group can be managed.08-22-2013
20130215893Processing Resource Management In An Island-Based Network Flow Processor - An island-based network flow processor (IB-NFP) integrated circuit has a high performance processor island. The processor island has a processor and a tightly coupled memory. The integrated circuit also has another memory. The other memory may be internal or external memory. The header of an incoming packet is stored in the tightly coupled memory of the processor island. The payload is stored in the other memory. In one example, if the amount of a processing resource is below a threshold then the header is moved from the first island to the other memory before the header and payload are communicated to an egress island for outputting from the integrated circuit. If, however, the amount of the processing resource is not below the threshold then the header is moved directly from the processor island to the egress island and is combined with the payload there for outputting from the integrated circuit.08-22-2013
20110142052METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING DATA PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SWITCHING DEVICE - In a method for transferring data packets in a communication network, first data packets having a low priority are transferred between a transmitter and a receiver and second data packets having a high priority compared to the first data packets are preferably transferred between them. In a second data packet to be transferred it is checked whether presently a first data packet is being transferred. If yes, the transfer of the first data packet is interrupted or stopped and the second data packet is then transferred. After the transfer of the second data packet, the transfer of the un-transferred first data packet is repeated or the rest of the incompletely transferred first data packet is transferred. Each first data packet is stored in an intermediate memory in parallel with a transmission and is only deleted from the intermediate memory after complete transfer of the first data packet to the receiver.06-16-2011
20110142048SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMON CARRIER SELECTION SERVICE IN DISTRIBUTION NETWORK - A distribution network system of a distribution network providing a common carrier selection service includes a distribution network device and a user portal server. The distribution network device detects a terminal that attempts to access the distribution network, determines whether or not the terminal has subscribed to the common carrier selection service, and connects the terminal to a common carrier as a service provider selected by the terminal according to the determination result.06-16-2011
20110142046Selective label retention in a label switching network - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving from a label distribution peer, a prefix/FEC to label mapping at a network device and processing the prefix/FEC to label mapping at the network device, wherein processing includes determining if a next hop interface of the prefix/FEC is in a same area as a link between the network device and the label distribution peer. The method further includes retaining the prefix/FEC to label mapping if the label distribution peer is a next hop for the prefix/FEC and if the next hop interface of the prefix/FEC is in the same area as the link between the network device and the label distribution peer, otherwise discarding the prefix/FEC to label mapping. An apparatus is also disclosed.06-16-2011
20110142045IPv6 VLAN TAG PACKET TRANSPORT OPTIMIZATION - A network device receives an Ethernet frame sent from an originating device toward a destination device, determines whether the frame includes an Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) payload, and determines whether the frame is one of an ingress frame or an egress frame for a virtual local area network (VLAN). The network device determines a VLAN tag for the frame when the frame is an ingress frame and inserts the VLAN tag in a portion of a source internet protocol (IP) address field or a destination IP address field of the IPv6 payload, when the frame is an ingress frame. The network device extracts a VLAN tag from a portion of the source IP address field or a destination IP address field of the IPv6 payload, when the frame is an egress frame. The frame is then output to one of the VLAN or the destination device.06-16-2011
20090201930SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR IMPROVED DISTRIBUTION OF DATA - A method for improved distribution of data in a computing environment includes receiving data for distribution in the computing environment, receiving configuration data of the computing environment, parsing the data for distribution using the configuration data, and outputting header information of a packet, the packet including the data for distribution.08-13-2009
20100158007METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING SINGLE PACKETS IN A SINGLE SESSION - A method and apparatus for aggregating single packets in a single session are disclosed. If the amount of single packets in a single session exceeds a threshold value, it is detected that attack traffic is being inputted and the single packets in the single session are aggregated into a single flow, thus preventing degradation of a network performance due to the single packets in the single session.06-24-2010
20110228778Packet node for applying service path routing at the MAC layer - A packet node and corresponding methods are provided for providing services to packets received at the packet node. At an ingress card, a packet is classified and a virtual media access control (VMAC) address is attached to the packet. The VMAC address identifies a service component for providing a service to the packet. Layer two switching of the packet is made within the packet node, based on the VMAC address. After processing of the packet by the service component, a new VMAC address is attached to the packet. Further layer two switching of the packet, based on the new VMAC address, may lead to further processing by another service component or to forwarding of the packet beyond the packet node.09-22-2011
20110228781Combined Hardware/Software Forwarding Mechanism and Method - A forwarding system comprises a identification engine, a hardware forwarding engine configured to process an ingressing packet, a software forwarding engine configured to process the ingressing packet, and a selection engine. The selection engine is configured to select one of the hardware forwarding engine or the software forwarding engine to process the ingressing packet. The selection is based on at least one of an indication of resource availability or a classification of the ingressing packet based on a priority of a flow as determined by the identification engine. In some embodiments, the selection engine selects different forwarding engines to process different packets of a same flow based on changes in resource availability or classification of the ingressing packet.09-22-2011
20110228780Service Prioritization in Link State Controlled Layer Two Networks - An apparatus comprising a node configured to maintain a plurality of downloaded forwarding states for a plurality of link state based services that are associated with the node and a plurality of other nodes in a network comprising the node, and a plurality of advertised service identifiers (IDs) that correspond to the link state based services, wherein the service IDs are ordered in sequence from higher priority to lower priority link state based services, and wherein work is instantiated at the node according to the ordered sequence from higher priority to lower priority link state based services.09-22-2011
20090016349Host device interface with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing broadcast data - A host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing broadcast data are disclosed. Herein, an Internet Protocol (IP) physical interface unit receives an Ethernet frame including broadcast data; and a routing engine transforms the Ethernet frame to an IP packet when a destination address included in the Ethernet frame matches with an address of a pod and routs the transformed IP packet to an extended channel connected to the POD. Accordingly, it is possible to protect contents using a conditional access provided by the existing cable card and process broadcast data received on all types of transmission protocols including an IP protocol over a wired/wireless network using a channel provided for connection between the existing cable card and the host device.01-15-2009
20110142047BACKBONE EDGE SWITCHING APPARATUS AND PACKET PROCESSING METHOD OF THE BACKBONE EDGE SWITCHING APPARATUS - Provided is a backbone edge switching apparatus and a packet processing method of the backbone edge switching apparatus. The backbone edge switching apparatus may generate and manage an integrated service flow by performing a lookup according to multiple layers with respect to an input packet. Accordingly, it is possible to provide various and effective transmission services.06-16-2011
20110142049MEDIA OVER IP PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT - A method of transmitting data traffic from a network node comprising the steps of identifying a plurality of data packets as being members of a data session adding a timestamp to the header or data payload of each packet within the session wherein the timestamp is an additional timestamp and transmitting the packets to their destination.06-16-2011
20100002699PACKET TAGGING FOR EFFECTIVE MULTICAST CONTENT DISTRIBUTION - A transmitter of network data sends packets with packet type tags in their headers to indicate to a receiver the data type, content type, or priority type of the packet so that packets that are not required by the host processor can be easily screened by the receiver, relieving the host processor of the processing of packets it does not need.01-07-2010
20090103538COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device is, in an MPLS network including a first area and a second area, the first area being notified of aggregate route information into which pieces of route information on a plurality of routes are aggregated, and using an LDP for generating an LSP, located in the first area but spans between the first area and the second area and receives a message for generating the LSP using one of the plurality of routes within the second area, wherein the communication device is stored with aggregate route information, pieces of route information and labels, then determines whether the route information in the message is stored or not when receiving the message, and, if not stored, executes a label distribution process if the route specified by the route information is one of the routes aggregated with the stored aggregate route information.04-23-2009
20080273534Signaling Completion of a Message Transfer from an Origin Compute Node to a Target Compute Node - Signaling completion of a message transfer from an origin node to a target node includes: sending, by an origin DMA engine, an RTS message, the RTS message specifying an application message for transfer to the target node from the origin node; receiving, by the origin DMA engine, a remote get message containing a data descriptor for the message and a completion notification descriptor, the completion notification descriptor specifying a local memory FIFO data transfer operation for transferring data locally on the origin node; inserting, by the origin DMA engine in an injection FIFO buffer, the data descriptor followed by the completion notification descriptor; transferring, by the origin DMA engine to the target node, the message in dependence upon the data descriptor; and notifying, by the origin DMA engine, the application that transfer of the message is complete in dependence upon the completion notification descriptor.11-06-2008
20090219937METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BIASING OF NETWORK NODE PACKET PRIORITIZATION BASED ON PACKET CONTENT - A method and apparatus for biasing of network node packet prioritization based on packet content. The method may include marking a packet of data from a data stream of packets. The packet can be marked with a packet type such that subsequent nodes determine the relative priority of the packet with respect to other packets from the same data stream based on the packet type marking. The marked packet can then be transmitted. According to a related corresponding embodiment, a method can include receiving a packet at a node in a network, the node including a plurality of packet queues including a higher priority queue and a lower priority queue. The relative priority of the packet can be determined relative to other packets from the same packet source and intended for the same destination, where the relative priority can be based on the contents of the packet. The relative priority may also be based on a marking of the packet. The packet can be assigned to a higher priority queue based on a higher relative priority of the packet. The assigned packet can then be transmitted.09-03-2009
20090219935METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING PACKETS TO A GUEST OPERATING SYSTEM - In general, the invention relates to a method for transferring a packet. The method includes receiving the packet by a physical network interface, determining a virtual network interface card (VNIC) using a virtual switching table, where the VNIC is located on a computer operatively connected to the network express manager (NEM) via a chassis interconnect, and the VNIC is executing on a host operating system (OS) in the computer. The method further includes transferring the packet to a receive ring (RR) associated with the VNIC, wherein the RR is located on the NEM, providing the network express manager with a receive descriptor, transferring the packet to the guest OS memory using the receive descriptor, and notifying the guest OS that the packet is in the guest OS memory.09-03-2009
20090219936METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OFFLOADING NETWORK PROCESSING - The invention relates to a method for processing a packet. The method includes receiving the packet by a physical network interface, determining a target virtual network interface card (VNIC) using the destination address and a virtual switching table (VST), transferring the packet to a receive ring (RR) associated with the target VNIC, wherein the RR is located on the NEM, determining, by the target VNIC, that the packet is in the RR, determining, by the target VNIC, that the packet is to be processed using an offload engine, transferring the packet to offload memory located on an offload computer, wherein the offload computer is operatively connected to the NEM via the chassis interconnect and wherein the offload engine is executing on the offload computer, processing the packet by the offload engine to obtain a processed packet, and transferring the processed packet to a target computer memory using the chassis interconnect.09-03-2009
20090245258APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORWARDING PACKET DATA - An apparatus includes an input part, a plurality of output parts, and a switching part. The input part inputs a packet and builds at least one forwarding data block including a predetermined destination identifier and packet data extracted from the inputted packet. The switching part includes a forwarding destination storing section for storing, in association with a predetermined destination identifier, a forwarding destination identifier identifying one of the plurality of output parts, and receives the at least one forwarding data block from the input part, and forwards it to one of the plurality of output parts on the basis of forwarding destination storing section which is updated in response to a change in the operating state of the plurality of output parts.10-01-2009
20090245259FAST REROUTE (FRR) PROTECTION AT THE EDGE OF A RFC 2547 NETWORK - In one embodiment, an edge device in a first routing domain is configured to communicate with a second routing domain via a data link. The edge device receives a data packet containing a destination address that is reachable via the second routing domain and an indication that the data packet is a protected packet that was previously rerouted from another edge device in the first routing domain via a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Fast Reroute (FRR) backup path. The edge device determines if communication with the second routing domain is still available via the data link, and if so, removes the indication that the data packet is a protected packet and forwards the data packet to the second routing domain, and, if not, drops the data packet to prevent the data packet from being rerouted a second time in the first routing domain on another MPLS FRR backup path.10-01-2009
20090245257Network On Chip - A network on chip (‘NOC’) that includes integrated processor (‘IP’) blocks, routers, memory communications controllers, and network interface controllers, with all communications including a route code specifying a route through the routers of the NOC from a source to a destination, each router including routing logic that directs a communication to one of four ports of the router, the one port identified by the first two bits in the route code. The routing logic in the router shifts the route code to discard the first two bits of the route code before transmitting the communication through the one port.10-01-2009
20080259922INTERSECTION-BASED CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - A configuration management system and related methods are provided to facilitate intersection-based management of configuration information for network devices. In one example, a method includes polling a plurality of network devices to determine address entries stored by address tables of the network devices. The method also includes applying a hash function to the address entries to determine a plurality of key-value associations. The method further includes maintaining a hash table comprising the key-value associations. Each key of the hash table corresponds to an address entry stored by one or more of the address tables. Each value of the hash table identities which of the address tables are storing the address entry corresponding to the associated key.10-23-2008
20100014522Method for Managing Communication Connections By Network Address Translating (NAT) Network Nodes - The invention relates to a method for managing communication connections in a communication system, comprising the following steps: generation of a connection request with a source network address internally valid in the communication system, over at least one network address translating network node to a network element outside the communication system, acceptance of a connection confirmation with a valid network address of a network element outside the communication system, providing the source network address internally valid in the communication system an the network address valid outside the communication system to a connection entry provided on the network element outside the communication system.01-21-2010
20090257433APPARATUS, METHOD, SYSTEM AND PROGRAM FOR COMMUNICATION - Embodiments provide an apparatus, method, and storage medium wherein a communication identifier of a session or part of a session is provided in a package or added to a message. An apparatus may check, based on the communication identifier of package or the received communication identifier, whether or not a service indicated by the communication identifier is supported. A decision of transferring the service may be based on the communication identifier.10-15-2009
20120195314Destination-Based Virtual Channel Assignment in On-Chip Ring Networks - An apparatus comprising a plurality of nodes and a plurality of links connecting the nodes in a ring topology, wherein a first node from among the plurality of nodes is coupled to a first link from among the plurality of links, wherein the first link comprises a plurality of virtual channels, and wherein each of the plurality of virtual channels is assigned to provide service to a unique one of the plurality of nodes.08-02-2012
20120195317PACKET DATA MODIFICATION PROCESSOR - A programmable processor configured to perform one or more packet modifications through execution of one or more commands. A pipelined processor core comprises a first stage configured to selectively shift and mask data in each of a plurality of categories in response to one or more decoded commands, and combine the selectively shifted and masked data in each of the categories. The pipelined processor core further comprises a second stage configured to selectively perform one or more operations on the combined data from the first stage and other data responsive to the one or more decoded commands. In one implementation, the processor is implemented as an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).08-02-2012
20090262741Transparent Provisioning of Services Over a Network - An apparatus and method for enhancing the infrastructure of a network such as the Internet is disclosed. A packet interceptor/processor apparatus is coupled with the network so as to be able to intercept and process packets flowing over the network. Further, the apparatus provides external connectivity to other devices that wish to intercept packets as well. The apparatus applies one or more rules to the intercepted packets which execute one or more functions on a dynamically specified portion of the packet and take one or more actions with the packets. The apparatus is capable of analyzing any portion of the packet including the header and payload. Actions include releasing the packet unmodified, deleting the packet, modifying the packet, logging/storing information about the packet or forwarding the packet to an external device for subsequent processing. Further, the rules may be dynamically modified by the external devices.10-22-2009
20110228782Method for Performing Protocol Translation in a Network Switch - A system and method are disclosed for processing a packet. Processing the packet comprises receiving the packet; translating the packet from a first protocol-specific format to a canonical packet format; translating the packet from the canonical packet format to a second protocol-specific format; and forwarding the packet.09-22-2011
20100265952REMAPPING MODULE IDENTIFIER FIELDS AND PORT IDENTIFIER FIELDS - A method of adjusting fields of a datagram in the handling of the datagram in a network device may comprising receiving a datagram, with the datagram having at least module identifier fields and port identifier fields, at a port of a network device, adding or subtracting an offset value to at least one of the module identifier fields and at least one of the port identifier fields of the datagram based on data registers in the network device, and forwarding the datagram to a legacy device based on the module and port identifier fields of the datagram. A size of each of the module identifier fields and the port identifier fields handled by the legacy device may be smaller than a size of the module identifier fields and port identifier fields handled by the network device.10-21-2010
20100265950ACCELERATION THROUGH A NETWORK TUNNEL - Methods and systems for implementing acceleration through a packet encapsulation protocol tunnel, are described. The method includes establishing a packet encapsulation protocol tunnel between a first network endpoint and a second network endpoint, sending packets with a packet encapsulation protocol tunnel header from the first network endpoint to the second network endpoint, and removing the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel headers from the packets. The method further includes storing the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel headers in a storage memory, performing acceleration on the packets, and retrieving the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel headers from the storage memory. Further, the method includes replacing the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel headers on the packets, and sending the packets with the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel headers through the packet encapsulation protocol tunnel to the second endpoint.10-21-2010
20090122797ROUTING OPERATIONS USING SENSOR DATA - In one embodiment, a method comprises an Internet Protocol (IP) router receiving sensor data from at least one of a second IP router or an attached host sensor node, the sensor data distinct from link data of a network link; the IP router generating sensor information based on storing the sensor data with metadata describing reception of the sensor data by the IP router in a routing information base; and the IP router executing a routing operation based on the sensor information stored in the routing information base.05-14-2009
20100150157PEER TO MULTI-PEER ROUTING - A collaboration system using peer-to-multi-peer distribution of messages representing changes to a shared workspace. Each peer determines a distribution mechanism for messages to each of the target peers sharing the workspace. The selected distribution mechanism may depend on capabilities of a home relay associated with a peer initiating a message. Further, messages to subsets of the target peers sharing the workspace may be distributed using a session for each subset on which each message is sent only one time. The subset of target peers associated with some of the sessions may be selected so that target peers for which communication attempts have failed are grouped in the same session. In some scenarios, the initiating peer may provide multiple routing paths for target peers in a session and the home relay server may appropriately forward the message to the target peers, using one of the routing paths.06-17-2010
20100150159MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A network device for processing data packets includes input logic, a register, route lookup logic and output processing logic. The input logic receives a data packet having at least one multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) tag, stores the packet and forwards a portion of the packet including the MPLS tag. The route lookup logic receives the portion of the packet, generates next hop information based on the MPLS tag and determines whether at least one MPLS tag is to be removed from the packet before the packet is to be output by the network device. The route lookup logic also modifies a start offset value in the register for each MPLS tag that is to be removed and forwards the start offset. The output processing logic receives the start offset and begins processing the data packet for output at a location identified by the start offset.06-17-2010
20100158011REPEATER AND REPEATING METHOD - A repeater stores retrieval situation of an address retrieved as an address identical with the transmission destination address of the reception frame in association with each address registered in the learning table, refers to, when the transmission source address of the received frame is registered in the learning table, the retrieval situation of the address stored in association with a port identical with the port that receives the frame from among retrieval situations, specifies an address to be overwritten by the transmission source address of the reception frame, overwrites and registers the transmission source address of the reception frame on the specified address, and updates, when the address identical with the transmission destination address of the received frame is retrieved from the learning table, the retrieval situation stored in association with the retrieved address.06-24-2010
20100158008SWITCHING EXCHANGE - In a network system where a switching exchange accommodating an ISDN provides TDMoIP packet communication over an IP network, measures for packet loss prevention need to be taken during a period during which a TDM service is packet-transferred over the IP network. When a transmitting-end switching exchange in the above network system multiplexes TDM data, the present invention varies the degree of multiplicity in accordance with the delay in the IP network and the type of data.06-24-2010
20100189107METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING, MAINTAINING AND/OR USING OVERLAPPING NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus related to routing in communications networks are described. Various embodiments are well suited to wireless communications systems lacking centralized control, e.g., a mobile wireless communications system supporting the dynamic formation and/or maintenance of overlapping peer-to-peer ad hoc networks. A node can establish multiple links, e.g., with different links corresponding to different overlapping networks. Next hop packet routing information, e.g., forwarding tables, are maintained on a per network basis. A node determines the next hop routing for a received packet to be forwarded based on the link upon which the packet was received, which is associated with a particular network, and the included packet destination address. The same destination address may, and sometimes does, correspond to different next hop nodes for different networks.07-29-2010
20100158009HIERARCHICAL PACKET PROCESS APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is a hierarchical packet processing apparatus and method. In one general aspect, a packet is analyzed, divided into an upper layer and a lower layer. It is determined whether a property of the packet to be analyzed has been already analyzed or has to be re-analyzed with respect to each of the upper and lower layers of the packet. Therefore, deep packet inspection is performed only when it is required, and thus assurance of quality of service (QoS) during packet processing can be achieved, as well as reduced waste of resources.06-24-2010
20100158006DIFFERENTIATED PRIORITY LEVEL COMMUNICATION - Provided are methods, apparatuses and systems for providing prioritized data distribution at a customer premise. A network access component may receive priority information from a trusted source, the priority information being indicative of an association between at least one identifier and a respective priority level. The network component may determine a particular identifier associated with data received from a communication entity. The network access component may determine a particular priority level associated with the data based on the particular identifier and the priority information. The network component may also prioritize at least a portion of the data on a basis of the particular priority level.06-24-2010
20100158004OFFLOADING CONTENT ROUTING COST FROM ROUTERS - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to reconfiguring communication routing architecture. A determination may be made that loading on one or more routing entities require adjustment. Adjustment may be required in situations where, for example, the amount of data to convey or the number of clients to service overcome the abilities of the router. In reconfiguring the communication routing architecture, some of the routing responsibility for the heavily loaded routers may be offloaded to neighboring routers and/or clients.06-24-2010
20100158002COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, TERMINAL, PROGRAM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system formed of two or more networks in which a part or all of nodes belonging to each said network form a plurality of combinations of nodes so as not to overlap with other node on the network to which each node belongs, the nodes belonging to the same combination are connected with each other and terminals are connected under the control of a part or all of the nodes belonging to the same combination, a node belonging to the combination transmits a frame received from a terminal under the control of the node itself to any of adjacent nodes on the network to which the node itself belongs and a node belonging to the same combination to which the node itself belongs and connected to the node itself. This obtains a highly reliable communication system whose desired transmission capacity can be realized at low costs and which can be restored from an abnormal state in a short time period.06-24-2010
20100189108Method of implementing traversal of multimedia protocols through network address translation device - The present invention discloses a method of implementing traversal of multimedia protocols through Network Address Translation device, wherein the Network Address Translation (NAT) device establishes a mapping relationship between address of a terminal in a private network and address of a terminal in a public network, and enables the terminal in the private network to access the public network with a common address, so as to implement the interaction of media streams between the terminal in the private network and the terminal in the public network, in which the common address is a address of the private network for accessing the public network.07-29-2010
20100260183NETWORK CONNECTION DEVICE, SWITCHING CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR LEARNING ADDRESS - A network connection device includes a processor and a switch unit. The processor learns an address. The switch unit outputs a packet received from a first port out of a plurality of ports to a second port. The switch unit manages a table including an entry which includes an address, status data, and an identifier of a port. The switch unit generates a first entry including a first address included in a first packet received via a first port, status data indicating “learning”, and an identifier of the first port, in the absence of the first address in the table, and requests the processor to learn the first address. The switch unit withholds requesting the processor to learn a second address included in a second packet received via the first port, when the second address is included in a second entry along with status data indicating “learning”.10-14-2010
20090296712METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CEC BLOCK TERMINATION - A CEC block termination function, operated by a manipulating switch including at least one HDMI-CEC input port and at least two HDMI-CEC output ports, enables the manipulating switch to receive a CEC block which was initiated by a device, optionally acknowledge (ACK) the block, modify the received block, and supply the modified block to one or more devices. Optionally, a section of the CEC block may be modified, the entire CEC block may be modified, or the CEC message may be partially or completely modified.12-03-2009
20100183012DATA TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND DATA RETRANSMITTING METHOD - A data transmitting apparatus is provided for making it possible to send out a retransmitting packet at early timing even in the case where a delivery tree structure is unclear. A transmitting terminal device (07-22-2010
20100183009DISCRIMINATORY MTU FRAGMENTATION IN A LOGICAL PARTITION - Communication between nodes on distinct physical computer systems typically involves fragmentation of packets, such that packet size complies with a communication protocol's specified maximum transmission unit (MTU). However, communications between logical partitions on the same computer system (“virtual nodes”) do not have to comply with a MTU. A computer system can handle packet sizes for intra-system communications between virtual nodes larger than the MTU. Functionality can be implemented to determine that a packet's source and destination are virtual nodes on the same physical machine. This can enable the system to virtually transfer packets for intra-system communication without fragmentation.07-22-2010
20100183010METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING PACKETS - A method for forwarding packets first checks a forwarding table of a bridge to find whether the destination information for a packet is included in the forwarding table. If the information is found, this packet is forwarded to the destination through a physical layer directly without passing through the bridge. This method improves the efficiency of the frame aggregation of an AP (Access Point) and enhances the throughput in a WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network).07-22-2010
20080232373System and method for extending battery life - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method comprises determining whether a non-unicast message is to be transmitted by a transmitting device, which may involve a setting a Delivery Traffic Indicator Map (DTIM) Interval value to reflect a longer periodicity than associated with a Listen Interval. After such determination, the non-unicast message may be converted into one or more unicast messages for transmission.09-25-2008
20080232369MAPPING MECHANISM FOR ACCESS NETWORK SEGREGATION - Communication nodes, systems and methods are described which provide an association between messaging and access resource and admission control functions (A-RACFs) within an IP addressing zone. The association can be communicated within messages using, for example, a topology zone identifier.09-25-2008
20100158012PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS AND A RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A PACKET COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A packet communication method and a packet communication system capable of making an IPv4-compatible application operating on an information processing apparatus communicate with another information processing apparatus connected to an IPv6 network without using an address translation router. In the information processing apparatus connected to the IPv6 network, an IPv4-to-IPv6 protocol conversion control function is incorporated in a LAN driver. A protocol conversion control module receives an IPv4 packet from a protocol control module. When a send destination IPv4 address contained in a header of the packet is registered in an address translation table incorporated in the protocol conversion control module, an IPv6 address is generated to be sent onto a LAN. Unless the send destination IPv4 address contained in the packet header is registered in the address translation table incorporated in the protocol conversion control module, the IPv4 packet as received is intactly sent onto the LAN.06-24-2010
20100158005System-On-a-Chip and Multi-Chip Systems Supporting Advanced Telecommunication Functions - A system-on-chip integrated circuit (and multi-chip systems based thereon) that includes a bridge interface that provides transparent bridging of data communicated between integrated circuits.06-24-2010
20090116486METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING AN ATTENUATION FACTOR - The present invention discloses a method for obtaining an attenuation factor. The method is adapted to process the synthesized signal in packet loss concealment, and includes: obtaining a change trend of a signal; obtaining an attenuation factor, according to the change trend of the signal. The present invention also discloses an apparatus for obtaining an attenuation factor. A self-adaptive attenuation factor is adjusted dynamically by using the latest change trend of a history signal by using the present invention. The smooth transition from the history data to the data last received is realized so that the attenuation speed is kept consistent between the compensated signal and the original signal as much as possible for adapting to the characteristic of various human voices.05-07-2009
20090116485Packet relay method and device - A packet relay method and device in which even in the presence of a relay device between transmitting and receiving devices, a normality of a protection route can be surely confirmed is provided; A specific source address or destination address are registered, and when a route normality confirmation packet having the source address or destination address is received, the packet is transmitted to a protection route regardless of a hash operation; The registering can include link aggregation information in addition to the source address or destination address and the transmitting is made when the route normality confirmation packet consistent with both of the source address or destination address and the link aggregation information is received.05-07-2009
20090316699NETWORK CLUSTERING - A network clustering facility is described. The network clustering facility receives a message having a location identification that identifies a destination for the message and comprises at least two components, selects a network node identified by the components of the location identification, determines whether a link exists to the selected network node, and identifies a best link to the selected network node. The network clustering facility comprises a clustering subsystem, an advertising subsystem, and a routing layer.12-24-2009
20090316700CASCADED MEMORY TABLES FOR SEARCHING - Devices, systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with cascaded memory tables for searching are described. In one embodiment, an integrated chip is implemented with two or more address tables. The two or more address tables are implemented with separate memory tables to store addresses. The two or more address tables are comprised of a first address table and a second address table. Connection lines connect the first address table and the second address table to create a cascaded address table. Search logic initiates a search of the first address table for an address. If the address is not found, the search logic initiates a search of the second address table through the connection lines.12-24-2009
20090116484Parallelizing Peer-to-Peer Overlays Using Multi-Destination Routing - A method is provided for parallelizing overlay operations in an overlay network. The method includes: identifying an overlay operation having a parallel messaging scheme; determining a destination address for each parallel message in the messaging scheme; encoding each destination address into a data packet; and transmitting the data packet over the overlay network using a multi-destination, multicast routing protocol.05-07-2009
20110235642PRESERVING THE ORDER OF PACKETS THROUGH A DEVICE - A network device includes one or more sprayers, multiple packet processors, and one or more desprayers. The sprayers receive packets on at least one incoming packet stream and distribute the packets according to a load balancing scheme that balances the number of bytes of packet data that is given to each of the packet processors. The packet processors receive the packets from the sprayers and process the packets to determine routing information for the packets. The desprayers receive the processed packets from the packet processors and transmit the packets on at least one outgoing packet stream based on the routing information.09-29-2011
20100183011SEQUENTIAL FRAME FORWARDING - A data center includes a switch device, an initiating system, and first and second computing systems. A frame is received at an ingress port of the switch device from the initiating system. The frame requires processing sequentially by the first and second computing systems. Identified, in response to information carried in the frame, is a first egress port through which to forward the frame to the first computer system. The frame is received in return from the first computing system after the first computing system completes processing the frame. In response to information carried in the frame received from the first computing system, a second egress port is identified through which to forward the frame to the second computer system. The frame is forwarded to the second computer system through the second egress port for processing by the second computing system before the frame is returned to the initiating system. 07-22-2010
20100226372PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND NODE AND USER DEVICE - A node compares an address resolution result corresponding to first packet data that is sent by the user device for accessing a first content server and an address resolution result corresponding to second packet data having the sender of the first packet data as the local node. When the addresses are different, the node allocates the second address resolution result to the user device, and configures a communication path between the user device and a second content server indicated by the second address resolution result. The user device accesses to the second content server on the communication path using the allocated second address resolution result.09-09-2010
20100177775METHOD FOR SUPPORTING ETHERNET MAC CIRCUITS - An Ethernet MAC sublayer is provided for supporting Ethernet MAC circuits in an Ethernet Network. In accordance with one embodiment, an Ethernet MAC sublayer is provided for processing and setting up circuits. The MAC sublayer provides support for higher level signaling and routing applications to implement Ethernet MAC circuit functionality. The MAC sublayer provides interrupts for WAN learning and circuit setup. The MAC sublayer also provides address table entry extension to allow for usage of multiple links between nodes. The routing application is used to manage routing information, maintain a MAC to port mapping database, and manage port resources. The signaling application is used to set up and manage circuits. In accordance to various embodiments, circuits of various types and properties can be managed in the Ethernet Network.07-15-2010
20100177774NEIGHBOUR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL MEDIATION - The invention is directed to providing NDP mediation over an IP interworking VLL. ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery and Inverse Neighbor Discovery messages are intercepted by provider edge (PE) devices to learn both IPv6 interface addresses and link-layer addresses of customer edge (CE) devices before forwarding the messages to the CE devices, and in some cases after altering the messages to make them more meaningful to the receiving CE devices. In this manner, the CE device interface addresses do not need to be communicated over the LDP control link, as in IPv4 ARP Mediation.07-15-2010
20100238933COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a signal termination unit that includes a point data management unit and performs reception processing by receiving a signal including an address code for identifying a plurality of remote signaling points, and a plurality of call processing units that perform call processing for the plurality of the remote signaling points, the point data management unit manages call-processing point data, and wherein the signal termination unit, upon receipt of the signal, extracts a code of the non-masked range of the address code having a wild card, and recognizes the call processing unit number corresponding to the extracted code of the non-masked range by referring to the call-processing point data, and transmits to the call processing unit having the recognized call processing unit number the corresponding address code describing all the bits of the code set in the masked range and the code set in the non-masked range.09-23-2010
20100238929METHOD FOR CLASSIFYING NETWORK PACKET - A method for classifying a network packet includes the steps of: receiving a network packet which includes a plurality of specific data; providing a basic rule table which includes a plurality of basic rules corresponding to the plurality of specific data; providing a composite rule table which includes a plurality of composite rules corresponding the packet classes, and each of the composite rules includes a specific calculation; each of the basic rules generates an output result according to the corresponding specific data; each of specific calculation generates a calculated result of the corresponding composite rule according to part or all of the output results; determining the packet class of the network packet according to the calculated results.09-23-2010
20100226371NODE APPARATUS - To satisfy a quality required for each traffic and perform switching for a packet segmented into cells without packet reassembly, there is provided a node apparatus including a header processing section (09-09-2010
20130215894COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a retrieval unit that retrieves a first setting information group and a second setting information group respectively from a home gateway apparatus and a DHCP server connected to a communication line, a determining unit that determines whether the setting information related to a predetermined telephone number is included in the first setting information group retrieved by the retrieval unit, an extracting unit that extracts a first type of the setting information related to the predetermined telephone number from the first setting information group, and extracts, from the second setting information group, a second type of the setting information excluding the first type of the setting information, and a communication unit that communicates with a first apparatus and a second apparatus via the communication line using the first type of the setting information and the second type of the setting information extracted by the extracting unit.08-22-2013
20130215895ENCODING VIRTUAL LAN TAGS - Various embodiments are disclosed for encoding and decoding VLAN identifiers. One such method includes mapping the VLAN identifier, associated with the frame, to a number of extra bytes. The method also includes appending, to the payload, a quantity of bytes equal to the number of extra bytes. The method also includes setting at least one of the appended bytes to a value of a length provided with the frame. The method also includes transmitting the frame, including the appended bytes.08-22-2013
20130215898SERVICE TRANSMISSION METHOD IN AN OPTICAL TRANSPORT NETWORK AND DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a service transmission method and a device and a system for implementing the method. The method includes: recognizing a type of a received client service, encapsulating an OTN service, and generating an OTN signal frame or a lower order ODU; querying a tag forwarding base to acquire forwarding information of the OTN signal frame or the lower order ODU; acquiring tag information, and inserting the tag information into an overhead of the OTN signal frame or the lower order ODU; and forwarding the OTN signal frame according to the forwarding information. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the forwarding and the transmission of the service may be performed in an OTN plane only, thereby reducing hardware modules of an MPLS plane.08-22-2013
20100220724METRO ETHERNET SERVICE ENHANCEMENTS - Numerous enhancements to metro Ethernet network (MEN) services include an enhancement of the overall MEN Quality of Service (QoS) architecture, an enhancement to classification at the provider edge, the use of Ethernet QoS classes, enhancements to policing and marking at ingress provider edge equipment, the provision of traffic management functions at egress provider edge equipment, the use of multiple Ethernet virtual connections (EVCs) and Aggregate EVCs, an enhancement to QoS across an external network-network interface and an enhancement to treatment of Ethernet service frames in a core network.09-02-2010
20100232432EXTENDED SAF PACKET TO SUPPORT VOLUMINOUS MEDIA DATA - Provided are an extended Simple Aggregation Format (SAF) packet to support voluminous media data and a method of generating the extended SAF packet. The extended SAF packet includes an SAF access unit including an SAF fragment unit obtained by dividing the voluminous media data into a data size suitable for transmission through an SAF packet and a field that provides information about the type of the SAF fragment unit, and an SAF packet header including a field that provides information about whether the SAF access unit carries the SAF fragment unit. Thus, it is indicated that the SAF packet carries the SAF fragment unit from information of the SAF packet header, and the type of the SAF fragment unit, a sequence number of the SAF fragment unit and a total access unit length from information of the SAF access unit.09-16-2010
20100226369Network system having an extensible forwarding plane - A platform for seamlessly hosts a plurality of disparate types of packet processing applications. One or more applications are loaded onto a service card on the platform. A programmable path structure is included that maps a logical path for processing of the packets through one or more of the plurality of service cards according to characteristics of the packets. Multiple path structures may be programmed into the platform to offer different service paths for different types of packets.09-09-2010
20100220725High Rate OFDM Communications Using Bit Allocation Tables - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception.09-02-2010
20110058557METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND/OR DEVICES FOR PROVIDING NETWORK ACCESS - Certain exemplary embodiments comprise a method that can comprise, via an Ethernet Channel Service Unit (ECSU), providing a packet conversion between a Serial Wide Area Network (WAN) protocol and an Ethernet network protocol. The ECSU can be adapted to provide access to a network service between a first device adapted to communicate using an Ethernet protocol via the Ethernet network and a second device adapted to communicate using a serial protocol via the Serial WAN.03-10-2011
20110058555TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus that receives plural packets and transmits a frame of a synchronous network, includes a multiplexing part that divides, in segment units, the plural packets, each segment having a predetermined length, and multiplexes the segments to generate a data stream signal; a transmitting part that transmits the data stream signal to a mapping part; and the mapping part that maps the data stream signal in the frame of the synchronous network.03-10-2011
20110058554METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF REAL-TIME DATA STREAMING - A method for improving quality of real time data streaming over a network. The network includes a plurality of nodes. A source node in the plurality of nodes transmits a real time data packet to a destination node in the plurality of nodes. First, the source node obtains maximum latency information about the data packet of a data frame. The source node stores information about the maximum latency in the data packet. Then, the source node and zero or more intermediate nodes route the data packet from the source to the destination such that the data packet reaches the destination before the maximum latency expires. Each intermediate node, updates the maximum latency of a packet by subtracting the time spent by the packet at the intermediate node from the maximum latency value received along with the packet.03-10-2011
20100238932METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED PACKET AGGREGATION - Systems and methods for reducing the latency and for increasing throughput for MoCA devices that are connected via a coax network are provided. One method according to the invention includes, in a network having a plurality of network modules, each of the plurality of network modules being connected to a coax backbone, communicating over the coax backbone between the plurality of network modules. The method further includes a requesting the use of aggregated messages. The method further includes aggregations of messages at the Ethernet packet layer and/or at the MAC layer. The resulting messages can be received while making more efficient use of the MoCA network.09-23-2010
20100220727PACKET PROCESSING IN A MULTIPLE PROCESSOR SYSTEM - Packet processing is provided in a multiple processor system including a first processor to processing a packet and to create a tag associated with the packet. The tag includes information about the processing of the packet. A second processor receives the packet subsequent to the first processor and processes the packet using the tag information.09-02-2010
20100220726SOURCE SPECIFIC MULTICAST LAYER 2 NETWORKING DEVICE AND METHOD - Bridge domain communication methods and devices are presented for efficiently communicating information in a bridge domain based upon group indications and source indications. Packets with a source and destination indication are received. A bridge domain communication process is performed at the bridge level wherein a packet is selected for forwarding based upon a source and group indication. For example, a determination is made if a particular bridge domain corresponds to the group destination indication in the received packet. The source indication in the packet is compared with a tracked source designation indication. Output ports associated with the tracked source designation indication are identified if the tracked source designation indication matches the received source indication. The communication packet is forwarded on identified ports.09-02-2010
20100254386ACCESS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE HAVING DISSIMILAR ACCESS SUB-NETWORKS - A subscriber network architecture includes a packet processing node that communicates with a network backbone and with a plurality of access nodes. The access nodes communicate with a plurality of user devices. The packet processing node controls Quality of Service (QoS) levels for the subscriber devices, routes user data to devices via the access nodes and receives data from devices via the access nodes for forwarding across the network backbone.10-07-2010
20100254387NETWORK PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE - A network processor for processing information elements is described. Each information element is associated with a flow and comprises at least one information element segment. A policy controller stores an information element into at least one information segment storage unit within a memory, and determines whether an information element segment conforms to a predetermined quality of service (“QoS”). A traffic processor selects the information element segment for forwarding based on at least one QoS parameter. A forwarding processor forwards the selected information element segment to an egress port.10-07-2010
20100098083Packet transfer device, packet transfer method, packet transfer program and communication device - A packet transfer device includes: an address conversion unit that allocates a global address to a plurality of private addresses of the plurality of private networks and converts address information and a port number included in a header of a received packet; 04-22-2010
20100128729PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE WITH PACKET FILTER - To provide a packet forwarding device which minimizes degradation in packet forwarding performance at the time of execution of filtering there is provided a technique in which a destination decision processing unit of a destination decision and filtering unit decides whether to execute filtering on the basis of at least one of an input interface, an input port number, an output interface, and an output port number of an input packet and a plurality of pieces of information constituting the header of the packet. A filtering unit executes filtering only for a packet for which execution of filtering is decided. The packet forwarding device with the destination decision and filtering unit need not execute filtering for all packets and can minimize degradation in packet forwarding performance caused by filtering.05-27-2010
20100124228REMOTE ACCESS TO LOCAL NETWORK - Multiple protocol tunnels (e.g., IPsec tunnels) are deployed to enable an access terminal that is connected to a network to access a local network associated with a femto access point. A first protocol tunnel is established between a security gateway and the femto access point. A second protocol tunnel is then established in either of two ways. In some implementations the second protocol tunnel is established between the access terminal and the security gateway. In other implementations the second protocol tunnel is established between the access terminal and the femto access point, whereby a portion of the tunnel is routed through the first tunnel.05-20-2010
20100054250RELAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING CLIENT DEVICE WITH SERVER - A simple means is used to realize a virtual network communication via an home network and Internet. A relay device 03-04-2010
20090268739Transparent Bypass and Associated Mechanisms - A network component comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising transparently snooping a path control message comprising a first path identifier, wherein the path control message is sent between a plurality of routers and is not intended for the network component, analyzing a plurality of frames each comprising a second path identifier, and diverting at least some of the frames away from at least one of the routers, wherein the second path identifier in the diverted frames matches the first path identifier. Included is a method comprising configuring a bypass path by snooping a control frame comprising a label switched path (LSP) identifier, and routing a plurality of data frames associated with the LSP identifier to the bypass path without routing any subsequent control frames associated with the LSP identifier to the bypass path.10-29-2009
20130188643METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID PACKET/FABRIC SWITCH - A hybrid data center switching system includes a first switching device, a routing/switching device, a core switching device and communication links. The first switching device has a plurality of external packet interfaces and a plurality of external fabric interfaces. The external packet interfaces are configured to receive and transmit data packets in accordance with a standards-based packet protocol. The external fabric interfaces are configured to receive and transmit data packets in accordance with a fabric protocol. The routing/switching device is coupled to the plurality of external packet interfaces via a first communications link. The core switching device has a packet interface and a fabric interface. The packet interface is coupled to the routing/switching device via a second communications link. A third communications link between the external fabric interfaces and the fabric interface of the core switching device is operable for transporting data packets in accordance with the fabric protocol.07-25-2013
20130188645Media Access Control Bridging in a Mesh Network - A network comprising a switch configured to learn a source address (SA) for a source node with a source port that receives a frame comprising the SA if the SA is not previously learned on another port and to subsequently forward any frame comprising a destination address (DA) for a destination node that matches the learned SA on the source port associated with the SA. A network comprising a switch configured to flood a frame received on a receiving port if the frame comprises a DA that is not previously learned on a source port and to distinguish the flooded frame from other forwarded frames by labeling the flooded frame, wherein the frame is flooded on a plurality of ports. A method comprising disabling a plurality of filtering database (FDB) entries that correspond to a plurality of addresses that are associated with a port, and sending the addresses in a control frame.07-25-2013
20130188646METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A metropolitan area network (MAN) communications method, a metropolitan area server, a node switch, a node server, and a MAN communication system for solving the incapability of an IP network in ensuring transmission quality. The communications method comprises: a piece of MAN equipment accessing a MAN, the metropolitan area server in the MAN allocating for the network accessing equipment a protocol tag and a MAN address; the MAN equipment comprising the node switch and the node server; the protocol tag being used as a description of the connection between the MAN equipment and the metropolitan area server; for each cross MAN service request, the metropolitan area server allocating a data tag of the corresponding service: the data tag being used as a description of the connection among the service node related to the service. This invention is applicable in multimedia transmission, and is capable of ensuring a stable transmission rate, thereby avoiding delays.07-25-2013
20090041016Method, system and device to track and record user call experience - A computer-implemented method, system, and device are described for managing user call experiences in a packet network. User devices are grouped into network clusters. A network infrastructure device receives objective quality information for calls on a packet network for each user device in a network cluster in the packet network. A portion of the user devices in the network cluster is selected, and subjective quality information representing a call experience rating is obtained from each selected user device. The network infrastructure device generates a signature for each user device in the network cluster using the objective and any subjective quality information. The signature represents a user experience during a call, indicates network elements specific to the call and a user device configuration during the call. The signatures of the portion are analyzed to determine a golden signature for the network cluster, the golden signature representing a preferred call experience.02-12-2009
20100195657METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELF-ROUTING IN SYNCHRONOUS DIGITAL CROSS-CONNECTION - The present invention discloses a method for self-routing in synchronous digital cross-connection, comprising: self-routing transmitting means insert a CM data into a STM-N data stream according to a frame header indicator and a self-routing start address signal; self-routing receiving means extract the CM data from the STM-N data stream according to the frame header indicator and the self-routing start address signal, and write the CM data into a cross-connection control memory. The present invention also discloses a system for self-routing in synchronous digital cross-connection, comprising: self-routing transmitting means and self-routing receiving means, wherein, the self-routing transmitting means comprise a self-routing transmitting control unit, a first CRC checking unit and an inserting data generating unit, the self-routing receiving means comprise a self-routing extracting control unit, a second CRC checking unit and a cross-connection control memory. The present invention provides users with a self-routing scheme for synchronous digital cross-connection, which can be realized with ease, occupies less resource, has better reliability and is suitable for large capacity cross configuration.08-05-2010
20120033669SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION IN A MULTI-CHASSIS LINK AGGREGATION - A pair of aggregation switches is connected to an edge node by a multi-chassis link aggregation group, wherein the aggregation switches are connected by a virtual fabric link (VFL) for exchange of information between the Aggregation Switches. The VFL includes a plurality of subsets of VFL physical links, wherein each subset is connected to a different pair of network interface modules on the Aggregation Switches. Traffic distribution across the plurality of subsets of VFL physical links is based on destination hardware device information in a pre-pended header of packets and/or based on a load balancing identifier in the pre-pended header.02-09-2012
20090073980INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus (03-19-2009
20090073983METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING GATEWAY TO TRANSMIT IPv6 PACKET IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing a gateway for IPv6 packet transmission in a WLAN system are provided, in which a gateway takes over a TCP/IP protocol stack from a legacy 6LoWPAN node for providing a gateway for IPv6 packet transmission in a WLAN system. One or more service request messages for data communications are received from a plurality of 6LoWPAN nodes, and a virtual interface is generated for allocating IPv6 addresses to the 6LoWPAN nodes by adding a predetermined IPv6 address prefix to addresses of the 6LoWPAN nodes set in the service request messages. A socket adaptation layer is interfaced for receiving the IPv6 addresses from the virtual interface and transmitting data packets to the 6LoWPAN nodes, and when data packets are transmitted and received to and from the 6LoWPAN nodes, an on-going file is controlled and managed, and the data packets are routed.03-19-2009
20090073982TCP PACKET COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND TECHNIQUES RELATED THERETO - A protocol processing unit processes a packet used for connection establishment according to TCP/IP based on management information on the connection establishment and processes a packet used for payload transmission. A payload packet transmission/reception processing unit having a hardware configuration performs transmission/reception processing on the packet used for the payload transmission based on the management information. A connection synchronization processing unit performs synchronization processing for synchronizing the management information held by the protocol processing unit with the management information held by the payload packet transmission/reception processing unit.03-19-2009
20090073981Methods and Apparatus for Network Packet Filtering - Software and methods are disclosed for reducing the computational cost involved in network packet filtering The technology provides user level network packet filtering without incurring a context switch and minimizes the copying of data during packet filtering. The technology reduces or eliminates the need for expensive operating system data locks when performing network packet filtering.03-19-2009
20090323694LABEL SWITCHING TYPE OF PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS - A label switching type packet forwarding apparatus having a routing information table in which a forwarding type of a reception packet, output port identification information, and output routing information of a specific layer in the OSI reference model determined by the forwarding type are defined in correspondence with routing information which is found upon reception of a packet, for converting a header of a reception packet in accordance with the packet forwarding type and the output routing information obtained by a table search.12-31-2009
20110032943METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICES FOR PROCESSING MESSAGES IN MULTIMEDIA MESSAGING SERVICE - A method for processing messages in MMS, which includes: after receiving a message from a user side, an MMSC notifying a home Value Added Service Applications Server corresponding to receivers of the message to process the message according to each identifier, which is carried in the message, of the receiver that belongs to the Value Added Service Applications Server and that is carried in the message. A system for processing messages in the MMS is further disclosed. By adopting the technique solution provided in the invention, it could successfully implement the message service of a terminal sending messages to multiple receivers that belong to the same Value Added Service Applications Server. Moreover, it could further reduce the message flux between the MMSC and the Value Added Service Applications server so as to reduce the occupancy of the communication resources, increase the efficiency and save the cost.02-10-2011
20110032941SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCELERATING TCP/IP DATA STREAM PROCESSING - A network device includes an interface (02-10-2011
20110032939NETWORK SYSTEM, PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF FORWARDING PACKETS - A network system includes: a first network; an authentication server; a second network; a network; and a packet forwarding apparatus, wherein the packet forwarding apparatus includes: a forwarding route table storage storing a first forwarding route table containing packet routing information to the second network, and a second forwarding route table containing packet routing information to the second network and the third network; and a forwarding route table selector that, prior to determination of successful authentication for the terminal apparatus, selects the first forwarding route table as a search forwarding route table, and that upon receipt of determination of successful authentication for the terminal apparatus, selects the second forwarding route table as the search forwarding route table.02-10-2011
20110032937SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A PAYLOAD AMONG MULTIPLE HOMED NETWORKS - Systems and methods that permit an end device to partition a payload into payload portions for simultaneous transmission over multiple networks so as to increase the effective bandwidth available to the end device. The end device may also receive portions of a partitioned payload via multiple networks and reassemble the payload into its pre-partitioned form.02-10-2011
20090190591Obtaining Information on Forwarding Decisions for a Packet Flow - In one embodiment, an apparatus comprises one or more forwarding logic components and logic coupled to a plurality of network interfaces. The logic is operable to: receive address information that identifies a packet flow; generate a synthetic packet based on the address information; provide the synthetic packet to the one or more forwarding logic components; retrieve forwarding information that indicates one or more forwarding decisions for the synthetic packet made by the one or more forwarding logic components; and report the forwarding information. Each of the one or more forwarding logic components is operable to make a forwarding decision for the synthetic packet as part of processing packets in the packet flow, and to store, as part of the forwarding information, data indicating the forwarding decision for the synthetic packet that is made by that forwarding logic component.07-30-2009
20090168778EXTENDING COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS - The invention provides a method of transmitting data in a communication network comprising a first node and a second node. The method comprises initiating a communication session according to a first predetermined communication standard, wherein the first predetermined communication standard is a session-based protocol for establishing and controlling media sessions. The method further comprises transmitting from the first node to the second node, within the session, a first message comprising a header portion and a body portion, the header portion being configured according to the first predetermined communication standard. The body portion comprises data configured according to a second communication standard, the second communication standard providing a schema for creating methods of requesting service functions.07-02-2009
20090316698PROCESSING OF PACKET FRAGMENTS - In one embodiment, the present invention is a technique for processing fragments received at a node (e.g., a router) in a datagram-based communication system in order to provide a wide range of protection against potential fragment-based attacks. Received fragments are examined as they are received to verify that they do not overlap one another and that the fragment sequence does not exploit common weaknesses in IP packet-reassembly algorithms. Valid fragment sequences that represent potential threats to the receiver can be reordered and/or fully or partially re-assembled and re-fragmented into a fragment sequence that eliminates or reduces the threat to the receiver. Fragmented sequences that represent a likely attack are blocked, as are subsequent fragments of the associated packet.12-24-2009
20090109974Hardware Based Parallel Processing Cores with Multiple Threads and Multiple Pipeline Stages - A pipelined out-of-order process and system for handling data packets in a network device. The process and system are scalable to support throughput in excess of 10 Gbps. The system includes a set of processing cores that offload the table look up operations and similar operations from the central processing unit. The central processing unit receives the requisite data needed for performing forwarding, routing, NAT, firewall maintenance and similar operation on data packets from the set of processing cores.04-30-2009
20130128890Selecting a Link of a Link Group based on Contents of a Concealed Header - Methods, devices, and systems for selecting a link of a link group based on contents of a concealed header are disclosed. A network node operating method includes a first network node receiving a packet and concluding that a link group connecting the first network node to a second network node will forward the packet to the second network node. The method further includes determining that the packet includes a tunnel header and an original header concealed by the tunnel header, selecting one link from among a set of parallel links of the link group based at least on one or more fields of the concealed original header, and forwarding the packet to the second network node via the selected link.05-23-2013
20130128892METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR ROUTING PACKETS FROM A GATEWAY TO AN ENDPOINT - A method for routing packets from a gateway to an endpoint includes the step of associating a private internet protocol (IP) address with an endpoint having a public IP address. A packet addressed to the private IP address of the endpoint is captured. A policy is applied to the packet. The packet is transmitted to the public IP address of the endpoint, responsive to the application of the policy to the packet.05-23-2013
20080279185ENHANCED PACKET CLASSIFICATION - A method for classifying a data packet containing a header is provided. The method may comprise parsing the header of a data packet into header elements. Rules in secondary lookup tables generated from a primary lookup table may be accessed. The respective header elements of the data packet may be compared to the respective fields of each of the secondary lookup tables, and rule results for each of the secondary lookup tables in a combinable format may be generated. In another embodiment, a method for generating secondary lookup tables from a primary lookup table is provided. The method may comprise accessing a primary lookup table defining packet classification rules and generating multiple secondary lookup tables from the primary lookup table. For each secondary lookup table, a selection of classification rules and a selection of fields of the multiple fields based on a rule set identifying predefined entries may be extracted.11-13-2008
20090022155Using PSTN Reachability to Verify Caller ID Information in Received VoIP Calls - A system for verifying caller ID information in received VoIP calls. In particular implementations, a method includes receiving a caller identification (ID) identifying a calling party telephone number in a call initiation message transmitted from a VoIP call agent; determining the identity of the VoIP call agent; verifying that a public switched telephone network (PSTN) call to the calling party telephone number would arrive at a VoIP call agent having the determined identity; and applying, responsive to the call initiation message, one or more rules based at least in part on the verifying step.01-22-2009
20090109975SEPARATION OF DATA AND CONTROL IN A SWITCHING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for switching a data packet between a source and destination in a network. The data packet includes a header portion and a data portion. The header portion includes routing information for the data packet. The method includes defining a data path in the router comprising a path through the router along which the data portion of the data packet travels and defining a control path comprising a path through the router along which routing information from the header portion travels. The method includes separating the data path and control path in the router such that the routing information can be separated from the data portion allowing for the separate processing of each in the router. The data portion can be stored in a global memory while routing decisions are made on the routing information in the control path.04-30-2009
20090109973Programmable passive probe - A configurable probe takes advantage of inter-dependent probe control elements that pass data control signals from one control element to the other for controlling data extraction. The control elements operate in parallel on one word at a time, based upon a state established by one of the control elements. The data to be considered is established by timing offsets dependant upon packet header lengths, and a function to be performed on the data is controlled by individual control units based upon template information individual to each control element. The probe is agnostic about protocols. It operates on stream of packet words and executes its functions according to defined templates. It is the host that controls the probe and determines what protocol header to parse and how. The controlling host instructs the probe via defined templates that act as state machine definitions what to do and when.04-30-2009
20100278180PACKET FORWARDING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - A packet forwarding method, a packet forwarding device, and a packet forwarding system are provided. The method includes: acquiring, by a first board, a source media access control (MAC) address and an input port number in a packet, and looking up a MAC address table according to the source MAC address; learning the source MAC address if no same entry is found; and looking up a forwarding policy table according to the input port number to acquire a forwarding policy, and sending the packet to a second board according to the forwarding policy, so that the second board learns the source MAC address to realize synchronization of MAC addresses. The synchronization of MAC addresses is realized by acquiring the forwarding policy without changing a current forwarding process or influencing an execution efficiency of a central processing unit (CPU).11-04-2010
20100303074APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING HIGHER DATA RATES ON LINKS WITH VARIABLE FRAME SIZES - Methods and apparatus for communicating IP datagrams efficiently within communication links employing variable frame sizes bundles IP datagrams into data payloads. The number of datagrams that can fit within a current frame size is determined, a bundle header indicating that the bundle header is associated with a bundled IP datagram is generated that includes information for unpacking bundled IP datagrams. The bundle header is joined to one or more IP datagrams to form a data payload that is communicated as a frame payload without indicating in a frame header that the frame includes bundled IP datagrams. Information in the bundle header enables a receiver processor to extract the IP datagrams from the frame payload without requiring modifications to the frame header. A bundle header may precede each IP datagram, or one bundle header may include a map IP datagrams in the frame payload.12-02-2010
20090041013Dynamically Assigning A Policy For A Communication Session - In one embodiment, assigning a policy to a communication session includes facilitating the communication session for an endpoint. Policy data is determined from one or more messages communicated subsequent to communication of a request message requesting a service for the endpoint. A policy is assigned to the communication session in accordance with the policy data.02-12-2009
20100303076OPTIMISING PACKET SWITCHED NETWORKS - A method of routing packets between nodes of a packet switched network, the method comprising receiving a packet at a first node, the packet comprising routing information and payload data, sending said routing information to a second node in the routing path via a first transmission medium having a relatively high transmission speed, and sending said payload data to said second node via a second transmission medium having a relatively low transmission speed. Upon receipt of said routing information, said second node is able to prepare or begin preparation for onward routing of the packet in advance of receipt of said payload.12-02-2010
20130136130RELAY SERVER AND RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay server stores a first routing target address that is an address to which the relay server can transfer a packet and a second routing target address to which another relay server located in another LAN can transfer a packet. The relay server stores an initial communication setting and a current communication setting. The relay server transmits only the first routing target address that is permitted in the initial communication setting to another relay server and receives the second routing target address from another relay server, to establish a routing session with another relay server. The relay server registers the initial communication setting as the current communication setting. The relay server performs routing control of the packet based on pieces of address filter information about the relay server and another relay server.05-30-2013
20130136131RELAY DEVICE AND ACTIVATION METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A relay device for relaying a communication packet between a first network and a second network. The relay device stores a first correlation information correlating an Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned to an electronic device in the first network to a Media Access Control (MAC) address of the electronic device. The relay device then determines a MAC address of a forwarding destination of a specific communication packet for enabling a service provided by the electronic device after activation of the electronic device by referring to at least the first correlation information using destination information in the specific communication packet, when the specific communication packet sent from the second network toward the first network is received by the relay device; and transmits an activation request packet to the electronic device using the determined MAC address.05-30-2013
20130136132POWER LINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN INTELLIGENT METER - A power line communication system including a plurality of intelligent devices in communication with a power line and operable to monitor energy usage at a site and communicate usage data onto the power line, and a controller also in communication with the power line, wherein each intelligent device maintains a routing table identifying a first set of other intelligent devices downstream of it relative to the controller that it can communicate with directly and identifying a second set of other intelligent devices downstream of it relative to the controller that it can communicate with through one or more of the first set of other intelligent devices.05-30-2013
20130136133DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL NETWORK GATEWAYS - Computerized methods, systems, and computer-readable media are provided for distributing virtualized gateway functionality to multiple nodes within a physical network. Initially, drivers that carry out the gateway functionality are provisioned to cooperate with endpoints instantiated on the network nodes, while a directory service is implemented to maintain a mapping between virtual internet protocol (IP) addresses and location-dependent addresses, as well as a table enumerating transformation actions according to known pathways connecting the endpoints within a network. In operation, the directory service replies to requests from the driver (carrying source and destination IP addresses of data packets) with the appropriate location-dependent addresses (utilizing the mapping) and the appropriate transformation action(s) (utilizing the table). The transformation action(s) include rewriting headers of the data packets to include the location-dependent addresses, encapsulating the data packets as inner data packets within respective outer data packets, or configuring the data packets with a tunneling protocol.05-30-2013
20110122874HETEROGENEOUS FORWARDING INFORMATION BASES IN LINE CARDS - A device may include a control module configured to distribute sets of routing entries to line cards, each of the sets including a portion of a master table for looking up routes based on network addresses. In addition, the device may include a first one of the line cards configured to receive one of the sets of routing entries, store the received set of routing entries in a local table, receive a packet from a network, obtain a routing entry using the local table based on an address associated with the packet, and send the obtained packet to a second one of the line cards, the second line card associated with the routing entry. Further, the device may include the second line card configured to forward the packet toward the address in the network.05-26-2011
20110116507ITERATIVE PARSING AND CLASSIFICATION - Some of the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method comprising performing, by an iterative parser and classifier engine, a first parsing and classification cycle on a data packet, based at least in part on header information of the data packet; generating a first parsing and classification result based at least in part on performing the first parsing and classification cycle; and performing a second parsing and classification cycle on the data packet, based at least in part on header information of the data packet and the first parsing and classification result. Other embodiments are also described and claimed.05-19-2011
20100322246DISTRIBUTED OPERATION - A method comprises determining that at least one data portion is missing from a first data set; the first data set comprising a plurality of data portion; creating a second data set having a plurality of parts from the plurality of data portions; inserting an indicator for each data portion in the second data set; the indicator indicating the end of the respective data portion; and calculating which parts of the second data set are affected by one or more data portions which have not been received.12-23-2010
20110110370Compressed virtual routing and forwarding in a communications network - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a plurality of network site interfaces in communication with two or more networks, each of the networks associated with a different Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) instance, and a processor configured for mapping the VRF instances to an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) adjacency and transmitting VRF information on the IGP adjacency along with a VRF identifier indicating the network associated with the VRF information. A method is also disclosed.05-12-2011
20110110372SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO PERFORM HYBRID SWITCHING AND ROUTING FUNCTIONS - A system aggregates connections to multiple customer devices. The system receives data, performs switching functions on the data when the data is to be transmitted in a first direction, performs routing functions on the data when the data is to be transmitted in a second direction, and transmits the data in the first or second direction.05-12-2011
20100238931Technique for Handling Residual Space in Packet Data Transmissions - The invention relates to techniques for handling residual space occurring in packet-based data transmissions, wherein according to one embodiment of a method for controlling a packet-based data transmission, in case an amount of residual space in the packet (09-23-2010
20110128959HASH-BASED PREFIX-COMPRESSED TRIE FOR IP ROUTE LOOKUP - A method and apparatus for performing an Internet Protocol (IP) network lookup in a forwarding device including an internal processor memory storing a first next hop information table and membership query information, and an external processor memory storing a plurality of prefix-compressed trees and a second next hop information table is described. In another embodiment consistent with present invention, a method (and apparatus) for creating stored data structures representing network forwarding information used for network route lookup is described.06-02-2011
20110026523Network Node Of A Packet Switching Communications Network And Method For The Distribution Of Data Traffic In A Packet Switching Communications Network - Several network node addresses are assigned to at least one link in a network node of a packet switching communications network that contains several network nodes and several links leading to other network nodes. The data-packet traffic that arrives at the network node is divided between the number of configured network node addresses that lead to a target network node and is transmitted.02-03-2011
20110032942FAST PATH COMPLEX FLOW PROCESSING - Methods and systems for processing complex flows are provided. According to one embodiment, a packet associated with a complex flow is received. A first flow-based packet classification is performed based on a first set of attributes of the packet. A first flow processing operation is identified by performing a first flow cache lookup based on the first flow-based packet classification and the first flow processing operation is performed on the packet. After performing the first flow processing operation on the packet, a second flow-based packet classification of the packet is performed based on a second set of attributes of the packet. A second flow processing operation is identified by performing a second flow cache lookup based on the second flow-based packet classification and the second flow processing operation is performed on the packet. Finally, the packet is sent to an egress interface.02-10-2011
20110026525Ethernet Switch and System - An Ethernet switch includes a plurality of network ports, wherein visibility of data packets traffic is configured by loading port-mirroring related configuration data from a configuration memory device into the Ethernet switch upon power-on reset. As a result, no manual configuration by a user is required, and the hardware cost of the Ethernet switch is reduced. The Ethernet switch is further configured to enable pass-through of Power over Ethernet (PoE) inline power between two selected network ports. A USB connector is further included and adapted for the Ethernet switch to receive input power from a USB port of a USB host device and for the Ethernet switch to send and receive data packets to and from the USB host device.02-03-2011
20110110373COMPOSITE NEXT HOPS FOR FORWARDING DATA IN A NETWORK SWITCHING DEVICE - A network device includes a memory, a routing engine and a forwarding engine. The memory stores a forwarding table and the routing engine constructs a first composite next hop that includes multiple next hops, where each of the multiple next hops represents an action to be taken on a data unit as it transits the network device or represents another composite next hop, and where the first composite next hop specifies a function to be performed on the plurality of next hops. The routing engine further stores the composite next hop in an entry of the forwarding table. The forwarding engine retrieves the composite next hop from the forwarding table, and forwards a data unit towards one or more network destinations based on the composite next hop.05-12-2011
20110026524METHOD OF UPDATING ROUTING TABLE, DATA TRANSFER APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A method of updating a routing table includes: receiving, from an issue-source node, a write packet that includes update data for updating the routing table; attempting to recognize, based upon contents of the write packet, a partition in which the issue-source node is included; determining whether to permit updating the routing table based upon (1) whether the partition including the source node is recognized and (2) whether port information and partition information in the update data are stored in the routing table; and updating the routing table when updating is permitted.02-03-2011
20110026528METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION IN A DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of data transmission in a data communication network includes negotiating a connection between a source terminal and a destination terminal in the data communication network. During the connection negotiation process, optimal field lengths are determined for recording a source identifier and a sequence number in data packets transmitted in the connection. The source identifier identifies a connection from the source cnd to the destination end of the data transmission, while the sequence number identifies the relative position of a data packet in a series of data packets transmitted in the connection. The length of the source identifier and sequence number fields may either be calculated or selected from a set of predetermined field length values. Data packets formatted according to different transmission protocols (“secondary data packets”) that are received for transmission through the data communication network are packed into one or more “primary data packets” formatted according to the transmission protocol of the data communication network. In addition to a source identifier and sequence number, the primary data packets include a first packet offset to identify the location of a first new secondary data packet that is packed into the primary data packet. A first packet offset field length is determined during connection negotiation. The data transmission method of the invention includes packing one or more secondary data packets, or a portion thereof, in a primary data packet to fill the primary data packet, thus minimizing unused data bits in the primary data packet. After transmission, the primary data packets are reordered, if necessary, and the secondary data packets are unpacked therefrom.02-03-2011
20110026526INFORMATION PROVISIONING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROVISIONING METHOD - Information provisioning includes acquiring a data stream of content that is composed of a plurality of segments, and actual data of metadata that includes information related to the content and information related to the plurality of segments. The metadata is divided into metadata processing units (MPU) corresponding to segments subjected to processing in the plurality of segments. A capsulized stream is generated that includes packetized elementary stream (PES) packets acquired by packetizing the segments subjected to processing of the data stream and metadata PES packets acquired by packetizing at least one MPU, the metadata PES packets including control information of the metadata. The control information includes an overwrite_flag which indicates whether previous metadata is to be overwritten.02-03-2011
20110026527TAG-BASED INTERFACE BETWEEN A SWITCHING DEVICE AND SERVERS FOR USE IN FRAME PROCESSING AND FORWARDING - A data center includes a blade server rack with a switch device in communication with a plurality of servers. To process a frame, the switch device determines, from content in a frame header by the switch device, a port through which to forward the frame to a server. The switch device inserts a value into a particular field, for example, a VLAN (virtual Local Area Network) tag, in the frame header before forwarding the frame. The server performs a specific action related to processing the frame based on the value inserted by the switch device into the particular field in the frame header. The server can modify the value in the particular field of the frame header before returning the frame to the switch device, with the switch device performing a specific action based on the value in the particular field of the frame header as modified by the server.02-03-2011
20090034531Host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing broadcast data - A host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and method of processing broadcasting data are disclosed. An IP physical interface unit receives a frame including an internet protocol (IP) packet carrying broadcast data through a network modem. A routing engine routs the frame based on a destination information included in the frame. An IP to TS Decapsulator extracts a MPEG-2 TS packet from the IP packet included in the routed frame. And a multiplexer augments the extracted MPEG-2 TS packet with Packet Header carrying an identification information, multiplexes the augmented MPEG-2 TS packet and forwards the multiplexed MPEG-2 TS to the POD.02-05-2009
20090034530PACKET CLASSIFICATION USING MODIFIED RANGE LABELS - A method and system for encoding a set of range labels for each parameter field in a packet classification key in such a way as to require preferably only a single entry per rule in a final processing stage of a packet classifier. Multiple rules are sorted accorded to their respective significance. A range, based on a parameter in the packet header, is previously determined. Multiple rules are evaluated according to an overlapping of rules according to different ranges. Upon a determination that two or more rules overlap, each overlapping rule is expanded into multiple unique segments that identify unique range intersections. Each cluster of overlapping ranges is then offset so that at least one bit in a range for the rule remains unchanged. The range segments are then converted from binary to Gray code, which results in the ability to determine a CAM entry to use for each range.02-05-2009
20090034529METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING PACKETS VIA HEADER-COMPRESSION CHANNELS - Various embodiments are described for routing packets via header-compression channels. A communication device sends (02-05-2009
20090034527Method of combating the sending of unsolicited voice information - A method of combating the sending of unsolicited information in a packet transmission network from a sending entity to a destination entity, the unsolicited information being of voice type and being sent during a call that includes a call set-up stage during which a call signaling message is transmitted in the network, followed by an on-going call stage during which said unsolicited information is transmitted. The method includes a step of detecting unsolicited information during said call. The method also includes a reaction step triggered following detection of unsolicited information during the call. A system for combating the sending of unsolicited information is also disclosed.02-05-2009
20100172355Rapid I/O Traffic System - High speed networking systems such as PCI-Express and Serial Rapid I/O are based on the exchange of packets across switched networks of high speed serial links. Information in the headers of these packets indicate the kind of transaction they represent. Queuing all received packets in a single queue will cause interactions between transaction types. Indirection can be used create the effect of multiple independent queues from a shared memory. This provides efficient centralized packet storage, while allowing independent processing of different transactions types.07-08-2010
20090168779Integration of multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) - Methods and apparatus relating to integration of Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) are described. In an embodiment, MPLS labels may be inserted into incoming Internet Protocol (IP) packets to form MPLS packets. Other embodiments are also disclosed.07-02-2009
20110044340SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ECMP LOAD SHARING - A packet classifier and a method for routing a data packet are provided. The packet classifier includes a content addressable memory, a translation table and a parameter memory. The method includes looking up a content addressable memory for a base address into a parameter memory using a header of the data packet. The base address is related to the routes under ECMP for forwarding the data packet. From among these addresses, using multiple headers of the data packet, an adjustment to the base address is computed. The adjustment specifies an actual address to the parameter memory corresponding to a selected route for forwarding the data packet. The parameter memory is then accessed using the actual address to obtain parameter values relevant to the selected route. The data packet is then forwarded according to the parameter values thus obtained.02-24-2011
20110243133Port management system - A method is provided for a port management system in which a switch is automatically provisioned with network resources. A command or set of commands are stored and automatically executed on the switch upon the occurrence of a defined network event. The command or set of commands may be associated with one or more ports on the switch. When executed, the commands cause a change to a port configuration and/or policy on the switch to control access to a network resource. The network resource may include any device or service accessible on the network. The defined network event may include any network event associated with a device or user connected to the network. The command or set of commands may reference variables, control structures, and functions to modify command execution.10-06-2011
20110044341METHOD FOR DATA PACKET CLASSIFICATION IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention pertains to a method for performing specific data forwarding actions depending on the nature of data traffic comprising data packets, which method comprises the steps of: —receiving incoming data traffic of a specific nature, belonging to at least a specific class among a number of pre-defined classes, step 02-24-2011
20110044339SERVER-SIDE LOAD BALANCING USING PARENT-CHILD LINK AGGREGATION GROUPS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: establishing, at the network node, a first Child Link Aggregation Group (CLAG), wherein the first CLAG includes at least one link to a first downstream node; establishing, at the network node, a second CLAG, wherein the second CLAG includes at least one link to a second downstream node; establishing, at the network node, a Parent Link Aggregation Group (PLAG), wherein the PLAG includes the first CLAG and the second CLAG; receiving, at the network node, a packet including an address of a destination of the packet; determining that the destination of the packet is associated with the PLAG; and transmitting the packet over both the first CLAG and the second CLAG.02-24-2011
20110116508RING COUPLING NODES FOR HIGH AVAILABILITY NETWORKS - Exemplary embodiments are directed to a network coupling device connected over a respective first and second port in a communication network with a ring topology operating with full duplex links. When sending information, the coupling device inserts two duplicate frames in the ring, one over each of its ports. The frames containing information that identifies these two frames as a pair of duplicates of the same frame. Each similar device in the ring includes a Switching Element that receives a frame from one port and forwards the frame to the other port without modification. The Switching Element discards a frame that was originally sent by that same node, discards a frame that it already forwarded in that direction, and/or discards a frame that it cannot recognize as being a member of a pair. A further similar device on the ring is able to receive the two duplicate frames and pass the earlier received frames of a pair to the application, while discarding the later, received frames based on the identification within the frames.05-19-2011
20110116505PACKET HEADERS AS A TRIGGER FOR AUTOMATIC ACTIVATION OF SPECIAL-PURPOSE SOFTPHONE APPLICATIONS - Methods, devices, and systems for automatically controlling the activation and/or deactivation of communication applications are provided. More specifically, methods, devices, and systems are provided such that the inspection of communication packet headers can be leveraged as a trigger for automatically activating and/or deactivating communication applications and the population of a corresponding user-interface to the application.05-19-2011
20110116506METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR REROUTE AND GENERATION OF BACKWARD ROUTING INFORMATION - Methods and systems for reroute and generation of backward routing information are provided. When an originator node wants to transmit a packet to a destination node and cannot transmit the packet to a next node recorded in a routing table, the originator node records a backward packet tag and information of the originator node into the packet, and transmits the edited packet to a backup node recorded in the routing table. The backup node retrieves a backward routing table in response to the backward packet tag to see whether a forwarding node corresponding to the originator node and the destination node is a backward routing terminal. If not, the backup node transmits the packet to the forwarding node. If so, the backup node removes the backward packet tag and the information of the originator node from the packet, and transmits the packet to the forwarding node.05-19-2011
20110128961APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR UTILIZING VARIABLE RATE PROGRAM STREAMS IN A NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for transparently using otherwise wasted bandwidth associated with variable-rate program streams to deliver additional content. In one embodiment, the network comprises a broadcast switched architecture (BSA), and the program streams are loaded up to a target rate using “null” packets and then delivered over the network infrastructure to a plurality of hub sites. The streams are then unloaded to reproduce the original variable streams, and the bandwidth vacated by removal of the null packets used as the transport mechanism for additional (e.g., non time-sensitive) content to be delivered to the subscribers. The process can also be substantially automated and anticipatory (through, e.g., transmission of null bit insertion data downstream). The invention can also advantageously be implemented with minimal modifications to existing infrastructure, and supports business and operational supervisory processes. Network server, QAM modulator, and CPE apparatus implementing the aforementioned methodologies are also disclosed.06-02-2011
20110085553OUTPUT QUEUED SWITCH WITH A PARALLEL SHARED MEMORY, AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME - A network switch includes an input layer to receive a data stream with a set of cells. Each cell includes data and a header to designate a destination device. The input layer includes a set of input layer circuits. A selected input layer circuit of the set of input layer circuits receives the data stream. The selected input layer circuit includes a set of queues corresponding to a set of destination devices. The selected input layer circuit is configured to assign a selected cell from the data stream to a selected queue of the set of queues. The selected queue corresponds to a selected destination device specified by the header of the selected cell. An intermediate layer includes a set of intermediate layer circuits, each intermediate layer circuit has a set of buffers corresponding to the set of destination devices. A selected intermediate layer circuit of the set of intermediate layer circuits receives the selected cell and assigns the selected cell to a selected buffer corresponding to the selected destination device. An output layer includes a set of output layer circuits corresponding to the set of destination devices. A selected output layer circuit of the set of output layer circuits stores the selected cell prior to routing the selected cell to a selected output layer circuit output node.04-14-2011
20110085551STAGGERCASTING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING TYPE OF SERVICE (TOS) INFORMATION - A stagger transmitter manipulates the Type of Service (TOS) information contained in packets transmitted therefrom. Downstream network devices, such as a network Multiplexer (MUX), use the TOS information to handle the packets. A MUX controls the bandwidth allocated to each of the original and staggered streams in accordance with the TOS information. The stagger transmitter manipulates the TOS information of packets in accordance with other information contained in the packets, such as Network Abstraction Layer (NAL) information. As such, the staggered stream copies of more important packets, as indicated by their NAL information, can have their TOS information set by the stagger transmitter so that a network MUX will forward such staggered packets in addition to the original packets, thereby providing redundancy and error protection for such packets.04-14-2011
20100142533TRANSPARENT NETWORK SERVICE ENHANCEMENT - Embodiments of the disclosure may be used to optimize communications between a first routing device and a second routing device. The first routing device may receive a packet for forwarding towards a destination. The first routing device may modify the packet to announce the presence of the first routing device to other routing devices. Thereafter, a second routing device may receive the modified packet and recognize the presence of the first routing device. In turn, when sending a packet back towards a source address identified in the modified packet, the second routing device may modify such a packet to announce the presence of the second routing device to the first routing device. Thereafter, the first and second routing device may optimize traffic between the first and second routing device.06-10-2010
20110243138SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING PATH MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION UNIT BY DETECTING REPETITIONAL IP PACKET FRAGMENTATION AND METHOD THEREOF - A fragmentation repetition detection apparatus (10-06-2011
20110243137METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FIBRE CHANNEL INTERCONNECTION OF PRIVATE LOOP DEVICES - Methods and apparatus for Fibre Channel interconnection is provided between a plurality of private loop devices through a Fibre Channel private loop device interconnect system. In the preferred embodiments, the Fibre Channel private loop device interconnect system is a fabric or an intelligent bridging hub. In one aspect of this invention, a Fibre Channel private loop device is connected to two or more Arbitrated Loops containing, or adapted to contain, one or more private loop devices. Preferably, the interconnect system includes a routing filter to filter incoming Arbitrated Loop physical addresses (ALPAs) to determine which Fibre Channel frames must attempt to be routed through the fabric. Numerous topologies of interconnect systems may be achieved. In another aspect of this invention, a method is provided for implementing a logical loop of private loop devices by segmenting the logical loop into a plurality of sets, assigning each set to a physical Arbitrated Loop and connecting the Arbitrated Loops to a Fibre Channel private loop device interconnect system. Additional methods are provided for restricting attached devices to Arbitrated Loop physical addresses within certain ranges. Additionally, methods are provided for resetting hosts, the method generally comprising the steps of detecting the addition of a storage device to a first Arbitrated Loop, and thereafter, resetting the Arbitrated Loop or loops on which a host or hosts reside on second Arbitrated Loop. Methods for operation with use of SCSI initiators generate a link service reject when no address match is found, or when an address match is found, but where no device with the destination ALPA exists on the Arbitrated Loop corresponding to the destination.10-06-2011
20110243135Systems and Methods for Minimizing the Number of Forwarding Identifiers in a Network Element with Distributed Architecture - A method may include, by a first network interface: receiving a packet having a flow via a first port of the first network interface; examining the packet to determine an ingress local forwarding identifier (LFID) associated with the flow of the packet; converting the ingress LFID to a global forwarding identifier (GFID) of the network element; and forwarding the packet to a switching element. The method may also include, by the switching element: determining a second network interface for egress of the packet based on the GFID; and forwarding the packet to the second network interface. The method may further include, by the second network interface: converting the GFID to an egress LFID associated with the flow of the packet; and forwarding the packet to a second port of the second network interface and a flow of the second network interface based on the egress LFID.10-06-2011
20110243136Forwarding multi-destination packets in a network with virtual port channels - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a multi-destination packet at a switch in communication with a plurality of servers through a network device, identifying a port receiving the multi-destination packet at the switch or a forwarding topology for the multi-destination packet, selecting a bit value based on the identified port or forwarding topology, inserting the bit value into a field in a virtual network tag in the multi-destination packet, and forwarding the multi-destination packet with the virtual network tag to the network device. The network device is configured to forward the multi-destination packet to one or more of the servers based on the bit value in the multi-destination packet. An apparatus for forwarding multi-destination packets is also disclosed.10-06-2011
20090323693Method and apparatus for managing route information and forwarding data in access devices - The present invention provides a method for creating routes in access devices of the communication network by using access response messages. With the method provided by the present invention, services can be distinguished and forwarded based on destination IP sub-networks, so that different services can be distributed in access devices. In this way, on the premise that services are distinguished based on layer 3, the requirements for access devices are reduced and layer 2 networks on the user side are not required to carry out route protocols, which decreases administrators' maintenance work and is the important condition for the realization of plug&play and reduces the requirements for marginal routers.12-31-2009
20090323690METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLASSIFYING PACKETS IN A NETWORK INTERFACE CARD AND INTERFACE FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method for processing packets. The method includes receiving a first packet by a network interface card (NIC) from a network, determining, using a first classification level, a first receive ring group (RRG) for the first packet, determining, using a second level classification, a first receive ring (RR) in the first RRG for the first packet, sending the first packet to the first RR, and sending the first packet from the first RR to a host operatively connected to the network interface card, wherein the first packet is received by a first virtual network interface card (VNIC) associated with the first RRG, where the first RRG is located in the NIC.12-31-2009
20120243538METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRE-CLASSIFYING PACKETS - The disclosed embodiments relate to a system that provides an intelligent port infrastructure for communication network devices. This is accomplished by incorporating a highly configurable pre-classifier module into the port infrastructure. This pre-classifier makes it possible to realign packet data to add a configurable number of bytes to the front of the packet, and also to select interesting data from incoming packets for further analysis. The selected data is sent into a configurable classification engine, which generates instructions that specify how to determine associated packet attributes. The packet attributes are then generated based on the instructions, and are forwarded along with the packet to downstream processing units.09-27-2012
20090323692Hashing packet contents to determine a processor - The disclosure includes a description of an apparatus having circuitry to determine a first hash value for a first packet tuple of a first packet traveling in a first direction of a duplex connection and determine a processor for the first packet from a set of multiple processors based, at least in part, on the first hash value. The apparatus includes circuitry to determine a second hash value for a second packet tuple of a second packet traveling in a second direction of the duplex connection and determine the same processor for the second packet from the set of multiple processors based, at least in part, on the second hash value.12-31-2009
20110243134Data Frame Forwarding Using a Distributed Virtual Bridge - Systems and methods to forward data frames are provided. A particular method may include receiving a data frame at a distributed virtual bridge. The distributed virtual bridge includes a first bridge element coupled to a first server computer and a second bridge element coupled to the first bridge element and to a second server computer. The distributed virtual bridge further includes a controlling bridge coupled to the first bridge element and to the second bridge element. The controlling bridge includes a global forwarding table. The data frame is forwarded from the first bridge element to the second bridge element of the distributed virtual bridge using address data associated with the data frame. A logical network associated with the frame may additionally be used to forward the data frame.10-06-2011
20110211580COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CONTROLLING METHOD, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - A terminal connected to a network stores association information between a physical address and a logical address of the terminal as first association information in an address association information storing unit. The terminal obtains association information between a physical address and a logical address, which is transmitted to the terminal via the network, as second association information. The terminal determines, based on the first association information stored in the storing unit and the second association information, whether or not the logical address included in the first association information is duplicate. If the logical address is determined to be duplicate, the first association information is notified to a device belonging to the network to which the terminal belongs, and the device is instructed to resolve duplication of the logical address.09-01-2011
20110085554Method and Device for Maintaining Routes - A method, system, and device for maintaining routes are provided. A communications network includes multiple point of presence (PoP) groups, where each of the PoP groups includes one or more PoP nodes. PoP nodes within the same PoP group issue routing information of the same super prefix. PoP nodes within different PoP groups issue routing information of different super prefixes. The method further includes the following steps. A PoP node acquires routing information of a detailed prefix covered by a super prefix issued by the PoP node and synchronizes the routing information of the detailed prefix with other PoP nodes within the same PoP group. The method, system, and device reduce flow of data forwarded by each PoP node.04-14-2011
20110085552SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FORMING VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK - Technology for forming a virtual private network (VPN) is provided. A VPN gateway that supports mobility with a connection node having a virtual home address (HoA) and a care of address (CoA) includes a mobility support unit, a data security unit, and a virtual address converter. When a packet is transferred from the connection node, the mobility support unit sustains a binding relationship between a home address (HoA) of the connection node and the changed CoA, and processes a mobility tunnel for the packet, thereby generating a first conversion packet. The data security unit performs a security test of the first conversion packet. The virtual address converter converts the HoA of the connection node, which is a source address of the first conversion packet in which the security test is complete, to a private network internal address that can be used in the VPN, thereby generating a second conversion packet.04-14-2011
20110085549DATA ROUTING ACCELERATION - Systems, devices and methods for improving network performance are disclosed. In particular, in one embodiment, a method of processing data packets in an electronic network is provided. The method includes receiving data packets at a receive stack of an electronic network device and creating a first packet from at least a portion of each of the set of data packets. The first packet includes an indicator that the first packet is a first packet type. Additionally, the method includes passing the first packet to one of a bridge and IP layer of the receive stack. A first packet inhibitor at the one of the bridge and IP layer is bypassed upon recognizing the first packet as a first packet type. The first packet is routed to a transmit stack of the electronic network device from the one of the bridge and IP layer.04-14-2011
20100260184CONTROL APPARATUS - An arithmetic operation portion including a swap arithmetic operation portion which performs an arithmetic operation of swap information concerned with a path route of a packet, and a label processing portion which sets adjustment of a first label based on a result of the arithmetic operation executed by the swap arithmetic operation portion is provided in a control apparatus to thereby attain compatibility between dispersion of packet transfer load and reduction of an error rate in each link.10-14-2010
20090052453Method and apparatus for improving the performance of voice over IP (VoIP) speech communications systems which use robust header compression (RoHC) techniques - A method and apparatus for use in improving the performance of Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communication systems which use Robust Header Compression (RoHC) techniques for reducing communications protocol overhead. Specifically, having recognized that in VoIP applications (unlike, for example, data services applications), severely late packets cannot be used, a “RoHC-Guard” filters out packets that are very late, making it impossible for RoHC to perform the costly and unnecessary re-sync. In accordance with one embodiment of the invention, a RoHC-Guard module, operating as a pre-filter to a RoHC module, saves, rather than merely discards, late packets. Then, if a predetermined number of such packets are consecutively received, they are provided to RoHC module.02-26-2009
20100027546METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ROUTING A ROUTING REGISTRY - A method and apparatus for processing a route update in a network are disclosed. For example, the method receives at least one route update from a customer edge (CE) device by a centralized routing registry. The method identifies at least one interface of a provider edge (PE) device associated with the CE device, and forwards the at least one route update to the at least one interface of the provider edge (PE) device.02-04-2010
20100027545DATA PATH ACCELERATION OF A NETWORK STACK - An apparatus may include a flow cache module that is arranged and configured to derive, at runtime, a custom sequence of code segments for packets belonging to a specific connection using a first packet of the specific connection and a parser module that is arranged and configured to identify packets as belonging to the specific connection using an Internet Protocol (IP) tuple of the packets, where the flow cache module is arranged and configured to apply the custom sequence of code segments to the identified packets.02-04-2010
20110149962EMBEDDING OF MPLS LABELS IN IP ADDRESS FIELDS - MPLS labels may be inserted in IPv6 source or destination IP address fields, potentially reducing network overhead bandwidth. In one implementation, a network device may receive a packet; determine whether the packet is an ingress packet for a MPLS LSP; determine an MPLS label for the packet when the packet is an ingress packet; insert the MPLS label in a portion of a source IP address field or a destination IP address field of the packet, when the packet is an ingress packet; and output the packet to the LSP.06-23-2011
20110149971METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING PACKETS - A method, an apparatus, and a system for processing packets are disclosed. The method is applied to a distributed architecture of multiple service boards; the distributed architecture includes a main control board, at least one service board, and at least one interface board. The method includes: determining a specified CPU corresponding to a received packet; and, by the service board corresponding to the CPU, processing the received packet. Through the embodiments of the present invention, the received packets are processed in the service board corresponding to the specified CPU. Therefore, the packets are evenly distributed to all service boards for being processed, the workload of the main control board is relieved, the service throughput is increased significantly, and the packet processing efficiency of the whole architecture is improved.06-23-2011
20090323691METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROVIDE VIRTUAL TOE INTERFACE WITH FAIL-OVER - A method for processing packets. The method includes receiving a first packet by a first socket on a host, determining by the first socket to process the first packet using a first virtual Transmission Control Protocol offload engine (VTOE), transmitting the first packet to the first VTOE, wherein transmitting the first packet to the first VTOE bypasses a first virtual network stack interposed between the first socket and first VTOE, transmitting the first packet to a HW TOE operatively connected to the host, processing the first packet, using the HW TOE, to obtain a first processed packet; and transmitting the first processed packet to a network operatively connected to the HW TOE, where the HW TOE is associated with the first VTOE and a second VTOE in the host.12-31-2009
20090310610Packet-Layer Transparent Packet-Switching Network - Packet forwarding systems and methods allow packet-layer transparent, multi-stage packet forwarding among a set of network access points. Packet forwarding across networks utilizing the invention is directly controllable through the upper-layer nodes, e.g. routers, interconnected by such transparent packet forwarding networks. The systems and methods provide packet-layer routing, switching and forwarding look-up-table free and transparent forwarding of label-encapsulated multi-protocol packet traffic among a set of routers. The invention enables flexible and efficient packet multicast and anycast capabilities along with real-time dynamic load balancing and fast packet-level traffic protection rerouting. The invention replaces the need for packet forwarding look-up-tables in a router interconnect network by a set of rules using which such network forwards packets directly based on their forwarding labels inserted in the packet headers by the routers exchanging packets through said network, thus simplifying network management and equipment implementation, and facilitating optimization of packet traffic flow across communications networks.12-17-2009
20100008365METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSPARENT LAN SERVICES IN A PACKET NETWORK - A network apparatus includes a customer network portion having a customer premises equipment (CPE) bridge configured to connect to internal network entities of the customer network portion and to edge bridges of a provider network portion interconnecting separate customer network portions. The CPE bridge is configured to determine a transparent local area network service (TLS) for a packet received from one of the internal network entities based on a media access control (MAC) address of a destination of the packet in a different separate customer network portion. The CPE bridge is also configured to modify the packet to indicate the determined TLS, for the provider network portion to utilize to transmit the packet based on the determined TLS to a second CPE bridge associated with the destination, without the provider network utilizing the destination MAC address.01-14-2010
20100008364Methods and apparatus to limit transmission of data to a localized area - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for limiting transmission of data to a localized area in a networked environment. In an example method, a request to transmit data from a source device to a sink device is received. If the data to be transmitted is localized data, a time to live value associated with the data is set to first predetermined value. If the data to be transmitted is not localized data, a time to live value associated with the data is set to a second predetermined value.01-14-2010
20100014521ADDRESS CONVERSION DEVICE AND ADDRESS CONVERSION METHOD - It is possible to perform access from a global network side to a private network side so as to realize mutual communication between the global network and the private network while maintaining security. A table setting unit (01-21-2010
20100067530DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREVENTING PACKET PROLIFERATION IN A MULTI-DEVICE LINK AGGREGATE NETWORK - A Provider Edge PE03-18-2010
20100054252System and method for external resolution of packet transfer information - When a packet transfer equipment receives a packet, it extracts several types of information contained in the received packet such as the destination IP address and the destination port number and, using the extracted information as the key, inquires of a packet transfer method resolution server about the information related to the packet transfer method. The server keeps the correspondences between several types of information contained in the packet and one or more type of information related to the packet transfer method in the database and, in response to the inquiry from the packet transfer equipment, replies one or more type of information related to the packet transfer method. The packet transfer equipment rewrites several types of information such as the destination IP address and the destination port number according to one or more type of information obtained and transfers the received packet.03-04-2010
20100054251METHOD OF PROCESSING PACKET FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE OF ETHERNET SWITCH - Provided is a method of processing a packet for improving performance of an Ethernet switch. According to the present invention, a routine of searching a virtual local area network (VLAN) table by a decapsulation microblock and a bridge microblock may be performed by a core component when a core component generates tables and thus the number of memory accesses may be reduced. Also, VLAN port state information of an input port and VLAN port tagging information of an output port may be stored in metadata and may be transmitted to a next microblock. Accordingly, a duplicate memory access routine of the bridge microblock and an encapsulation microblock may be removed and thus an access time delay may be reduced, thereby improving performance of an Ethernet switch.03-04-2010
20110249675Telecommunication systems - A telecommunications system having a format converter provides bi-directional communications between TDM signals on one side and ATM signals on the other. An ATM aggregate receives and transmits ATM signals, and a TDM interface receives and transmits TDM signals. The format converter has an ATM bus and a TDM bus connected to their respective interfaces, and service-specific adapters are connected between the ATM bus and the TDM bus.10-13-2011
20120230338BIOLOGICAL DATA NETWORKS AND METHODS THEREFOR - A network node including a network interface and a packet generator in communication with the network interface is disclosed. The packet generator is configured to generate a data packet including a first header containing network routing information, a second header containing header information pertaining to the biological sequence data, and a payload containing a representation of the biological sequence data relative to a reference sequence. The network node further includes a queue in communication with the network interface, the data packet being stored within the queue. The network node also includes a transmit controller for controlling transmission of the data packet over a network accessible through the network interface.09-13-2012
20120230337METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET CALL SETUP - An IP packet forwarding server forwards an IP data packet between a user terminal and a machine-type communications (MTC) device allocated with a private internet protocol (IP). Such an IP packet forwarding server allocates a call identifier for connection between the user terminal and the MTC device, sets up a packet call to the MTC device and the user terminal using the call identifier, obtains packet forwarding information while setting up the packet call to the MTC device and the user terminal, and forwards an IP data packet between the MTC device and the user terminal using the packet forwarding information.09-13-2012
20120230336COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A server associates a permitted terminal identifier that identifies a permitted terminal permitted to perform tunnel communication to a first router with an endpoint address of a tunnel used in the communication of a permitted terminal. A second router that encapsulates a packet received from a requesting terminal, which requests the tunnel communication, inquires the server about an endpoint address associated with an identifier of the requesting terminal. The server notifies the second router of the target address that is the endpoint address associated with the identifier of the requesting terminal. The second router transmits the encapsulated packet to the target address. The first router to which the target address is allocated regards a received packet received at the target address as a packet used in the tunnel communication of the permitted terminal and decapsulates the received packet and then transmits the decapsulated packet to a communication destination.09-13-2012
20120230335TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION ACROSS A PLURALITY OF ATTACHMENT CIRCUITS OF A MULTIHOMED SITE - In one embodiment, an edge device of a core network may receive a plurality of packets from a peripheral network having a plurality of active connections to the core network, where each packet has a destination address and a source address. The edge device may compute a hash on the destination address or the source address of each packet, and determine whether the computed hash corresponds to the edge device. In response to the computed hash not corresponding to the edge device, the edge device may drop the packet, and in response to the computed hash corresponding to the edge device, the edge device may process the packet to forward the packet, where the dropping and processing load balances the plurality of packets over the active connections and prevents formation of loops in the core network.09-13-2012
20120230334MESSAGE FORWARDING TOWARD A SOURCE END NODE IN A CONVERGED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A network node that forwards traffic of a converged network received from a source end node receives a second message addressed to the network node, but intended for the source end node. The second message includes at least a portion of a first message originated by the source end node and previously forwarded by the network node. The network node extracts from the first message a source identifier of the source end node in a first communication protocol and determines by reference to a data structure a destination address of the second message in a second communication protocol. The network node modifies the second message to include the destination address and forwards the second message toward the source end node in accordance with the destination address.09-13-2012
20110149963DISTRIBUTED ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A hierarchical distributed routing architecture including at least two levels, or layers, for receiving, processing and forwarding data packets between network components is provided. The core level router components receive an incoming packet from a network component and identify a distribution level router component based on processing a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components receive a forwarded packet and forward the packet to a respective network. The mapping, or other assignment, of portions of the FIB associated with the distributed routing environment is managed by a router management component.06-23-2011
20110149965DISTRIBUTED ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A hierarchical distributed routing architecture including at least three levels, or layers, for receiving, processing and forwarding data packets between network components is provided. The core level router components receive an incoming packet from a network component and identify a distribution level router component based on processing a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components that receiving a forwarded packet and identify a transit level router component based a second processing of at least a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components maintain address routing information a first and second memory. The transit level router components receive the forwarded packet and forward the packet to a respective network. The mapping, or other assignment, of portions of the FIB associated with the distributed routing environment is managed by a router management component.06-23-2011
20100238928 METHOD OF ROUTING AN SIP MESSAGE IN THE EVENT OF UNAVAILABILITY OF INTERMEDIATE NODES - Method of routing in a telecommunications network an SIP message intended to be routed through intermediate entities constituting nodes of a signaling path. According to the invention, said method comprises a step of bypassing an intermediate entity able to be bypassed if unavailable. Application to the IMS architecture.09-23-2010
20100238934EFFICIENT DISCOVERY AND VERIFICATION OF PATHS THROUGH A MESHED OVERLAY NETWORK - The present invention provides an efficient system and method for routing information through a dynamic network. The system includes at least one ingress point and one egress point. The ingress and egress point cooperate to form a virtual circuit for routing packets to destination subnets directly reachable by the egress point. The egress point automatically discovers which subnets are directly accessible via its local ports and summarizes this information for the ingress point. The ingress point receives this information, compiles it into a routing table, and verifies that those subnets are best accessed by the egress point. Verification is accomplished by sending probe packets to select addresses on the subnet. Additionally, the egress point may continue to monitor the local topology and incrementally update the information to the ingress to allow the ingress to adjust its compiled routing table.09-23-2010
20110176550METHOD FOR FORWARDING PROTOCOL FRAMES IN SPANNING RINGS AND A SHARED NODE OF MULTI-RINGS IN THE ETHERNET - The present invention provides a method for forwarding a protocol frame in spanning rings, applied to the Ethernet ring network including a crossed or tangent ring and sub-ring. The method comprises steps as follows: when an interconnection node of the ring and the sub-ring receives a protocol frame from a sub-ring, if the topology of the sub-ring is changed, the interconnection node updates its address forwarding table according to the address updating information carried in the protocol frame, and sends the address updating information to the ring; the nodes of the ring update their address forwarding table respectively according the updating information. The present invention selectively sends information of sub-ring protocol frame to the ring via the interconnection node of the ring and the sub-ring. Such scheme that information of the sub-ring protocol frame is selective sent at the interconnection node not only solves the problem of updating address in spanning rings, but also decreases the amount of protocol frames sent from the sub-ring to the ring, and thereby greatly improves the performance and efficiency of the network.07-21-2011
20110080913APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LAYER-2 TO 7 SEARCH ENGINE FOR HIGH SPEED NETWORK APPLICATION - High-speed networking application equipments with a layer-2 to layer-7 hardware search engine and method are with flexibility and performance improvement. The multi-layer switches/routers, network address translation (NAT) gateway, firewall/VPN router and network attached storage (NAS) may use the search engine for fast and efficient search requirement.04-07-2011
20110080911Forwarding of Packets to a Same Location Having a Same Internet Protocol (IP) Address Embedded in a Different Advertised Route - Routes advertised in a network may include an Internet Protocol (IP) address and one or more values to distinguish the route from other route(s) including the same IP address. Routes in a same context (e.g., within a same Virtual Private Network or for an entire network) with a same IP address are considered to refer to a same destination. When these routes are associated with different paths through a network, these different paths can be used to forward traffic for packets associated with routes including a same IP address (in a same context), particularly in response to a network problem.04-07-2011
20110149968METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERNET NETWORK - An Internet network control method is disclosed. When an inter-layer interworking occurs in the Internet network, an upper layer transmits control information on layers related to the interworking to the layers. Therefore, a uniform system for packet exchange in the Internet network is provided. Additionally, since a packet header of a packet transmitted among the layers includes an identifier (ID) regarding a slice, information may be distributed in a centralized system or a distributed system.06-23-2011
20090103540Method for address translation device traversal for SIP signaling messages through temporary use of the TCP transport protocol - A method for establishing a communication session between a first client (C04-23-2009
20110096781METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO A DISTRIBUTED SWITCH FABRIC - A method of sending data to a switch fabric includes assigning a destination port of an output module to a data packet based on at least one field in a first header of the data packet. A module associated with a first stage of the switch fabric is selected based on at least one field in the first header. A second header is appended to the data packet. The second header includes an identifier associated with the destination port of the output module. The data packet is sent to the module associated with the first stage. The module associated with the first stage is configured to send the data packet to a module associated with a second stage of the switch fabric based on the second header.04-28-2011
20090028155BROADBAND ACCESS FOR VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS - A method for providing a virtual private network includes assigning to each edge device of a service provider a unicast IPv6 address, from an IPv6 address block of the service provider for a local area network of a user. The method also includes assigning to each edge device of the service provider a virtual private network specific multicast IPv6 address. The method also includes encapsulating a local area network frame in an IPv6 packet when a mapping of a destination address to an egress edge device does not exist. The method also includes adding a virtual private network identification header to a header of the IPv6 packet and broadcasting IPv6 packets having multicast addresses over the service provider network to all of the edge devices serving the virtual private network. The method also includes transmitting, authenticating and decapsulating the IPv6 packet.01-29-2009
20090028150Protocol-Independent Packet Header Analysis - Analyzing a packet header in a data communications system involves using a descriptor mask to control selective comparison between one or more bits of the packet header and one or more bits of a session descriptor. Setting a mask bit to one state indicates that a comparison between a corresponding bit of a received packet header and a corresponding bit of a session descriptor should be performed, whereas setting the mask bit to an alternative state indicates that no comparison should be performed. A comparison result is generated that indicates whether all of the one or more bits of the packet header match corresponding ones of the one or more bits of the first session descriptor. The descriptor mask and session descriptor are programmable, so that the comparison hardware design is protocol-independent.01-29-2009
20110075665Method and System for Transmitting an Address Into an Electronic Form for a Participant of a Communication Link - A method and a system for transferring a PIM-address in an electronic formula of a PIM-application, based on a communication connection between end devices of subscribers in a communication system are provided. A communication system address, which identifies the second end device, detects user input of a first subscriber. The detected communication system-address is converted into a PIM address which identifies a second subscriber, the PIM-address to the PIM-application and the transferred PIM-address is input into a field of the electronic formula of the PIM-application.03-31-2011
20110249674APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING PACKET - The present invention provides an apparatus and method for processing a packet. An interface processing module selects one from all service processing modules as a service processing module for processing a packet; if the service processing module needs to perform tunnel processing for the packet, the service processing module transmits the packet after performing the tunnel processing; if another service processing module needs to perform tunnel processing for the packet, the service processing module transmits the packet to a service processing module needing to perform tunnel processing for the packet. According to the present invention, the packet can be processed uniformly by the service processing module, so it is not unnecessary to store session states in the service processing modules, and also not unnecessary to perform synchronization between the service processing modules, which greatly decreases complexity of processing the packet and saves system bandwidth.10-13-2011
20090213856System and Method for Providing Transformation of Multi-Protocol Packets in a Data Stream - A system and method for facilitating packet transformation of multi-protocol, multi-flow, streaming data. Packet portions subject to change are temporarily stored, and acted upon through processing of protocol-dependent instructions, resulting in a protocol-dependent modification of the temporarily stored packet information. Validity tags are associated with different segments of the temporarily-stored packet, where the state of each tag determines whether its corresponding packet segment will form part of the resulting modified packet. Only those packet segments identified as being part of the resulting modified packet are reassembled prior to dispatch of the packet.08-27-2009
20110080912TCP RECEIVER ACCELERATION - A method for processing network information may include performing by one or more processors and/or circuits integrated within a single chip, classifying a header portion of a received packet based on connection context information within the received packet. The connection context information may be acquired by the single chip from a memory external to the single chip. The connection context information for the received packet may be updated based on the classifying. At least a payload portion of the received packet may be communicated to a destination, based on the updated connection context information. The classifying, updating and communicating may be performed asynchronously. The header portion of the received packet may be parsed and/or validated. The connection context information of the received packet may be evaluated.04-07-2011
20100124229FORWARDING PACKETS USING NEXT-HOP INFORMATION - A method may include receiving a packet associated with a flow of packets, the packet including a destination address; selecting one of a plurality of memory banks, the selected memory bank being associated with the flow of packets, wherein each of the plurality of memory banks stores the same next-hop information for forwarding the packet to the destination address; accessing, in the selected memory bank, the next-hop information for forwarding the packet to the destination address; and forwarding the packet to the destination address based on the next-hop information.05-20-2010
20110069708METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PROCESSING DIGITAL BROADCASTING SIGNAL IN TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER - A method and an apparatus for processing digital broadcast signal are disclosed. The method of processing a digital broadcasting signal in a transmitter includes performing RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding on signaling data containing cross layer information between a physical layer and a upper layer, wherein the signaling data includes a first field indicating a protocol version change of the signaling data, a second field indicating a length of an extension field of a header included in the signaling data, and at least one field indicating a number of ensembles for at least one of a first transmission mode and a second transmission mode, and wherein the ensembles include a collection of services, each of the services being a package of packetized streams of mobile service data, forming data groups including the signaling data and the mobile service data, forming mobile service data packets including the signaling data and the mobile service data in the data groups, transmitting the digital broadcasting signal including the mobile service data packets during slots, wherein the first transmission mode is a mode in which the mobile service data are transmitted while reserving greater than 118 packets out of 156 packets in the slot and the second transmission mode is a mode in which the mobile service data are transmitted while reserving less than or equal to 118 packets out of 156 packets in the slot.03-24-2011
20120120959MULTIPROCESSING COMPUTING WITH DISTRIBUTED EMBEDDED SWITCHING - A first one of multiple embedded processing elements (05-17-2012
20120120958DEEP SLEEP MODE MANAGEMENT FOR A NETWORK SWITCH05-17-2012
20120120957Border Gateway Protocol Procedures for Multi-Protocol Label Switching and Layer-2 Virtual Private Networks Using Ethernet-Based Tunnels - Described is a method of operating a first provider edge (PE) router to support virtual private network (VPN) applications through a packet-switched network (PSN). Routing information is obtained for a VPN route to be routed through an Ethernet switched path between the first PE router and a second PE router. The first PE router is at a source end of the Ethernet switched path and the second PE router is at a destination end of the Ethernet switched path. The VPN route is associated with the Ethernet switched path. A Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) message is sent from the first PE router to the second PE router, the BGP message containing routing information for the VPN route.05-17-2012
20120120956METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR DATA COMPRESSION - A plurality, i.e. at least two, cells are combined into a macro cell. In a macro header of said macro cell a full numbering information of a first cell of said plurality of cells is stored. For further cells of said plurality of cells other than said first cell, a deviation information indicating a deviation of a numbering information of the respective further cell from said full numbering information of said first cell or one of said further cells is stored. In some embodiments, additionally the headers of the individual cells are incorporated in the macro header.05-17-2012
20120120955METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR INTERCONNECTING A MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING NETWORK AND AN ETHERNET - A method, a device and a system for interconnecting a multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) network and an Ethernet are provided. A packet sent by a node located at the Ethernet is received, the packet is parsed, the parsed packet is re-encapsulated by means of MPLS, and the re-encapsulated packet is sent to a node located at the MPLS network, so as to implement interconnection between the MPLS network and the Ethernet. A reverse solution is similar to this. An intermediate node in the solution adopts a manner of parsing a packet and then re-encapsulating the packet when the packet is sent from one network to another network, instead of transparent transmission only. Therefore, it is unnecessary to configure a Media Access Control (MAC) address of a remote node on a node located at the Ethernet and to configure Ethernet information on a node located at the MPLS network.05-17-2012
20110075668COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system for performing communication based on the Real-time Transport Protocol/RTP Control Protocol (RTP/RTCP) comprises a communication control device, a first NAT device and a second NAT device, a caller terminal device, and a callee terminal device. The caller terminal device transmits a first packet to the communication control device, receives a second packet that contains a second port number that is stored in the second NAT device, determines whether the second port number is one of an odd number and an even number; and transmits, in a case where it has been determined that the second port number is an odd number, an RTP packet to a port number that is computed by adding 2n−1 to the second port number, then transmits an RTCP packet to a port number that is computed by adding 2n to the second port number.03-31-2011
20110075667LAYER 2 SEAMLESS SITE EXTENSION OF ENTERPRISES IN CLOUD COMPUTING - Various embodiments relate to a Cloud Data Center, a system comprising the Cloud Data Center, and a related method. The Cloud Data Center may include a logical customer edge router to send packets between addresses in a private enterprise network and addresses in a logical network within a cloud network using Layer 2 protocol and MAC addressing. The logical network may have resources, known as virtual machines, allocated to the private enterprise network and may share a common IP address space with the private enterprise network. A directory at the Cloud Data Center may correlate the enterprise IP addresses of virtual machines with a MAC address, cloud IP address, and a location IP address within the logical network. The Cloud Data Center may double encapsulate packets with MAC, cloudIP, and locIP headers, when sending a packet to a destination in the logical network.03-31-2011
20110075666Autoconfiguration Of An IPv6 Component In A Segmented Network - Autoconfiguration of an IPv6 component in a segmented network including receiving an IPv6 packet; determining whether the received IPv6 packet is a router advertisement or a router solicitation; if the received IPv6 packet is a router advertisement, then retrieving through an out-of-band link a MAC address for the IPv6 component, removing a MAC address of a sending router, inserting in the packet instead an internal MAC address for forwarding packets to the IPv6 component, removing a multicast destination MAC address, inserting in the packet the destination MAC address of the IPv6 component, and forwarding the packet to the IPv6 component as a unicast message; if the received IPv6 packet is a router solicitation, then removing the MAC address of the sending IPv6 component, inserting in the packet instead an external MAC address for forwarding packets to the router, and forwarding the packet to the router as a multicast message.03-31-2011
20110069706TECHNIQUES FOR NEXT-HOP OPTIMIZATION - Techniques for efficiently storing and using routing and associated next-hop information in a network device. The amount of next-hop information that is stored for routes in a routing table is reduced by reducing the amount of duplicate next-hop information that is stored by a network device.03-24-2011
20110149972COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM, NETWORK SWITCH AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL, FOR SITE-TO-SITE COMMUNICATIONS - A communication network system is disclosed in which local-branch-site-line network switches accommodating local-branch-site lines, and at least one data-center-site-line network switch accommodating at least one data-center-site line, are interconnected via a carrier network. This system include: a first bandwidth controller, disposed at each local-branch-site-line network switch, configured to limit a bandwidth of each of inbound packets and/or outbound packets to a pre-selected bandwidth α, wherein the inbound packets flow from the instant local-branch-site-line network switch or other local-branch-site-line network switches, and the outbound packets flow to the instant local-branch-site-line network switch or other local-branch-site-line network switches; and a second bandwidth controller, disposed at each local-branch-site-line network switch, configured to limit a bandwidth of each of inbound packets and/or outbound packets to a pre-selected bandwidth β broader than the bandwidth α, wherein the inbound packets flow from the data-center-site-line network switch, and the outbound packets flow to the data-center-site-line network switch.06-23-2011
20110149969Method of Controlling Data Propagation Within a Network - The present invention provides a method of limiting the frequency of floods within a data network, the floods arising as a data frame is routed to an unknown destination, the method comprising the steps of: (a) receiving (06-23-2011
20110149970METHOD OF TRANSMITTING ETHERNET FRAME IN NETWORK BRIDGE AND THE BRIDGE - Provided is a method of transmitting an Ethernet frame via a network bridge, the method includes receiving a frame header from a previous node connected to the network bridge; receiving a header cyclic redundancy check (CRC) flag and header CRC with respect to the frame header from the previous node; determining whether to forward the Ethernet frame including the frame header by referring to the header CRC flag and the header CRC; and forwarding the Ethernet frame from the previous node to a next node connected to the network bridge according to the determination.06-23-2011
20110149967SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING NETWORK PACKETS ADAPTED FOR MULTIMEDIA STREAMS - A system and a method for transmitting network packets are provided. The system includes an information module, a scheduling module, and a forwarding module. The information module receives and records media information of a plurality of multimedia streams. The scheduling module calculates a guaranteed bit rate of each multimedia stream according to the media information provided by the information module, and rearranges isochronous packets of the multimedia streams in the first time slots of a plurality of clock cycles according to the guaranteed bit rates so that the transmission of the isochronous packets satisfies the guaranteed bit rates. The length of each clock cycle is a predetermined length. The length of the first time slot and the predetermined length are in a predetermined ratio. The forwarding module transmits all the packets of a clock cycle to a network at every a time interval of the predetermined length.06-23-2011
20110211581TRANSLATOR FOR IP NETWORKS, NETWORK SYSTEM USING THE TRANSLATOR, AND IP NETWORK COUPLING METHOD THEREFOR - A translator for coupling a first IPv4 network and a second IPv6 network having different addressing architectures for IP addresses so as not to exhaust the IP addresses of one of the two networks, a network system using the translator, and a network coupling method. When a packet is transferred from the IPv6 network to the IPv4 network, the translator assigns any of previously prepared IPv4 addresses to an IPv6 address stored in a source storing field of the IPv6 packet. The assigned address is stored in a source storing field of an IPv4 packet. A packet translation unit assigns the foregoing IPv6 address to an IPv4 address stored in a destination storing field of the IPv4 packet, when a packet is transferred from the IPv4 network to the IPv6 network, and stores this address in a destination storing field of the IPv6 packet.09-01-2011
20100303078METHOD FOR EXTENDING THE USE OF SINGLE IPV4 ADDRESSES TO MULTIPLE NETWORK END-HOSTS - An address resolution system is provided where network devices are arranged to share a common public network address in a public network environment. The address resolution system includes: an address resolution table residing at a router and configured to store a public network address and a source port assigned to each network device registered with the router in connection with a hardware address that uniquely identifies each of the registered network devices; a port management agent residing on a given network device that is configured to receive a request to assign a source port to an application residing on the given network device and transmit the assignment request to the router; and an address resolution service residing at the router that is configured to query the address resolution table in response to the assignment request from the agent and transmit a reply to the agent based on results from the query of the address resolution table.12-02-2010
20100303075MANAGING TRAFFIC ON VIRTUALIZED LANES BETWEEN A NETWORK SWITCH AND A VIRTUAL MACHINE - A computer readable medium comprising software instructions for managing resources on a host, wherein the software instructions comprise functionality to: configure a classifier located on a NIC, to forward packets addressed to a first destination address to a first HRR mapped to a first VNIC, wherein packets addressed to the first destination address are associated with a first PFC lane; configure the classifier to forward packets addressed to a second destination address to a second HRR, wherein packets addressed to the second destination address are associated with a second PFC lane; and transmit, by the first VNIC, a pause frame associated with the first PFC lane to a switch operatively connected to the physical NIC, wherein the switch, in response to receiving the pause frame, stores packets associated with the first PFC lane in a buffer without transmitting the packets.12-02-2010
20080253373System and Method for Supporting Flexible Overlays and Mobility in Ip Communication and Computer Networks - There is provided a system and method for providing a simple yet flexible overlay network on top of any IP networks to enable diverse network applications whereby much of the rigidities of IP protocol suite are eliminated without any modifications to the applications. In particular, the system includes: a plurality of c-nodes; one or more source terminal nodes connected to an IP network; and one or more destination terminal nodes connected to the IP network. Here, the source terminal nodes send IP packets over the plurality of c-nodes to the destination terminal nodes to accomplish arbitrary communications between arbitrary groups of the source terminal nodes to arbitrary groups of the destination terminal nodes. More specifically, a method employing the system utilizes the concept of connection ID and headers that can be inserted anywhere in the IP packet.10-16-2008
20100272109INTELLEGENT NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATOR AND METHODS FOR NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - An intelligent network address translation system and methods for intelligent network address translation. In one embodiment, a network packet is received from a host device, and a stored record associated with the host device is identified. The stored record includes information relating to connection parameters associated with the host device. Using the stored record, a processor determines whether the network packet should be assigned a dedicated address. If so, then the network packet is transmitted using communication parameters including a dedicated IP address. If the packet should not be assigned a dedicated address, then the packet is transmitted using connection parameters including a default public IP address and a port number.10-28-2010
20110211582Interconnects using Self-timed Time-Division Multiplexed Bus - A method of sending signals, including data and timing information, between transportation units on a communication bus of an integrated circuit, by generating clock triggers for every transportation unit on the bus, thereby initiating each preceding one of the transportation units to start sending the signals in a wave-front to an adjacent succeeding one of the transportation units, where the wave-front is initiated at each of the transportation units at a common point in time, and every transportation unit applying a timing adjustment to at least one of the data and timing information that it receives in the signals from the preceding transportation unit, to at least one of (1) capture the data from the preceding transportation unit, (2) relay the data without modification from the preceding transportation unit to the succeeding transportation unit on the communication bus, and (3) load new data to the communication bus, with updated timing information in a succeeding wave-front.09-01-2011
20110176548Method and System For Service Preparation of a Residential Network Access Device - The invention relates to a method and system of service preparation of a residential network access device from one or more remote provisioning devices to prepare said residential network access device to receive a network service over a communications network. The method comprises the steps of receiving a line identifier indicating a physical line used by said residential network access device to connect to said communication network; transmitting an IP address from said one or more provisioning devices to said residential network access device for which said line identifier has been received, said IP address being a source address for said residential network access device, and transmitting software code portions to said IP address of said residential network access device, said software code portions being required for receiving said network service.07-21-2011
20100118875INTERCONNECTING NETWORK PROCESSORS WITH HETEROGENEOUS FABRICS - A method and apparatus to perform protocol translation for a modular system may be described.05-13-2010
20100278181POINT-TO-MULTI-POINT/NON-BROADCASTING MUTLI-ACCESS VPN TUNNELS - A system establishes a virtual private network (VPN) tunnel to a destination and determines a next hop for the VPN tunnel. The system inserts the next hop, and an address associated with the destination, into an entry of a first table. The system inserts the next hop, and a tunnel identifier corresponding to the established VPN tunnel, into an entry of a second table. The system associates one or more security parameters, used to encrypt traffic sent via the VPN tunnel, with the tunnel identifier.11-04-2010
20100111089METHODS FOR EXCHANGING DATA IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication system is provided. A first communications device transmits at least one first message including predetermined bit sequences. A second communications device determines one or more antenna weighting vectors (AWVs) and one or more bitloading vectors (BLVs) by using the first message in accordance with a predetermined rule and transmits a second message including information pertinent to the AWVs and the BLVs to the first communications device. The first communications device further communicates with the second communications device about an AWV selected from the AWVs and the first and second communications devices apply the selected AWV to the corresponding antennas before exchanging data. The data includes a header carrying information pertinent to a BLV selected from the BLVs used to encode the data and a payload is transmitted to the second communications device. The second communications device decodes the data in accordance with the selected BLV.05-06-2010
20100260185METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING PACKETS - A method for forwarding packets is disclosed herein. After packets are received, the packets are forwarded to the corresponding transmission channels according to the packet type, or according to the packet type and the message type and/or service type. A system and an apparatus for forwarding packets are disclosed herein to forward important packets and packets with higher priorities more rapidly and more reliably at higher QoS, especially when the resources are not enough or the network is congested.10-14-2010
20110176549METHOD OF BUS CONFIGURATION TO ENABLE DEVICE BRIDGING OVER DISSIMILAR BUSES - Several local IEEE1394 buses are bridged together over a second bus type to create a global bus wherein each local bus node is able to address nodes across the global bus without the local nodes being aware of the bridging operation. A bridging device operates by translating local bus node addresses to a global bus for communication over the second bus type. Alternatively, the local bus node identification process is controlled by the bridging device operating as the root node to cause the local nodes to be identified with a node address that is unique for the global network. The second bus type operates as a backbone for the global network and can be any type of communication bus or network with capability to transport the local bus traffic. The bridging devices that interface the local IEEE1394 buses to the backbone contain portals specific to each bus type that can communicate data between the dissimilar buses.07-21-2011
20100098085METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING ACTIVE/STANDBY SWITCHOVER - A method for implementing an active/standby switchover includes: sending received data to an active device corresponding to a physical IP address in a mapping relation with a preset communication identification (ID); changing the physical IP address of the active device in the mapping relation with the communication ID to the physical IP address of a standby device for switchover when determining that the system needs to perform the active/standby switchover; sending the received data to the standby device corresponding to the physical IP address in the mapping relation with the preset communication ID after the system performs the active/standby switchover. A system and device for implementing an active/standby switchover are also disclosed. With the method, system, and device provided by the present invention, a long interruption of ongoing services is prevented when the active/standby switchover is performed.04-22-2010
20100098086Preventing Forwarding of a Packet to a Control Plane - This invention includes tools that prevent forwarding of a packet to a control plane of a packet switch. The tools receive a packet comprising indicia suggesting that the packet be forwarded to a control plane of a packet switch. After receiving the packet, the tools may modify the packet to prevent the packet from being forwarded to the control plane, intercept the packet before it is received by the control plane, or otherwise prevent the packet from being forwarded to the control plane. The tools may also forward the packet from a source port of a packet switch to a destination port of the packet switch without forwarding the packet to the control plane of the packet switch.04-22-2010
20100098084INTERNAL SUBSTITUTION BI-LEVEL ADDRESSING FOR COMPATIBLE PUBLIC NETWORKS - Communications traffic in a network is addressed. An original signal comprising an embedded destination service address is receiving at an ingress capable network device of the network. A database server is queried to obtain an internal routing address corresponding to the embedded destination service address. A transit signal corresponding to the original signal and including at least the embedded destination service address is routed through the network to an egress capable network device of the network according to the internal routing address. The transit signal enables the egress capable network device to restore the embedded destination service address and to forward the transit signal from the network.04-22-2010
20100098081LONGEST PREFIX MATCHING FOR NETWORK ADDRESS LOOKUPS USING BLOOM FILTERS - Methods and systems for performing parallel membership queries to Bloom filters for Longest Prefix Matching, where address prefix memberships are determined in sets of prefixes sorted by prefix length. Hash tables corresponding to each prefix length are probed from the longest to the shortest match in the vector, terminating when a match is found or all of the lengths are searched. The performance, as determined by the number of dependent memory accesses per lookup, is held constant for longer address lengths or additional unique address prefix lengths in the forwarding table given that memory resources scale linearly with the number of prefixes in the forwarding table. For less than 2 Mb of embedded RAM and a commodity SRAM, the present technique achieves average performance of one hash probe per lookup and a worst case of two hash probes and one array access per lookup.04-22-2010
20110149973Packet Forwarding In A Network - A method of providing packet routing information comprises: encoding routing information from a source node to one or more destination nodes into a compact representation of set membership; and putting the compact representation of sets into a header of a packet that is to be sent from the source node to the destination node(s). The compact representation may be obtained by: generating d representations of a set of identifiers; generating d candidate compact representations of set membership from the d representations of the identifiers; and selecting one of the candidate compact representation of set membership. The selection may be made on the basis of which of the candidate compact representations has the lowest rate of returning false positives.06-23-2011
20110149964DISTRIBUTED ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A hierarchical distributed routing architecture including at least three levels, or layers, for receiving, processing and forwarding data packets between network components is provided. The core level router components receive an incoming packet from a network component and identify a distribution level router component based on processing a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components that receiving a forwarded packet and identify a transit level router component based a second processing of at least a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The transit level router components receive the forwarded packet and forward the packet to a respective network. The mapping, or other assignment, of portions of the FIB associated with the distributed routing environment is managed by a router management component.06-23-2011
20090257434PACKET ACCESS CONTROL METHOD, FORWARDING ENGINE, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A packet access control method includes: setting a first bandwidth parameter, and judging whether a received packet needs to be forwarded according to information on the received packet; querying the ACL according to the information on the packet if the packet does not need to be forwarded; performing a corresponding action if the packet hits an ACL rule, or sending the packet to the control plane by applying the first bandwidth parameter if the packet hits no ACL rule. Moreover, a packet forwarding engine and communication apparatus is provided. Through the method, packet forwarding engine and communication apparatus under the present invention, both precise control and service operation stability are implemented, thus improving stability of the apparatus and availability of the whole network.10-15-2009
20120201247Metro Ethernet Network With Scaled Broadcast And Service Instance Domains - A method of operation for a provider edge device of a core network includes receiving a customer frame from an access network; the customer frame having a first Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) tag of a first predetermined bit length. The first VLAN tag including a service instance identifier. The service instance identifier of the first VLAN tag is then mapped into a second VLAN tag of a second predetermined bit length greater than the first predetermined bit length. It is emphasized that this abstract is provided to comply with the rules requiring an abstract that will allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure. It is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. 08-09-2012
20080247392Validating Internal Routing Protocol Information Passed Through an External Routing Protocol - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving authenticated site data that includes site ID data and address data. The site ID data indicates a unique site ID for each site among multiple sites for a first network that uses an internal routing protocol. Multiple edge sites of those sites are separate from each other and connected to a second network that is under separate administrative control of at least one different party. The address data indicates network addresses associated with each site of the plurality of sites. An external routing protocol message is discounted based on the authenticated site data.10-09-2008
20080247393Methods and systems for using a link management interface to distribute information in a communications network - In various exemplary embodiments, the present invention provides a low-cost, low-processing overhead mechanism for distributing routing, topology, reachability, and recovery information across the interface between two nodes that may then be used by a network or client device to populate a topology database, route a connection, recover from a connection failure, etc. Specifically, the methods and systems of the present invention use a link management interface and the associated link management protocol(s) to distribute this routing, topology, reachability, and recovery information, adding it to the normal link management protocol(s).10-09-2008
20110255537Controlling Directional Asymmetricity in Wide Area Networks - In one embodiment a method includes detecting, at a first Wide Area Network (WAN) device deployed at an edge of a WAN, a packet passing through the first WAN device and departing a node with which the first WAN device is associated for another node connected to the WAN, identifying, by the first WAN device, a network destination address to which the packet is addressed, obtaining from memory accessible to the first WAN device an identifier of another WAN device associated with the network destination address, and marking the packet with the identifier to generate a marked packet. The marked packet is then received by a WAN device, which detects the identifier, and passes the marked packet to the identified WAN device. In an embodiment, the WAN device associated with the network destination address is a WAN device that first detects a synchronization-acknowledgement (SYN-ACK) packet.10-20-2011
20090129387EXTENDING AN IP EVERYWHERE NETWORK OVER A PLURALITY OF FLOODING DOMAINS - In one embodiment, a border node receives a message that includes routing information indicating connection of a network device to a domain. The border node then updates a routing database with the routing information, and also uses a network address for the network device to determine whether to propagate the routing information.05-21-2009
20090028152NODE APPARATUS - To satisfy a quality required for each traffic and perform switching for a packet segmented into cells without packet reassembly, there is provided a node apparatus including a header processing section (01-29-2009
20090003346LOCATION BASED MESSAGING - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for location based messaging. A user at one computer system selects at least on other computer system that is to receive an electronic message. The at least one other computer system is selected based on the location of the at least one other computer system, without having to know an electronic identifier of any users at the at least one other computer system. The computer system refers to a mapping that maps computer systems locations to corresponding electronic addresses. Messages can then be sent to the electronic addresses. Accordingly, embodiments of the present invention facilitate at least semi-anonymous electronic communication in a network computing environment and significantly mitigate the perceived need of an immediate response that is often associated with responding to (potentially in person) verbal communication.01-01-2009
20110255540System and Method for Adapting a Packet Processing Pipeline - An apparatus for forwarding packets includes a packet processing pipeline having a processing unit that processes packets compliant with a recognized communication protocol. A first port coupled to the packet processing pipeline is configured to receive a packet that does not comply with the recognized communication protocol and has a header that conforms to a second communication protocol. A data extraction unit extracts first destination information from the header of the packet and, based on the first destination information, generates second destination information that conforms to the recognized communication protocol. The processing unit determines, based on the second destination information, an egress interface to which the packet is to be forwarded.10-20-2011
20120243542Scalable Interface for Connecting Multiple Computer Systems Which Performs Parallel MPI Header Matching - An interface device for a compute node in a computer cluster which performs Message Passing Interface (MPI) header matching using parallel matching units. The interface device comprises a memory that stores posted receive queues and unexpected queues. The posted receive queues store receive requests from a process executing on the compute node. The unexpected queues store headers of send requests (e.g., from other compute nodes) that do not have a matching receive request in the posted receive queues. The interface device also comprises a plurality of hardware pipelined matcher units. The matcher units perform header matching to determine if a header in the send request matches any headers in any of the plurality of posted receive queues. Matcher units perform the header matching in parallel. In other words, the plural matching units are configured to search the memory concurrently to perform header matching.09-27-2012
20100322245ROUTING MANAGER HIERARCHY - There are provided a scalable method for mobility management applied to an IP-based network system including a plurality of routers and a plurality of servers, a part of which serve as a home routing manager (HRM), a part of which serve as local routing managers (LRM) for individual mobile nodes. The method at least comprises the steps of sending a first query about a routing address of a destination mobile node toward the HRM, based on an activation notification (AN) from an ingress access router (AR) of the plurality of routers, triggered by a source mobile mode, from an LRM receiving the activation notification; relaying the first query via one or more intermediate routing managers (IRM) closer to the HRM until the first query reaches the HRM; and in response to the first query, sending the routing address of the destination mobile node back to the ingress access router through the relay path from the HRM.12-23-2010
20100309917ENHANCED PACKET CLASSIFICATION - A method for classifying a data packet containing a header is provided. The method may comprise parsing the header of a data packet into header elements. Rules in secondary lookup tables generated from a primary lookup table may be accessed. The respective header elements of the data packet may be compared to the respective fields of each of the secondary lookup tables, and rule results for each of the secondary lookup tables in a combinable format may be generated. In another embodiment, a method for generating secondary lookup tables from a primary lookup table is provided. The method may comprise accessing a primary lookup table defining packet classification rules and generating multiple secondary lookup tables from the primary lookup table. For each secondary lookup table, a selection of classification rules and a selection of fields of the multiple fields based on a rule set identifying predefined entries may be extracted.12-09-2010
20100309916IN-LINE PACKET PROCESSING - A method and apparatus for in-line processing a data packet while routing the packet through a router in a system transmitting data packets between a source and a destination over a network including the router. The method includes receiving the data packet and pre-processing layer header data for the data packet as the data packet is received and prior to transferring any portion of the data packet to packet memory. The data packet is thereafter stored in the packet memory. A routing through the router is determined including a next hop index describing the next connection in the network. The data packet is retrieved from the packet memory and a new layer header for the data packet is constructed from the next hop index while the data packet is being retrieved from memory. The new layer header is coupled to the data packet prior to transfer from the router.12-09-2010
20080247396METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROCESSING AN IP PACKET, ROUTING A STRUCTURED DATA CARRIER, PREVENTING BROADCAST STORMS, LOAD-BALANCING AND CONVERTING A FULL BROADCAST IP PACKET - Method for processing content of an Internet Protocol (IP) packet and method for processing a full broadcast IP packet. Processing content of an IP packet includes: extracting IP source and destination addresses and payload from the IP packet; and generating an IP frame encapsulating the IP source and destination addresses and the payload between a preamble field and an error checking field. Processing a full broadcast IP packet includes: receiving the full broadcast IP packet including an IP source address and a full broadcast IP destination address; ascertaining a closest matching IP address and a subnet thereof in a switching table of an IP switch; replacing the full broadcast IP destination address in the IP packet with a subnetted source address generated by applying the subnet mask to the IP source address; transmitting the IP packet to all IP addresses in the switching table within the subnetted source address.10-09-2008
20080253374Apparatus and method for communicating with receiving end via internet - The invention provides a method for a transmitting end to communicate with a receiving end, which is assigned with an IP address, via the Internet. The method of the invention includes the steps of: the transmitting end receives an information stream from a DVB-H network; the information stream contains a DVB-H packet header and a datagram, which contains an IP packet header and an IP packet payload. Additionally, the method of the invention further includes the steps of: the transmitting end decodes the information stream to remove the DVB-H packet header and obtains the datagram, then it writes the IP address of the receiving end in the IP packet header; and then the transmitting end transports the datagram with the IP address of the receiving end to the receiving end via the Internet.10-16-2008
20100329260GENERIC PACKET BLOCK APPLICABLE TO MULTIPLE ROUTING SCHEMES IN LOW-POWER SENSOR NETWORKS AND METHOD OF PROVIDING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a generic packet block applicable to multiple routing schemes in low-power sensor networks and a method of providing the same which reduces operations and information required for a routing scheme in the low-power sensor network and provides flexible extension applicable to various multi-hop routing schemes. The generic packet block includes a generic routing header and routing block, and the method of providing the same is widely applicable to a multi-hop routing. The generic routing header includes a routing packet type, routing address information, and the like, commonly required for the multi-hop routing. The routing block is located in a routing packet body and includes routing cost information changeable depending on a routing scheme, and information changeable depending on a routing operation scheme.12-30-2010
20080205405CLASSIFICATION SUPPORT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FRAGMENTED IP PACKETS - A wire-speed forwarding platform and method for supporting multifield classification of a packet fragmented into a plurality of fragments in the wire-speed forwarding platform, comprising: receiving a fragment of the fragmented packet at the forwarding platform and deriving a key from one or more fields of the received fragment; and performing multifield classification of the received fragment by matching the key to a rule out of a plurality of rules, the rule comprising a plurality of fields including at least one field for specifying whether the received fragment's fragmentation characteristics are to be applied when performing the multifield classification.08-28-2008
20080205402Network resource teaming on a per virtual network basis - A computer system teams its network resource ports on a per virtual network basis. The system configures one or more virtual networks. For each of the one or more configured virtual networks, the system establishes a team comprising two or more of the network resource ports. The system selects a layer2 address that is uniquely associated with one of the ports of the team. The system assigns the selected unique layer2 address to be the primary layer2 address for the team.08-28-2008
20080205400LOW DEVIATION FIELD MODULATION FOR TRANSFER OF INFORMATION - An interface receives a packet stream associated with a source and a destination. The packet stream includes multiple packets, each packet including a header and a payload. A system generates a modulated stream for inclusion in the packet stream and performs a low deviation modification to a header field in each of the multiple packets to include the modulated stream in the packet stream. The system then transmits the packet stream including the modulated stream.08-28-2008
20080205399Method and System for Routing in Communication Networks Between a First Node and a Second Node - A system and a method of transmitting information between a first node (08-28-2008
20110164618MEMORY ORGANIZATION IN A SWITCHING DEVICE - A router for switching data packets from a source to a destination in a network in which the router includes a distributed memory. The distributed memory includes two or more memory banks. Each memory bank is used for storing uniform portions of a data packet received from a source and linking information for each data packet to allow for the extraction of the uniform portions of a data packet from distributed locations in memory in proper order after a routing determination has been made by the router.07-07-2011
20110164619METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING EMERGENCY SERVICE AND PACKET CONTROL FUNCTION ENTITY - A method and system for supporting emergency service over a High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Access Network (AN) and a Packet Control Function (PCF) entity. The method comprises the following steps: an AN function entity sends information indicating whether a user is using an emergent service to a PCF entity (S07-07-2011
20110164617Enhanced Hierarchical Virtual Private Local Area Network Service (VPLS) System and Method for Ethernet-Tree (E-Tree) Services - A network apparatus comprising a trunk end point associated with an Ethernet-tree (E-Tree) service in a network domain and configured to forward a frame that comprises a tag according to the tag in the frame, wherein the tag in the frame is a root tag that indicates a root source of the frame or a leaf tag that indicates a leaf source of the frame, and wherein the trunk end point is coupled to a second end point associated with the E-tree service outside the network domain.07-07-2011
20110164620BANDWIDTH VARIABLE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND BANDWIDTH VARIABLE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A bandwidth variable communication apparatus includes: a route exchange unit including a route exchange function for switching an output port of a stream signal of one or more wavelengths input from an input port based on both or a part of wavelength and time, and including a bandwidth change function for changing passable frequency bandwidth in a section from the input port to the output port through which the stream signal passes; and a control unit including a control information transmit-receive function for transmitting and receiving control information for both or a part of the route exchange function and the bandwidth change function of the route exchange unit, and including a control function for controlling the route exchange unit based on the control information. All or a part of the input ports and the output ports are connected to other communication apparatuses via transmission routes.07-07-2011
20110164616Methods and apparatus for processing superframes - Methods and apparatus for transmitting a plurality of packets in a switch having a plurality of input ports and a plurality of output ports are disclosed. Two or more packets are received at one or more of the plurality of input ports. One of the plurality of output ports via which to send each of the two or more packets is identified. A request message is sent to an arbitrator. A grant message is then received from the arbitrator in response to the request message. A frame including the two or more received packets is generated. The frame is then sent to the one of the plurality of output ports when the grant message is received.07-07-2011
20100284405METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING IP ADDRESS - The present disclosure provides IP address lookup method and apparatus. In one embodiment of the disclosure, an IP address lookup apparatus stores node information generated for a binary search-on-levels architecture in a universal multi-hashing table prior to searching with an advance filtering by a universal Bloom filter minimizing the number of accesses to the universal multi-hashing table before executing the IP address lookup.11-11-2010
20100284406SWITCH WITH FUNCTION FOR ASSIGNING QUEUE BASED ON A DECLARED TRANSFER RATE - In an asynchronous transfer mode switch, a plurality of queues is provided for accumulating transfer cells, and a queue assignment processing section, receives a message for establishing a connection and assigns to the connection one of the queues having a forwarding rate close to a declared rate included in the message and not exceeding the declared rate.11-11-2010
20100284403SCALABLE ROUTING POLICY CONSTRUCTION USING DYNAMIC REDEFINITION OF ROUTING PREFERENCE VALUE - In general, techniques are described to dynamically redefine a preference value used during route resolution. A network device, such as a router, may implement the techniques to improve a usability aspect of the router. The router may comprise an interface card that receives messages describing one or more of a plurality of routes. The router may also include a control unit that stores data defining a policy. The policy may comprise rules by which the router determines the preference value for one of the plurality of routes. The policy dynamically redefines the preference value as two or more bit fields rather than viewing the preference value as an integer value. The control unit further sets each of the two or more bit fields of the local preference value in accordance with the policy and associates the at least one of the routes with the determined local preference value.11-11-2010
20100329264SCALING EGRESS NETWORK TRAFFIC - In an embodiment, a method is provided. The method of this embodiment provides generating one or more packets of data, the one or more packets of data being associated with a connection; and associating the one or more packets with one of a plurality of transmit queues based, at least in part, on the connection associated with the one or more packets.12-30-2010
20100329263Apparatus and Method for Prioritizing Communications Between Devices - An apparatus and method for prioritizing communications between devices are provided. According to one aspect, an interface device for providing communications between at least one source device and at least one destination device comprises an input, logic, and an output. The input of the interface device receives data in a first format from the source device. The logic identifies the destination device for receiving the data. The logic then identifies a second format compatible with the destination device and translates the data from the first format to the second format. Transmission of the translated data is then prioritized by the logic based on characteristics of the translated data, which may include the format of the translated data or a service plan associated with the destination device or source device. The translated data is then transmitted to the identified destination device via the output.12-30-2010
20100329261DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An apparatus, in which a plurality of modules is connected with each other and processes a packet having information, includes a storage unit for storing first information indicating an order of processing performed by its own module and second information indicating an order of modules which perform processing, a reception unit for receiving a first packet and transmitting the first packet including information corresponding to the first information, a processing unit for processing data included in the first packet, a generation unit for generating a second packet including the processed data and the second information, and a transmission unit for comparing the information included in the first packet with the second information included in the second packet, and transmitting the packet having a latter processing order.12-30-2010
20100329262System and Method for Parsing Frames - A system for parsing frames including a first cell extraction circuit (CEC) configured to identify a first cell from a first frame, a first parser engine operatively connected to the first CEC, where the first parser engine is configured to generate a result based on the first cell, and a first forwarding circuit operatively connected to the first parser engine and configured to forward the result, where the first CEC, the first parser engine, and the first forwarding circuit are associated with a first frame parser unit.12-30-2010
20100329259UPPER LAYER BASED DYNAMIC HARDWARE TRANSMIT DESCRIPTOR RECLAIMING - In general, the invention relates to reclaiming transmit descriptors by configuring a media access control (MAC) to execute a first MAC layer thread to reclaim a first number of transmit descriptors (TDs) from a first hardware transmit ring (HTR) using a first reclaim algorithm, where the first reclaim algorithm is associated with a first transmission pattern and a first TDR status. The invention further includes receiving, by a virtual NIC (VNIC) executing within the MAC layer, a first number of packets, forwarding the first number of packets to a device driver on the host associated with the physical NIC, and forwarding the first number of packets from the device driver to the physical NIC using the first number of TDs, where the first plurality of TDs are reclaimed by the first MAC layer thread according to the first reclaim algorithm.12-30-2010
20100329256ARCHITECTURE AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATED NETWORK-WIDE REDUNDANCY ELIMINATION - A network employing redundancy-aware hardware may actively allocate decompression tasks among different devices along a single path to improve data throughput. The allocation can be performed by a hash or similar process operating on a header of the packets to distribute caching according to predefined ranges of hash values without significant additional communication overhead. Decompression of packets may be similarly distributed by marking shim values to match the earlier caching of antecedent packets. Nodes may use coordinated cache sizes and organizations to eliminate the need for separate cache protocol communications.12-30-2010
20100329255Multiple Compression Techniques For Packetized Information - In one embodiment, the present invention includes a method for comparing a packet header to a stored packet header, generating a comparison vector based on the comparison, and transmitting the packet from the transmitter without the packet header if the packet header and the stored packet header match. A data portion of the packet may be compressed and transmitted using a different compression technique. Other embodiments are described and claimed.12-30-2010
20100329257SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVE DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS - A method of selective direct memory access (DMA) in a computer system having a network interface card (NIC), a processor subsystem, and a memory accessible to the subsystem, including the steps of the NIC receiving a plurality of packets from an external source; the NIC decoding a portion of each packet and determining whether the packet should be accepted by the computer system based on a predefined rule; and if the packet is accepted, selectively truncating the packet based on the predefined rule, and storing the truncated packet in the memory.12-30-2010
20110134923Intelligent Adjunct Network Device - An adjunct network device includes several ports, an uplink interface, and an adjunct forwarding engine coupled to the ports and the uplink interface. A first port is configured to receive a packet, which includes a destination address. The adjunct forwarding engine is configured to send the packet to the uplink interface if the destination address is not associated with any of the ports. The packet is sent to one of the ports if the destination address is associated with the one of the ports.06-09-2011
20110134922METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING PACKETS IN IPV6 ACCESS NODE - In view of the technical problems that exist during implementing IP address anti-spoofing in an access node device in an IPv6 access network, the present invention proposes a packet forwarding method and apparatus in an IPv6 Access Node, for forwarding a packet from a Residential Gateway. In the method, the access node device first receives a packet from the Residential Gateway, then obtains a network prefix in a source UPv6 address of the packet, judges whether the network prefix in the source IPv6 address of the packet is a valid network prefix of a CPN corresponding to the Residential Gateway, and if yes, forwards the packet finally. Particularly, in the present invention the access node device can automatically obtain valid network prefix using technical means such as snooping a network prefix allocation reply message. Therefore, the present invention greatly increases operation efficiency and security of the IPv6 access network and simplifies network management of the IPv6 access network.06-09-2011
20110134919METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTABLE RELIABLE MULTICAST DELIVERY OF DATA USING A PRESENCE SERVICE - A mechanism for selectable reliable multicast delivery of data, such as presence information or other media, to communication devices is implemented in a communication system. A multicast group includes a plurality of communication devices, wherein a subset of the plurality of communication devices sends a subscription for reliable multicast delivery of data to a presence server using a presence service. For those devices in the subset having a confirmed mode of multicast delivery enabled, the data is sent using the confirmed mode of multicast delivery, wherein an acknowledgement is required upon receipt of the data. For all remaining devices in the multicast group, the data is sent using an unconfirmed mode of multicast delivery, wherein no such acknowledgement is required.06-09-2011
20110134920HANDLING DATA PACKETS RECEIVED AT A ROUTING NODE - A method applied in a routing node, and a forwarding engine implemented in a routing node, are provided for handling data packets received at the routing node. A N-tuple comprising N elements is extracted from a first header of a data packet. A default meta-field is added to the N elements, providing a N+1-tuple. The N+1-tuple is used to make a first lookup of inspection rules. The default meta-field makes the inspection rules apply to the first header. The data packet is handled according to a result of the first lookup, wherein a possible outcome is a finding of a second header within the data packet. If a second header is found, a new meta-field value is set and a second lookup is made. The second lookup of the inspection rules is made according to N elements from the second header and the new value of the meta-field.06-09-2011
20110255539Communication System and Communication Control Device - Provided is a communication system which connects a unified C/U router to a network having C/U separation, wherein the stopping of U-plane communication of the unified C/U router is prevented even when the messages transmitted from a C-plane controller of the network having C/U separation do not arrive because of faults in the network having C/U separation. The routing information of a C-plane message (routing protocol) received by a U-plane controller is sent to an adjacent peer without being reflected in a routing table of the U-plane controller. The routing table of the U-plane controller is generated on the basis of the routing information (FIB information) received directly from the C-plane controller. In addition, a keep-alive packet from the unified C/U router is not sent to the C-plane controller and keeps alive the connection with the user router at the transmission destination.10-20-2011
20100296514METHOD, DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND SYSTEM FOR REPRESENTING A PARTITION OF N W-BIT INTERVALS ASSOCIATED TO D-BIT DATA IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for representing a partition of n w-bit intervals associated to d-bit data in a data communications network, said method comprising the steps of: providing in a memory (11-25-2010
20110261819LIST DIGEST OPERATION DISPERSED STORAGE NETWORK FRAME - A method begins by a processing module generating a payload section of a dispersed storage network (DSN) frame regarding a list digest request operation by generating a start slice name field of the payload section to include a start slice name of a slice name range, generating an end slice name field of the payload section to include an end slice name of the slice name range, and generating a maximum response count field of the payload section to include a maximum slice name response count. The method continues with the processing module generating a protocol header of the DSN frame by generating a payload length field of the protocol header to include a payload length that represents a length of the payload section, generating an operation code field to indicate the list digest request operation, and generating remaining fields of the protocol header.10-27-2011
20100238935Method for Routing Ad-Hoc Signals - An ad-hoc network is a typically a dynamic collection of nodes capable of communicating therebetween without the aid of pre-established infrastructure. Ad-hoc networks differ from traditional networks in that the topology of interconnections between nodes is inherently dynamic and not fixed. Generally, the routing protocols belong to two groups: proactive and reactive. Proactive protocols attempt to maintain correct and up-to-date routing information at every node. Reactive protocols, in turn, collect necessary routing information only if a pair of nodes are to establish a communication. In accordance with embodiments of the invention a reactive ad-hoc network protocol is disclosed that uses controlled flooding to broadcast packets of information within the ad-hoc network. Furthermore, the ad-hoc network protocol does not maintain up-to-date routing information at every node in an ad-hoc network and does not utilize specific control messages to assure that packets within the ad-hoc network follow optimal paths.09-23-2010
20120147892ANALYSIS OF NETWORK PACKETS USING A GENERATED HASH CODE - A technique for analyzing network packets includes receiving, by a network processor, a network packet having a packet header including address and control information. A set of bytes are extracted, using the network processor, from the packet header and a set of input bits for generating a hash code are derived, using the network processor, from the set of bytes. Finally, the hash code is generated using the input bits.06-14-2012
20120147891APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BALANCING LOAD ACROSS MULTIPLE PACKET PROCESSING ENGINES - A distributed packet processing apparatus capable of distributing packet load across a plurality of packet processing engines is provided. The distributed packet processing apparatus includes a plurality of processing engines each configured to process allocated packets, a first tag generating unit configured to allocate an input packet to a processing engine, which has a processing engine index corresponding to a tag index for the input packet, among the plurality of processing engines, a second tag generating unit configured to calculate a tag index for an output packet, and an index conversion unit configure to convert the tag index for the output packet to one processing engine index among a plurality of processing indexes for the plurality of the processing engines and allocates the output packet to a processing engine having the one processing engine such that loads are distributed among the plurality of processing engines.06-14-2012
20120147890APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A TRANSFER DESTINATION OF A PACKET ORIGINATING FROM A VIRTUAL MACHINE - Transfer destination of a packet originating from a virtual machine is controlled so as to allow a capture device arranged in a communication network to capture a packet that is transferred using a communication tunnel. A first server acquires a first packet originating from a source virtual machine being operated by the first server, encapsulates the first packet by adding source and destination addresses. The first server further adds a transfer-destination address to the encapsulated first packet to generate a second packet when the first packet is determined to be a target packet to be captured by the capture device. Then, the first server transmits the second packet including the transfer-destination address to the second server using the communication tunnel while the second packet including the first packet is transferred to the transfer-destination address.06-14-2012
20120147889APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VIRTUALIZING MULTIPLE TERMINALS - An apparatus and method for virtualizing multiple terminals are provided. The apparatus includes a terminal virtualizer configured to virtualize a group of a plurality of transmitter terminals of a first user and a group of receiver terminals of a second user through the change of source and destination addresses of a packet that is transmitted between the transmitter terminal group and the receiver terminal group so that the transmitter terminal group and the receiver terminal group may be recognized as if they were single terminals. Accordingly, it is possible to provide seamless IP connectivity regardless of which terminal is currently being used by a to user.06-14-2012
20120147888MANAGING STALE ROUTE REMOVAL IN A ROUTING INFORMATION BASE OF A NETWORK ELEMENT - A network element of a communications network includes a fresh route queue, a stale route queue, a Routing Information Base (RIB), a network interface, and a routing protocol module. The network interface receives link state information from other network elements. The routing protocol module determines a plurality of routes from the link state information. The routing protocol module identifies among the plurality of routes a subset of routes that are present in the stale route queue, adds the subset of routes to the fresh route queue, and deletes the subset of routes from the stale route queue. The routing protocol module then remove routes in the RIB that correspond to any routes remaining in the stale route queue, and moves the routes from the fresh route queue to the stale route queue. Related methods for managing routes in a RIB of a network element are disclosed.06-14-2012
20110255538METHOD OF IDENTIFYING DESTINATION IN A VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT - Techniques are described for identifying destinations in a virtual network by defining virtual entities such as a port profile as the destination for network policies, such as redirect or span to be a logical set of ports (i.e., ports belonging to a port-profile or a port group) where the members of the set of ports may be added/removed dynamically without requiring any changes to the network policy. Further, a network administrator (or other user) may predefine the destinations for a network policy even before some or all of the destinations are active on a given virtualized system. In such cases, the network policies may go into effect when the required entities become available.10-20-2011
20110019674END-TO-END INTER-DOMAIN ROUTING - According to a first aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of constructing an end-to-end routing path across multiple packet switched domains. The method comprises generating a domains topology identifying all possible domains, the border elements of those domains and the inter-domain links. When a request is received for computation of a path from a source entity in a first domain to a destination entity in a second domain, all domains and inter-domain links that cannot or are unlikely to feature in the requested path are removed from the domains topology. Candidate intra-domain paths for each remaining domain are then computed, with each candidate intra-domain path being mapped to a logical link defined by its two ends, at least one end being a border element and the other being a border element or the source or destination entity. Attributes for each logical link are determined, together with attributes of the remaining inter-domain links. A virtual network topology is generated by combining the logical links and their associated attributes with the remaining inter-domain links and their associated attributes. This allows a best end-to-end route to be determined by analysing the virtual network topology.01-27-2011
20080219262Generic UDP multiplexing for voice over internet protocol (VOIP) - In one embodiment, data for a plurality of sessions is received. For example, a plurality of packets for voice data may be received from a plurality of end points. A destination for each of the connections is then determined. For example, the voice data may be destined for different gateways (and other end points). In some cases, the voice data for the sessions may be destined for the same destination. In this case, a plurality of packets is multiplexed into a multiplexed packet. The multiplexed packet includes a layer three network header. Also, each of the packets in the multiplexed packet includes a transport packet header. The multiplexed packet is then sent to the single destination. Each of the packets in the multiplexed packet can be extracted and processed as if a single one of the packets was received individually.09-11-2008
20110134924MULTI-PATH NETWORK - The present invention provides a multi-path network for use in a bridge, switch, router, hub or the like, comprising a plurality of network ports adapted for connection with one or more devices, each device having a different identifying address data; a plurality of network elements; and a plurality of network links interconnecting the network elements and connecting the network elements to the network ports, wherein the multi-path network further comprises separately addressable memory elements each adapted for storing device address data and the multi-path network is adapted to distribute a plurality of device address data amongst the plurality of memory elements.06-09-2011
20100054253ARP PACKET PROCESSING METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE - An Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet processing method, a communication system and a device are disclosed. The method includes: receiving an ARP packet, and judging the type of the ARP packet; when the ARP packet is an ARP request, responding to the ARP request if an entry corresponding to the ARP request is found in a local ARP table; and when the ARP packet is an ARP response, reporting the ARP response if an entry corresponding to the ARP response is found in the local ARP table and a reporting parameter in the entry indicates permission of reporting; or discarding the ARP response if no entry corresponding to the ARP response is found in the ARP table.03-04-2010
20110096782METHOD FOR CONVERTING NETWORK ADDRESS - In a network environment in which an endpoint identifier and a routing locator are separated from each other, a first router receives a data packet including an endpoint identifier of a first host and an endpoint identifier of a second host that is a communication target of the first host from the first host managed by the first router in order to convert a network address. A message requesting external address prefix information of the second host is transmitted to a second router managing the second host. In addition, the external address prefix information is received from the second router and a routing locator of the second host is generated by converting internal address prefix information of an endpoint identifier of the second host into the external address prefix information of the second host in the data packet.04-28-2011
20100215046LOGICAL SEPARATION AND ACCESSING OF DESCRIPTOR MEMORIES - A packet header processing engine includes a memory having a number of distinct portions for respectively storing different types of descriptor information for a header of a packet. A packet header processing unit includes a number of pointers corresponding to the number of distinct memory portions. The packet header processing unit is configured to retrieve the different types of descriptor information from the number of distinct memory portions and to generate header information from the different types of descriptor information.08-26-2010
20100165992Transmission system, device and method that prevent data loss - This specification discloses a transmission system, device and method that prevent data loss. The invention uses a first channel and a second channel to send same packet encapsulating same target data to a receiving end. After confirming the reception of the packet, the receiving end drops the duplicated packet. The receiving end only processes yet processed packet. This technique can reduce the chances of losing data.07-01-2010
20100150158Programmable Packet Processor With Flow Resolution Logic - A programmable packet switching controller has a packet buffer, a pattern match module, a programmable packet classification engine and an application engine. The packet buffer stores inbound packets, and includes a header data extractor to extract header data from the inbound packets and to store the extracted header data in a header data cache. The header data extractor also generates a header data cache index and provides it to the packet classification engine for it to retrieve the extracted header data. The packet classification engine has a decision tree-based classification logic for classifying a packet. Each of the leaves of the tree represents a packet classification. The packet classification engine uses the header data cache index to retrieve the header data to perform multiple header checks, starting at a root of the tree and traversing branches until a leaf has been reached. The application engine has a number of programmable sub-engines arrayed in a pipelined architecture. The packet classification engine provides start indicators based on the packet classification to the programmable sub-engines to identify application programs to be executed. The sub-engines includes a source lookup engine, a destination lookup engine and a disposition engine, which are used to make a disposition decision for the inbound packets in a processing pipeline. The pattern match module is used to compare the packet to a pre-defined pattern in order to provide a disposition recommendation.06-17-2010
20100195655METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FACILITATING FORWARDING A PACKET IN A CONTENT-CENTRIC NETWORK - One embodiment provides a system that facilitates forwarding a packet. During operation, the system receives a packet with a hierarchically structured variable-length identifier (HSVLI). The system then performs a lookup at a forwarding engine based at least on the packets HSVLI. The system further makes a forwarding decision based on the lookup.08-05-2010
20100195656COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a communication apparatus which, in an ad-hoc network, when receiving control packets from a plurality of terminals, can determine whether or not there is a collision among the control packets, and, based on the determination, can be prevented from continuing to be out of the network due to a collision among the control packets transmitted from the plurality of terminals. In the communication terminal, a communication section receives a control packet which periodically comes up on a communication path. When the communication apparatus receives a plurality of control packets which are defective in at least payload portions thereof within a predetermined time period, if a control section determines that source addresses included in header portions of the control packets which are defective in the payload portions thereof include a source address which is not identical to the other source addresses, the control section determines that the control packets are transmitted from a plurality of terminals and collide with each other.08-05-2010
20100195653SYSTEM FOR FORWARDING A PACKET WITH A HIERARCHICALLY STRUCTURED VARIABLE-LENGTH IDENTIFIER - One embodiment provides a system that receives a packet with a hierarchically structured variable-length identifier (HSVLI). An HSVLI indicates a piece or collection of content and may be hierarchically structured, comprising contiguous components ordered from a most general level to a most specific level. The length of a respective identifier is not fixed. During operation, the system converts the HSVLI into a fixed-length key. Subsequently, the system obtains forwarding information based on one or more longest-prefix matches with a longest-prefix-match lookup engine using the fixed-length key. Next, the system forwards the packet to an output port based on the forwarding information.08-05-2010
20100067529METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MESSAGE PROCESSING - A message processing method, device, and system are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The method comprises: receiving service messages and identifying the protocol type of the service messages; performing protocol adaptation according to the protocol type; and reconstructing the content of the service messages after protocol adaptation according to the corresponding content reconstructing policies and sending the service messages after content reconstructing. The present invention implements information embedment into the content over different protocols without proxy server settings.03-18-2010
20120207163FRAME DELIVERY PATH SELECTION IN HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A hybrid network device can implement a frame delivery path selection mechanism for communicating with other network devices in a hybrid communication network. In one embodiment, the hybrid network device determines a preferred network interface among a plurality of network interfaces of the hybrid network device for communicating with a second network device. The hybrid network device determines an address associated with the preferred network interface of the hybrid network device. The hybrid network device transmits an address announcement message comprising an indication of the address associated with the preferred network interface from the hybrid network device to the second network device to cause the second network device to use the address associated with the preferred network interface for communicating with the hybrid network device.08-16-2012
20120207167METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR HOST IN IPV6 NETWORK - A method of searching for a host in a network using IPv4 network comprises the steps of requesting host information, including link-layer address information and IP address information about an IP to be searched for, by sending a Neighbor Solicitation (NS) packet in which the IP to be searched for is set in an ICMPv6 target address to the network, after sending the NS packet, waiting for a predetermined time by taking a processing speed of a host and a transfer rate according to a network environment and state into consideration, after the predetermined time of waiting, determining whether a Neighbor Advertisement (NA) packet of the IP to be searched for has been received, and if, as a result of the determination, the NA packet of the IP to be searched for is determined to have been received, acquiring the host information from the NA packet.08-16-2012
20110051730MULTI-LAYER DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A multi-layer data processing apparatus and method. The multi-layer data processing unit may classify received multi-layer data into lower layer data and higher layer data using lower layer information, and generate and output a traffic flow of the lower layer data or traffic flows of the lower layer data and the higher layer data with reference to a rule information table. In the rule information table, pieces of lower layer rule information may be linked to pieces of higher layer rule information.03-03-2011
20110051729METHODS AND APPARATUSES RELATING TO PSEUDO RANDOM NETWORK CODING DESIGN - A method of providing a pseudo random network coding design may include receiving, at a receiver node, signaling including an index of a codebook communicated from a transmitter node employing network coding, utilizing the codebook associated with the index to generate a coding coefficient used to employ the network coding, and decoding the signaling using the coding coefficient. A corresponding apparatus is also provided.03-03-2011
20110051728Method for Optimizing a Route Cache - A system and method for managing a route cache to reduce the risk of disruption from denial of service attacks. All traffic arriving on a front interface from local (on-link) nodes (e.g., neighbor nodes) can be treated normally. However, for packets arriving from remote (off-link) sources addressed to a given destination IP address, a single, shared route cache entry can be used. The source-address field in this entry can be zeroed-out since it will not be used for traffic coming from any one source. Similarly, for all packets going to off-link destinations through the front-interface, another single shared route cache entry can be created and used. The destination-address field in this entry can be zeroed out since it will not be used for traffic going to any one destination.03-03-2011
20110188503Ethernet Forwarding Database Method - A technique is described for retrieving data from a hash table in an Ethernet bridge. The table has a plurality of columns, each of which has a hash function, thereby creating respective different hash key values.08-04-2011
20090175276Packet forwarding apparatus with function of limiting the number of user terminals to be connected to ISP - A packet forwarding apparatus for connecting a plurality of user terminals to an ISP management server has a management table indicating the relationship between a connection port identifier and specific header information in association with the MAC address of each of the user terminals so that, in a communication protocol procedure executed between each of the user terminals and the ISP management server prior to communication with a wide-area network, the packet forwarding apparatus discards a packet for the user terminal when it is determined that the specific header information cannot be assigned to the user terminal based on the management table.07-09-2009
20090175275FLEXIBLE NETWORK PROCESSOR SCHEDULER AND DATA FLOW - A network processor dataflow chip and method for flexible dataflow are provided. The dataflow chip comprises a plurality of on-chip data transmission and scheduling circuit structures. The data transmission and scheduling circuit structures are selected responsive to indicators. Data transmission circuit structures may comprise selectable frame processing and data transmission functions. Selectable frame processing may comprise cut and paste, full dispatch and store and dispatch frame processing. Scheduling functions include full internal scheduling, calendar scheduling in communication with an external scheduler, and external calendar scheduling. In another aspect of the present invention, data transmission functions may comprise low latency and normal latency external processor interfaces for selectively providing privileged access to dataflow chip resources.07-09-2009
20110188504SMART ROUTING BETWEEN PEERS IN A POINT-TO-POINT LINK BASED SYSTEM - Smart routing between peers in a point-to-point link based system begins when a device of a plurality of devices in a point-to-point link interconnected system receives a packet from an upstream link or a downstream link. The processing continues when the device interprets the packet to determine a destination of the packet. If the device is the destination of the packet, the device accepts the packet. If, however, the device is not the destination of the packet, the device forwards the packet on another upstream link or another downstream link without alteration of at least one of: source information of the packet and destination information of the packet.08-04-2011
20110188502METHOD FOR MANAGING MAC ADDRESS FOR OPEN NETWORK ADAPTOR - A MAC address management method for use in a computer system having a disk device to store a MAC address and assigns the MAC address to an open network adaptor (ONA) printed board, which has a memory retaining a MAC address and an open network adaptor, mounted into the computer system. The METHOD includes: reading, when an ONA printed board is mounted into the computer system for the first time, the MAC address from the memory on the ONA printed board and storing the MAC address in the disk device and invalidating the MAC address; and validating, if a migration instruction is inputted, the MAC address stored in the memory of the ONA printed board mounted in the computer system.08-04-2011
20100020799METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA FILTERING FOR DATA PACKETS - A method and system for filtering data packets, is provided. One implementation involves filtering data packets using a set of filters, each filter having a bit mask and corresponding bit values, by categorizing the filters into different groups based on their bit mask value differences, and generating a new mask of bits having corresponding bit values, applying the new mask to the incoming packet to select a filter category for the incoming packet, and filtering the incoming packet by applying the group of filters for the selected category to the incoming packet.01-28-2010
20100020800Communication Device - A device including: a receiving unit receiving a packet; a packet determining unit determining whether the received packet is a head fragment packet or an intermediate or last fragment packet; a search control unit using search data registered previously for searching for packet information and search data used for identifying the same fragment of the fragment packet on the same search address; and an assembly processing unit assembling the fragment packets, wherein the search control unit extracts a fragment identifier from the head fragment packet and registers the fragment identifier as the search data on the same search address as the search address of the search data registered previously for searching for the packet information and extracts the fragment identifier of the intermediate fragment packet or the last fragment packet, makes a search in a way that uses the fragment identifier as search target data, and assembles the fragment packets.01-28-2010
20100020798True Ring Networks With Gateway Connections Using MAC Source Address Filtering - A method in a network device implements source address filtering, including gateway address filtering, to enable network devices to be configured in a true Ethernet ring network. By implementing source address filtering or source address filtering with gateway address filtering, a true ring network can be formed using Ethernet protocols where all the links between the network devices in the ring are active paths while avoiding data packets being switched endlessly around the ring. In one embodiment, a data packet in the true ring network is terminated when the source address of the data packet matches the local address of the network device. In another embodiment, a data packet in the true ring network is terminated when the source address of the data packet matches the address of the gateway switch connected to the network device.01-28-2010
20110216772Multi-Protocol Support Over Ethernet Packet-Switched Networks - Described are methods and communications network for carrying pseudowires over packet-switched network. A communication network includes a packet-switched network (PSN), a first provider edge (PE) device in communication with a second PE device through the PSN, and a pseudowire (PW) established between the PE devices for emulating a service across the PSN. The PW has a Virtual Circuit Connection Verification (VCCV) control channel that carries an Ethernet Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) message. In some embodiments, various data plane encapsulation formats enable a PW to emulate an Ethernet or a non-Ethernet service over an Ethernet PSN. Each encapsulation format includes an Ethernet tunnel header and a PW header that encapsulates an Ethernet or non-Ethernet payload.09-08-2011
20110216771ASYMMETRIC PACKET SWITCH AND A METHOD OF USE - The present invention relates to a packet switch and a packet switching method. An example embodiment of the present invention comprises at least three network ports, at least one instrument port, a mux-switch, a packet switch fabric, and an address table. The embodiment updates the address table to include the source address of each ingress packet of each network port and associate the source address with that network port. The mux-switch routes the ingress packet traffic of each network port according to the identity of the network port so that at least a copy of the packet traffic of one of the network ports is routed to an instrument port. The packet switch fabric routes the packets from the instrument ports to the network ports according the destination address of the packet and the identity of the network port that is associated with the destination address as recorded in the address table.09-08-2011
20110216769Dynamic Path Selection - A switch/router dynamically selects a path from multiple available paths between a source destination pair for a frame. A hash function generates a hash value from frame parameters such as source ID, destination ID, exchange ID, etc. The hash value is given as an input to a plurality of range comparators where each range comparator has a range of values associated with it. If the hash value falls within a range associated with a range comparator, that range comparator generates an in-range signal. A path selector module detects which range comparator has generated the in-range signal, and determines a path associated with that range comparator from previously stored information. The frame is transmitted via the selected path. The ranges associated with each range comparator can be non-overlapping and unequal in size. The number of range comparators can be equal to a number of selected multiple paths.09-08-2011
20100254385Service Insertion Architecture (SIA) in a Virtual Private Network (VPN) Aware Network - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with interworking a VPN and an SIA are described. One example apparatus includes a mapping data store to store a mapping between two logical groups of network devices having separate forwarding planes that are at least partially incompatible. The apparatus includes an instantiation logic to establish the mapping based on unique identifiers associated with the logical groups. The apparatus also includes an encoding logic to implicitly encode information to identify the first logical group in a packet received from the first logical group, provided to the second logical group, and then provided back to the first logical group. The implicitly encoded information is configured to be used without modification by the forwarding plane associated with the second logical group and is configured to facilitate a member of the second logical group resolving the mapping.10-07-2010
20080279187PACKET STRUCTURE FOR A MOBILE DISPLAY DIGITAL INTERFACE - A packet structure for a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI) includes a flexible sub-frame length to efficiently transmit large packets. A windowless video stream packet avoids repetitive transmissions of video packets when some parameters are unchanged, saving bandwidth. An enhanced reverse encapsulation packet combines the feature of a separate round trip delay packet with a separate reverse encapsulation packet. A link freeze is used to halt a transmission of a data stream at any point in the transmission and resume the transmission by a host.11-13-2008
20110096780LABEL DISTRIBUTION PROTOCOL SYNCHRONIZATION IN MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING ENVIRONMENTS - A method may include determining that a label distribution protocol (LDP) session is not associated with an interface of a network device, wherein the interface of the network device is included in a targeted LDP session. Interior gateway protocol (IGP) metric information for both a physical interface associated with the network device and a forwarding adjacency label switched path (FA-LSP) associated with the targeted LDP (tLDP) session may be configured to each indicate a high cost. The configured metric information may be transmitted to other network devices in a network that includes the LSP and the targeted LDP session to inhibit selection of the targeted LDP session by the other network devices when routing data through the network.04-28-2011
20100027544LAYER-2 PACKET RETURN IN PROXY-ROUTER COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL ENVIRONMENTS - A Layer 2 packet return mechanism in a proxy, such as a web cache, operatively associated with a redirecting router. In a particular embodiment, the present invention provides a Layer 2 packet return mechanism in a Web Cache Communication Protocol (WCCP) network environment. In one embodiment, the present invention provides an efficient mechanism allowing a proxy or web cache to recognize WCCP redirected packets, forwarded using Layer 2 forwarding mechanisms, and subsequently to return unprocessed packets to the original forwarding WCCP router using a Layer 2 packet return mechanism.02-04-2010
20120033670EGRESS PROCESSING OF INGRESS VLAN ACLs - A network packet processing system includes source and destination virtual local area networks (VLANs) that are indirectly connected through a network routing device. Additionally, the network packet processing system includes a metadata generator connected to provide metadata for a network packet to be routed between the source and destination VLANS, wherein the metadata captures pre-routing source VLAN information from the network packet. The network packet processing system also includes an access control list (ACL) for specifying routing of the network packet between the source and destination VLANs that employs the pre-routing source VLAN information from the metadata and post-routing destination VLAN information from the network packet. A method of network packet processing is also included.02-09-2012
20120307828Method and System of Frame Forwarding with Link Aggregation in Distributed Ethernet Bridges - Embodiments relate to forwarding of packets in link aggregation environments. A method for forwarding a packet through an extended switch including a first port extender and a second port extender directly or indirectly communicatively coupled to respectively a first interface and a second interface of a controlling bridge includes, associating a first port extender interface of the first port extender with a global namespace or an interface-specific namespace. The method further includes receiving a packet through the first port extender interface, marking the received packet with an indication of the namespace configuration of the first port extender interface, processing the marked packet in the controlling bridge based at least in part upon the indication, and transmitting the processed packet out of the controlling bridge.12-06-2012
20120307829COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RELAY DEVICE - A communication control method for controlling communication between a first node and a second node via a relay device, the method includes transmitting a control packet from the first node to the second node before transmitting a first packet which is a higher priority than another packet to be relayed, stopping a packet from being output from a packet storage device for the another packet by the relay device, for a period indicated by the control packet, the packet storage device being included in one of a plurality of output ports of the relay device from which the first packet is to be output, and transmitting the first packet from the first node to the second node or from the second node to the first node during the period.12-06-2012
20080317030Method of creating address forwarding table in ethernet ring network - Provided is a method of creating an address forwarding table in an Ethernet ring network. The method includes the steps of: broadcasting, at each Ethernet node, a ring learning frame having information for measuring cost in the frame's payload in both directions; and receiving, at each Ethernet node, two ring learning frames transferred from different Ethernet nodes and recording a ring learning frame containing information having the minimum cost in the Ethernet node's address forwarding table. Accordingly, by creating an intelligent address forwarding table, it is possible to efficiently prevent a loop without conventionally using a closed loop, and to rapidly transfer a frame through an optimal path.12-25-2008
20080285562FLEXIBLE ROUTING TABLES FOR A HIGH-RADIX ROUTER - A system and method for routing in a high-radix network. A packet is received and examined to determine if the packet can be routed adaptively. If the packet can be routed adaptively, the packet is routed adaptively, wherein routing adaptively includes selecting a column, computing a column mask, routing the packet to the column; and selecting an output port as a function of the column mask. If the packet can be routed deterministically, routing deterministically, wherein routing deterministically includes accessing a routing table to obtain an output port and routing the packet to the output port from the routing table.11-20-2008
20090092136SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PACKET CLASSIFICATION, MODIFICATION AND FORWARDING - A system may include a processor that is arranged and configured to receive initial data packets from a data stream, to classify the initial data packets from the data stream and to populate one or more tables with information based on the classification of the initial data packets from the data stream. The system may include a bus in communication with the processor and an engine, in communication with the bus, that is arranged and configured to process subsequent data packets from the data stream using the information present in the one or more tables such that the subsequent data packets from the data stream bypass the processor.04-09-2009
20090034526COMPRESSED MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) HEADER STRUCTURE FOR MAC OVERHEAD REDUCTION IN MOBILE WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WiMAX) SYSTEMS - A packet data structure comprising a compressed medium access control (MAC) header structure capable of significantly reducing MAC header overhead for small payload applications, such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and interactive gaming and to increase the capacity of such applications. In various implementations, the packet data structure may be used in mobile Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) systems designed to operate in accordance with the Institute for Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE) standards such as the 802.16e-2005 standard and/or the evolving IEEE 802.16m standard. Various embodiments are described and claimed.02-05-2009
20110149966Header Processing Engine - Roughly described, a header processing engine for a network interface device has a header recognizer to parse the headers of a data packet stored at a buffer to identify the type and position of each header in the packet; a constructor unit; and a processor including an execution pipeline. The header recognizer is configured to, for each header: select in dependence on the header type commands stored at a command memory; and form one or more messages for the constructor unit identifying the selected commands and the position of the header in the data packet. The commands selected for the packet headers are collectively such as to, if executed by the constructor unit, cause the constructor unit to generate a data structure which operates to cause the processor to process of the packet headers without accessing the data packet at the buffer.06-23-2011
20110305242LABEL SWITCHING TYPE OF PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS - A label switching type packet forwarding apparatus having a routing information table in which a forwarding type of a reception packet, output port identification information, and output routing information of a specific layer in the OSI reference model determined by the forwarding type are defined in correspondence with routing information which is found upon reception of a packet, for converting a header of a reception packet in accordance with the packet forwarding type and the output routing information obtained by a table search.12-15-2011
20110305243METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING VIRTUAL-SWITCH - The present invention provides a method and a device for implementing a V-Switch. Through setting up a V-Switch correlation with respect to at least two VLAN tags, a DRE performs a V-Switch transmission on an Ethernet frame received according to the V-Switch correlation with respect to at least two VLAN tags. The invention can expand the number of V-Switch connections carried on a local link to 4096×4096, or even to 4096×4096×4096 . . . . Therefore, the problem of insufficient VLAN tag resources is solved, and the requirements for the scale of V-Switch technology is met. Moreover, a more effective V-Switch method is provided, the switching capability of V-Switch is improved, and the application scale of V-Switch technology is enlarged.12-15-2011
20120099595NETWORK INTERMEDIATE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UBIQUITOUS NETWORK AND UBIQUITOUS NETWORK SYSTEM USING THE INTERMEDIARY APPARATUS - Discloses is an ubiquitous network intermediate apparatus and intermediate method that supports various internet services in order that wired terminals can connect to the network without an additional network setting. An ubiquitous network intermediate apparatus according to the present invention comprises a terminal access device outputting a packet received from a terminal according to a source IP address of the packet to a preset virtual path, and outputting a response packet received through the virtual path to the terminal; and a home access device outputting the packet received from the terminal access device through the virtual path to a home router, and transmitting the response packet received from the home router to the terminal access device through the virtual path according to a destination IP address.04-26-2012
20120099592Differentiated Handling of Network Traffic using Network Address Translation - In order to allow efficient differentiated handling of network traffic in a network section, a network address translator (04-26-2012
20120099591System and Method for Scalable Flow Aware Network Architecture for Openflow Based Network Virtualization - A network device includes a memory configured to store a flow table, and a processor. The processor is configured to receiving a network packet, determine the network packet corresponds to an unidentified network flow, and provide flow information for the unidentified network flow to a controller. The processor is further configured to receive a flow identifier and an flow table entry from the controller. The flow table entry includes a flow rule and an encapsulate instruction. The processor is further configured to store the flow rule in the flow table, encapsulate the network packet using the flow identifier, and forward the encapsulated network packet to the network.04-26-2012
20100142531METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING ROUTING IN MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING (MPLS) - A method and a system for enhancing routing in MultiProtocol Label Switching (MPLS) are provided. The method includes obtaining signaling protocol information from a plurality of routers and storing the signaling protocol information. Further, the method includes receiving a request from a router. The request includes a destination address, a signaling protocol and at least one other constraint. Further, the method also includes determining a Signaling Protocol specific Constrained based Explicit Route (SPCER) to the destination router from the signaling protocol information, and providing the SPCER to the router.06-10-2010
20080291917System and method for designing and implementing packet processing products - A system and method for allowing a user to create instructions for building a packet processing integrated circuit. The system includes a user interface for allowing a user to define a desired packet processing algorithm (11-27-2008
20090141725LINE-TIMING IN PACKET-BASED NETWORKS - In a packet-based (e.g., Ethernet) network, such as the network of central offices and base stations of a wireless telephone system, a node receives one or more incoming packet-based signals from one or more other nodes of the network and recovers a clock signal from each incoming packet-based signal. The node selects one of the recovered clock signals as the node's reference clock signal. When the node is part of a base station, the node uses the selected clock to generate and transmit one or more outgoing packet-based signals to one or more central offices. The node also uses the selected clock to generate the base station's wireless transmissions. In one implementation, the base stations and central offices are connected by Ethernet facilities.06-04-2009
20100165991SIMD processing of network packets - Executing a single instruction/multiple data (SIMD) instruction of a program to process a vector of data wherein each element of the packet vector corresponds to a different received packet.07-01-2010
20110069707PACKET DETECTION AND COARSE SYMBOL TIMING FOR ROTATED DIFFERENTIAL M-ARY PSK MODULATED PREAMBLE SIGNAL - A packet detection and coarse symbol timing recovery system for preamble signal modulated with rotated differential M-ary phase shift key (PSK) modulation includes a differential detection unit, to provide a symbol signal responsive to a received signal. A preamble sequence correlator performs a preamble sequence correlation on the symbol signal to produce a correlator signal. A metric calculation unit performs a metric calculation on the correlator signal to produce a metric. A packet detection unit determines that a packet is detected and produces a sample index. A coarse symbol timing unit finds a peak of the calculated metric signal outputs a sample index for the peak as coarse symbol timing information. The sample indexes are used in processing a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) header and physical layer service data unit (PSDU) block.03-24-2011
20100074257DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING FREQUENCY SELECTIVE BASEBAND AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a digital communication system using frequency selective baseband and a method thereof. A transmitter of the digital communication system, includes: a preamble/header transmission processing unit for spreading a preamble for frame synchronization and a header including data information; a data transmission processing unit for spreading data by using spread codes having dominant frequency in a desired frequency band, i.e., frequency selective spread codes; and a multiplexer for multiplexing the spreaded preamble and the spreaded header from the preamble/header transmission processing unit and the frequency selective spreaded data from the data transmission processing unit and transmitting the multiplexed signal in digital.03-25-2010
20120039338NETWORK SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, AND NETWORK CONTROL METHOD - A switch transfers a predetermined packet to an appliance. The appliance generates a rewritten packet by carrying out the packet header rewriting on the predetermined packet and forwards the rewritten packet back to the switch. The switch transfers the rewritten packet received from the appliance to a controller. In a case when the rewritten packet meets a predetermined condition, the controller generates entry setting data which instructs to set a new entry on the basis of a destination of the rewritten packet and the predetermined rewriting mode, and sends the entry setting data to the switch. The new entry indicates that packets belonging to the same flow as the predetermined packet are transferred to the destination without being routed through the appliance. The switch adds the new entry to the flow table in accordance with the entry setting data received from the controller.02-16-2012
20120039337SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR QUALITY OF SERVICE OF ENCRYPTED NETWORK TRAFFIC - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for providing classification of an encrypted network packet for performing QoS and acceleration techniques. Encrypted packets may be classified by a first classifier at a first portion of a network stack of a device as corresponding to a first predetermined application, and an application identifier may be included with the packet. In some embodiments, the packets may be decrypted in an order dependent on a first classification of the encrypted network packet. After decryption, packets may be reclassified as corresponding to a second predetermined application by a second classifier operating at a second portion of a network stack of the device above the first portion. Thus, network performance may be enhanced and optimized by providing QoS and acceleration engines with packet- or data-specific information corresponding to the application, while avoiding inefficiencies due to a lack of prioritization of decryption.02-16-2012
20120039336High Performance, High Bandwidth Network Operating System - The present subject matter relates to computer operating systems, network interface cards and drivers, CPUs, random access memory and high bandwidth speeds. More specifically, a Linux operating system has specially-designed stream buffers, polling systems interfacing with network interface cards and multiple threads to deliver high performance, high bandwidth packets through the kernel to applications. A system and method are provided for capturing, aggregating, pre- analyzing and delivering packets to user space within a kernel to be primarily used by intrusion detection systems at multi-gigabit line rate speeds.02-16-2012
20120099597METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTING A PACKET - A method of a device for detecting a packet includes performing association recognition table matching between first match information in a received packet and first match information in an association recognition table, where the first match information of the association recognition table is obtained by extracting a content of a control packet used for creating a data channel, the first match information corresponds to a packet protocol, and the packet protocol is obtained by performing protocol recognition on the control packet; and when the association recognition table matching succeeds, outputting protocol information obtained after the association recognition table matching succeeds.04-26-2012
20120099593UNIVERSAL FILE DELIVERY METHODS FOR PROVIDING UNEQUAL ERROR PROTECTION AND BUNDLED FILE DELIVERY SERVICES - Methods and apparatus for delivering data objects from an electronic device or system over a packet-switched network are provided, wherein source data is represented by encoded symbols in packets such that the source data is recoverable, at least approximately, from the encoded symbols, by arranging the source data into a plurality of source symbols, generating a plurality of encoding packets, wherein an encoding packet comprises a universal object symbol identifier (“UOSI”) and a plurality of encoding symbols representing source data for a packet structure identified by the UOSI, and sending the plurality of encoding packets to the packet-switched network.04-26-2012
20110103384ROUTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONFIGURATION FOR NETWORK NAME RESOLUTION OF SAME - There is provided a routing device configured for operatively interconnecting a first digital data network (DDN) and a second DDN. The routing device comprises a first and second interface for operative connection with the respective first and second DDN and for transferring data packets associated with the first and second DDN. The routing device further comprises a processing system for processing the data packets and for transferring the data packets between the first interface and the second interface based upon address information encoded in the data packets. The processing system is configured with a routing device designation for identifying the routing device and a network address associated with the first DDN. Upon activation of the routing device, the processing system returns the network address in response to a network name resolution request for the routing device designation encoded in one or more first data packets characterized by one or more predetermined network protocols received from the first DDN.05-05-2011
20100098080Payload Header Suppression with Conditional Field Suppression - A conditional payload header suppression is disclosed to improve compression, by providing the flexibility to dynamically introduce fields/header bytes, which change temporarily or infrequently in packets. The embodiment also uses a dynamic mask as part of the payload header suppression packet to indicate which of the conditionally suppressed header bytes are present in the packet sent over the air or the communication medium. An embodiment of this invention increases the header compression for packets such as IP/UDP/RTP (VOIP) and TCP ACK in communication networks, such as WiMax.04-22-2010
20100103937SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING GENETIC ALGORITHM TO PROVIDE CONSTRAINT-BASED ROUTING OF PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A Path Generator connects to a communication network and uses genetic algorithms to assign flows to paths. Genotypes encode flow to path assignments for working and protection paths. Genotype fitness functions are computed as a weighted sum of constraint fitness functions. Each constraint fitness function evaluates the degrees to which the genotype is a satisfactory solution. The system can be used for network modeling. It can also receive requests for on-demand assignment of flows and on-demand rerouting of flows.04-29-2010
20100103938Context Sharing Between A Streaming Processing Unit (SPU) and A Packet Management Unit (PMU) In A Packet Processing Environment - A context-selection mechanism is provided for selecting a best context from a pool of contexts for processing a data packet. The context selection mechanism comprises, an interface for communicating with a multi-streaming processor; circuitry for computing input data into a result value according to logic rule and for selecting a context based on the computed value and a loading mechanism for preloading the packet information into the selected context for subsequent processing. The computation of the input data functions to enable identification and selection of a best context for processing a data packet according to the logic rule at the instant time such that a multitude of subsequent context selections over a period of time acts to balance load pressure on functional units housed within the multi-streaming processor and required for packet processing. In preferred aspects, programmable singular or multiple predictive rules of logic are utilized in the selection process.04-29-2010
20110064085Method and Apparatus for Controlling the Routing of Data Packets - Method and apparatus for controlling the routing of data packets in an IP network (03-17-2011
20110064082CHANNEL HOPPING SCHEME FOR UPDATE OF DATA FOR MULTIPLE SERVICES ACROSS MULTIPLE DIGITAL BROADCAST CHANNELS - Data broadcast over different channels may be updated in a digital broadcast receiving device. The device may include a receiver unit, a processor, memory instructions embodied in the memory for execution on the processor. The instructions may be configured to implement the method for updating data broadcast over different channels. A first digital broadcast signal may be received over a first channel. The receiving device may be tuned to a second channel at a predetermined time to receive a second digital broadcast signal. Selected data may be extracted from the second digital broadcast signal and stored or utilized with the receiving device. An update schedule may be generated for data transmitted with a digital broadcast signal. A broadcast time for an update packet may be determined from a packet header. A schedule packet may be generated containing the broadcast time and broadcast before the update packet.03-17-2011
20110064084PIPELINED PACKET SWITCHING AND QUEUING ARCHITECTURE - An architecture for a line card in a network routing device is provided. The line card architecture provides a bi-directional interface between the routing device and a network, both receiving packets from the network and transmitting the packets to the network through one or more connecting ports. In both the receive and transmit path, packets processing and routing in a multi-stage, parallel pipeline that can operate on several packets at the same time to determine each packet's routing destination is provided. Once a routing destination determination is made, the line card architecture provides for each received packet to be modified to contain new routing information and additional header data to facilitate packet transmission through the switching fabric. The line card architecture further provides for the use of bandwidth management techniques in order to buffer and enqueue each packet for transmission through the switching fabric to a corresponding destination port. The transmit path of the line card architecture further incorporates additional features for treatment and replication of multicast packets.03-17-2011
20110064083Anycast-Based Internet Protocol Redirection To Alleviate Partial Routing Tables - Systems and methods are described that instruct routers having constrained hardware/memory to redirect all outbound traffic to a helper router. The helper router contains a full routing table that can forward any packet to its destination. In a large service provider network, helper routers may be distributed at multiple locations across the network. Since packets must detour through the helper router, the distributed helper routers minimize latency.03-17-2011
20110064081NETWORK PROTOCOL HEADER ALIGNMENT - Techniques for routing a payload of a first network protocol, which includes header information for a second network protocol, include communicating a packet. In a circuit block, a first type for the first network protocol and a second type for the second network protocol are determined. The circuit block stores a classification that indicates a unique combination of the first type and the second type. A general purpose processor routes the packet based on the classification. Processor clock cycles are saved that would be consumed in determining the types. Furthermore, based on the classification, the processor can store an offset value for aligning the header relative to a cache line. The circuit block can store the packet shifted by the offset value. The processor can then retrieve from memory a single cache line to receive the header, thereby saving excess loading and ejecting of cache.03-17-2011
20110064080METHOD FOR WLAN LINK AGGREGATION AND SYSTEM FOR USING THE SAME - A system with WLAN link aggregation comprises an access point, a station and a remote host. The station is equipped with a first network interface unit and a second network interface unit. The first network interface unit and the second network interface unit are configured to forward packets to or receive packets from the access point. After receiving packets from the first network interface unit, the second network interface unit or the remote host, the access point modifies headers of the packets and forwards the packets to the first network interface unit, the second network interface unit or the remote host.03-17-2011
20120207166ADDRESSING A WORKLOAD PARTITION - A method for addressing a workload partition is provided in the illustrative embodiments. A packet of data directed to the WPAR and including a combined address is received at a software stack. A determination is made whether the combined address includes an identifier that is reserved. If the identifier is not reserved, the identifier is used to identify the WPAR in the data processing system and the packet is sent to the WPAR. The software stack is an application configured to enable data communication using a protocol of the packet, and is modified to detect, recognize, and process the combined address for routing the packet to the WPAR. The combined address may be logically formed using an identifier associated with the data processing system and an identifier associated with the WPAR, which may be located in different portions of the packet.08-16-2012
20110317706FRAME RELAY SWITCHED DATA SERVICE - A new type of data transport service which uses a frame relay layer 12-29-2011
20110317702Two-Hop Star Network Topology Extension - Relayed nodes communicate with a target hub using a relaying node in a two-hop star network. The relayed nodes transmit a first encapsulating frame having a payload that comprises an encapsulated frame. The first encapsulating frame is formatted as a one-hop communication between the relayed node and the relaying node. The encapsulated frame is formatted as a one-hop communicate between the relayed node and the target hub. The relaying node generates a second encapsulating frame having a payload that comprises the encapsulated frame from the relayed node. The second encapsulating frame is formatted as a one-hop communication from between the relaying node and the target hub. The target hub sends frames to the relayed node in a similar manner through the relaying node. The target hub and relaying node communicate during scheduled uplink, downlink, or bilink allocations, and the relaying node and the relayed node communicate during scheduled bilink allocations.12-29-2011
20110090909MULTIFUNCTIONAL CONTROL CHANNEL FOR PSEUDOWIRE EMULATION - A system advertises a multifunctional control channel (MFCC) in an interface parameter sub-type-length-value (TLV) of an advertisement label mapping message that is dispatched to a network device. The system also processes a reply label mapping message that is transmitted from the network device in response to the advertisement label mapping message and updates a label information base to establish a pseudowire and a MFCC associated with the pseudowire.04-21-2011
20110090908ADAPTIVE MULTI-INTERFACE USE FOR CONTENT NETWORKING - One embodiment provides a system that forwards a packet with a hierarchically structured variable-length identifier (HSVLI) in a network. An HSVLI indicates a piece of content and indicates a hierarchical structure of contiguous components ordered from a most general level to a most specific level. The length of the HSVLI is not fixed. During operation, the system receives a packet which contains an interest for a piece of content with an HSVLI. Subsequently, the system determines forwarding information for the HSVLI based on one or more of: knowledge of content which matches the HSVLI, a forwarding policy, and contextual information about the network. Next, the system configures a forwarding engine with the forwarding information. The system then forwards the packet based on the forwarding information.04-21-2011
20110090907SERVICE SEGREGATION ACCORDING TO SUBSCRIBER SERVICE ASSOCIATION - Processing a plurality of packets through at least one service, a privilege granter monitors at least two authentication packets to obtain a source unique network identifier, one of which does not have a vendor specific attribute and detects an authentication packet among the at least two authentication packets, and the authentication packet having the vendor specific attribute. The privilege granter receives at least one response authentication packet having at least one service definition identifier, the service definition identifier corresponding to the source unique network identifier, responsive to detecting the authentication packet having the vendor specific attribute and builds an entitlement database to pair the source unique network identifier to the service definition identifier. The privilege granter receives a session packet and determines that the source unique network identifier corresponds to a user entitlement in the entitlement database. The privilege granter routes the session packet to an addressable service.04-21-2011
20110090906PACKET REDIRECTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of controlling the re-direction of IP packets to an IP host having two or more different IP addresses comprises generating a first of said IP addresses as a one-way function of the second IP address. The method further comprises accepting a request to re-direct a packet destined to said first IP address to another IP address only if the other IP address is the second IP address.04-21-2011
20110158240Method and apparatus for realizing unicast reverse path forwarding - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for realizing unicast reverse path forwarding. In this method, an access equipment snoops into and obtains an announcement message from a router, wherein the announcement message contains address prefix information; the access equipment establishes a prefix table based on the obtained address prefix information, receives an access request message from a customer premises equipment, determines whether a source IP address of the access request message exists in the prefix table, and decides whether to forward the message to the router based on a result of determining. According to the technical solution provided by the present invention, the message from the customer premises equipment is processed through the obtained routing information of the router interface, thus a pseudo data packet can be filtered out, and address filter control is realized at the access equipment.06-30-2011
20110317707SWITCH WITH VIRTUAL NETWORK IDENTIFIER RE-WRITE CAPABILITY - A switch includes a processor, an ingress port having ingress port logic, and an egress port. It may also include a virtual network identifier rewrite component for rewriting a virtual network identifier in a data frame received the ingress port with a new virtual network identifier. Also included is a virtual network identifier rewrite rule set, where a rule may have one or more of the following: a received virtual network identifier, a source Fibre Channel identifier (FCID) address, an ingress port identifier, and a new virtual network identifier. The ingress port logic may insert a received virtual network identifier into the data frame received at the ingress port, where the virtual network identifier may correspond to the ingress port. The virtual network identifier rewrite component may assign the new virtual network identifier to the data frame according to a specific virtual network identifier rewrite rule.12-29-2011
20110317700METHOD FOR REAL-TIME SYNCHRONIZATION OF ARP RECORD IN RSMLT CLUSTER - Embodiments herein include systems and methods for providing a mechanism for efficient data synchronization of ARP records between two peer nodes of an SMLT system. Such techniques include modifying control information of ARP packets transmitted between peer nodes of the SMLT system to indicate originating SMLT ports. Techniques also include disabling MAC synchronization control messaging across the IST link. These techniques enable real-time synchronization ARP records for MAC learning without needing dedicated control messaging over the IST, thereby providing nodal and SMLT port failover and recovery.12-29-2011
20110317701Communication system, control device, processing rule setting method, packet transmission method, and program - A communication system comprises control devices, and forwarding nodes each includes packet processing unit that performs processing of a received packet based on a processing rule set in advance or received from control device associated with the node. First control device among the control devices, in response to a predetermined trigger, refers to correspondence between forwarding nodes and control devices, and transmits, among forwarding path information, at least forwarding path information that includes a forwarding node associated with the first control device, to second control device associated with a forwarding node that is not associated with first control device, among forwarding nodes on a forwarding path of the received packet. Second control device generates and sends the processing rule to a forwarding node on the forwarding path, among forwarding nodes associated with the second control device, based on the forwarding path information.12-29-2011
20110317699METHOD FOR MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL ADDRESS LEARNING AND LEARNING RATE SUPPRESSION - A method, apparatus and computer program product for Media Access Control (MAC) address learning and learning rate suppression are presented. A Forwarding Data Unit (FDU) maintains two cache tables, each of the cache tables used for harvesting MAC addresses. The FDU uses the cache tables in an alternating manner, wherein when one of the cache tables is used for harvesting MAC addresses the other one of the cache tables has its contents bundled into a packet for forwarding to a control plane of the FDU.12-29-2011
20110317703Asymmetric Network Address Encapsulation - A network component comprising a receiver configured to receive an outgoing frame from a local host, a logic circuit configured to map a destination address (DA) for a target host in the outgoing frame to a DA for a target location of the target host and encapsulate the outgoing frame using the DA for the target location, and a transmitter configured to receive a pre-encapsulated outgoing frame from a local switch, and send the pre-encapsulated outgoing frame to a gateway at a target location, wherein the transmitter does not encapsulate frames received from local switches and decapsulates an incoming frame from a remote gateway destined towards local hosts.12-29-2011
20110317704DENSE MODE CODING SCHEME - A lookup table for searching for a longest prefix match for a key is disclosed. The lookup table provides a match for a key in a single search cycle. The number of matches stored in the lookup table is maximized by storing each match in only one location in the lookup table. The binary tree is divided into a plurality of levels and each level has a plurality of subtrees. A subtree descriptor stored for a subtree includes a field for each node in the subtree. The state of the field indicates whether an entry for the node is stored in the table. The bit vector allows indexing of the single match stored for the key.12-29-2011
20120044937Method and Apparatus for Simulating IP Multinetting - IP Multinetting on a local area network is simulated by performing VLAN translation at a port connecting to the local area network. This allows IP addresses from multiple subnets to be associated with a single VLAN on the Local Area Network (LAN), while allowing the core switch to process the packets with a one-to-one correspondence between IP Subnet and VLAN. When a packet is received from the local area network at an IP multinetting port, the VLAN ID will be read to determine if the packet contains the IP Multinetting VLAN ID. The IP Subnet address will also be checked to see if the packet is associated with an IP Subnet that is part of the Multinetting. If so, the multinetting VLAN ID will be changed to an IP Subnet specific VLAN ID before the packet is processed by the core switch.02-23-2012
20120044936Methods and Devices for Point to Multipoint Traffic Path Encoding - The present invention relates to network nodes and methods that use an encoding scheme for encoding a point-to-multipoint traffic path from one ingress node to a plurality of egress nodes in, for example, a Multi-Protocol Label Switching network. According to the encoding scheme a so-called common ERO is used. The common ERO specifies a list consisting of nodes that are common to several sub paths in order to provide a compression mechanism that reduces the size of path messages that are used for signaling the point-to-multipoint traffic path.02-23-2012
20120002672Service Node Using Services Applied by an Application Node - Packets are encapsulated and sent from a service node to an application node for applying one or more Layer-4 to Layer-7 services to the packets, with service-applied packets being returned to the service node. An identification of a virtual private network (VPN) may be carried within a request packet, encapsulating a particular packet, sent by a service node to an application node for applying a service to the particular packet; with the corresponding response packet sent to the service node including an identification of the VPN for use by the service node node in forwarding the services-applied packet.01-05-2012
20120002674Communication System and Server Unit Thereof - According to one embodiment, there is provided a communication system including at least a router and a server. The router interconnects a private network using private address and a global network using global address. The router has a network address translation (NAT) function for converting the private address into the global address and for converting the global address into the private address. The server unit is coupled to the global network and executes processing based on Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) messages output from a terminal via the router. One type of SIP message is a REGISTER message, where the router adds a Via header containing an Internet Protocol (IP) address of the router to the REGISTER message for designating a transmission route for use in a registration process.01-05-2012
20120008626END NODE AND NETWORK COORDINATOR USING A CSMA BASED PROTOCOL - A communication protocol based on CSMA between a node, in particular an electronic label, and a network coordinator is disclosed. The node comprises: a transceiver provided for communication with a network coordinator, wherein the transceiver handles a transmission channel based on CSMA; a processing unit provided for processing data received via the transmission channel and displaying the data on a display unit. The electronic label is arranged to perform: sending recurrently a data request packet; going to a low power mode after sending the data request packet; and waking-up for receiving a data response packet a predefined time interval after beginning sending the data request packet. The network coordinator is arranged to transmit the data response packet the predefined time interval after receiving the beginning of the data request packet. The invention provides a protocol based on CSMA with very low power operation in which a multitude of end nodes could receive from a network coordinator their corresponding data.01-12-2012
20120207168METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ROUTING DATA PACKETS BETWEEN IPv4 AND IPv6 NETWORKS - A data packet routing system is provided wherein: at least one terminal belonging to a private IPv4 network is connected to a gateway itself connected to an IPv6 network; at least one interface device at the interface between said IPv6 network and a public IPv4 network implements a translation function comprising exchanging a private IPv4 address with a public IPv4 address. The gateway allocates to the terminal an IPv6 address by providing an IPv6 prefix with the private IPv4 address of the terminal in its private IPv4 network; said gateway verifying whether IPv4 address conflict exists, and if IPv4 it does exist, for replacing said private IPv4 address locally with a substitute private IPv4 address. A method is provided that routes an IPv4 data packet sent by a source terminal belonging to a first IPv4 domain via an IPv6 domain to a destination terminal belonging to a second IPv4 domain.08-16-2012
20120207165System and Method for Using a Multi-Protocol Fabric Module Across a Distributed Server Interconnect Fabric - A multi-protocol personality module enabling load/store from remote memory, remote DMA transactions, and remote interrupts, which permits enhanced performance, power utilization and functionality. In one form, the module is used as a node in a network fabric and adds a routing header to packets entering the fabric, maintains the routing header for efficient node-to-node transport, and strips the header when the packet leaves the fabric. In particular, a remote bus personality component is described. Several use cases of the Remote Bus Fabric Personality Module are disclosed: 1) memory sharing across a fabric connected set of servers; 2) the ability to access physically remote I/O devices across this fabric of connected servers; and 3) the sharing of such physically remote I/O devices, such as storage peripherals, by multiple fabric connected servers.08-16-2012
20120008629COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, CONTROL SERVER,COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A packet contains an array of processing operations that are to be performed by a node of a data forwarding network. Each node in a data forwarding network receiving performs the processing it has to the packet and perform in accordance with the array of the processing operations contained in the packet.01-12-2012
20120008628NETWORK COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A network communication apparatus connected to a network for communication using Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) addresses includes: a communication control unit configured to generate an IPv6 address of the network communication apparatus, and generate a packet including the generated IPv6 as a source IP address; and a communication interface unit configured to transmit the packet generated by the communication control unit. The communication control unit generates the IPv6 address by including communication to information in an interface ID in the IPv6 address, and the communication information includes information indicating a dynamically changeable communication environment between the network communication apparatus and another apparatus connected in the network.01-12-2012
20120008627METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING DEVICE IDENTIFIER WITH COLLISION AVOIDANCE - One exemplary embodiment of the invention provides an apparatus to assign device identifier with collision avoidance in a distributed network environment. The apparatus may operate, for example, by using different control areas for different group of anchor DIDAFs, or the serving DIDAF/node may assign or cancel a set of available device IDs for an anchor DIDAF/node, so the anchor DIDAF/node may assign a device ID for a device in a control area of the serving DIDAF/node within the set of the available device IDs. In additions, the used and unused device ID assignment may be filtered by the serving DIDAF/node to allow or reject the device ID assignment or the serving DIDAF/node may translate the used device ID assigned by an anchor DIDAF/node to another unused device ID.01-12-2012
20120008630Border Gateway Protocol Extended Community Attribute for Layer-2 and Layer-3 Virtual Private Networks - Described are a network, computer program product, and method of distributing routing information for a virtual private network (VPN) application through a packet-switched network (PSN) having fully meshed provider edge (PE) routers through Provider Backbone Bridge (PBB) tunnels. A PE router is configured to participate in a VPN and to run a BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) as an auto-discovery process for finding one or more other PE routers participating in the VPN. The VPN is associated with a PBB tunnel. A service instance identifier (I-SID) is assigned to the VPN. The PE router advertises membership in the VPN by including the I-SID assigned to the VPN in a BGP message issued during the auto-discovery process.01-12-2012
20100027543LAYER TWO MAC FLUSHING/RE-ROUTING - A method may include receiving a packet including a destination address, identifying a destination address entry based on the destination address, the destination address entry including an address identifier, comparing the address identifier to an event identifier, determining whether an event occurred based on the comparison, and forwarding the packet on an alternate path if it is determined that the event occurred.02-04-2010
20100158010METHOD FOR FORWARDING PACKET IN MPLS L3VPN - The present invention relates to a method for forwarding a packet which is to provide a VPN service using an IPv4 address in an MPLS network. The method for forwarding the packet according to the present invention extracts routing information including a VRF identifier from a packet, when the packet is received at one or more CE routers in the MPLS network, searches for next hop information in a forwarding table by using the VRF identifier and a prefix, substitutes the searched next hop information by destination information of the received packet, and transmits the packet to an output port. According to the present invention, since the plurality of forwarding tables for providing the VPN are provided without extending a memory, the packet forwarding can be stably performed.06-24-2010
20120057597IN-LINE PACKET PROCESSING - A method and apparatus for in-line processing a data packet while routing the packet through a router in a system transmitting data packets between a source and a destination over a network including the router. The method includes receiving the data packet and pre-processing layer header data for the data packet as the data packet is received and prior to transferring any portion of the data packet to packet memory. The data packet is thereafter stored in the packet memory. A routing through the router is determined including a next hop index describing the next connection in the network. The data packet is retrieved from the packet memory and a new layer header for the data packet is constructed from the next hop index while the data packet is being retrieved from memory. The new layer header is coupled to the data packet prior to transfer from the router.03-08-2012
20120014386Delegate Gateways and Proxy for Target Hosts in Large Layer 2 and Address Resolution with Duplicated Internet Protocol Addresses - An apparatus comprising a plurality of district boundary bridges (DBBs) in a plurality of second network districts configured to couple to a plurality of core bridges in a core network district and to a plurality of end-stations in the second network districts via a plurality of intermediate switches in the second network districts; wherein the core bridges and the DBBs are aware of a plurality of Media Access Control (MAC) addresses of the DBBs but are not aware of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and MAC addresses of the end-stations, and wherein the IP addresses of the end-stations are mapped in a directory service (DS) in the core network district to the MAC addresses of the corresponding DBBs in the corresponding second network districts of the end-stations.01-19-2012
20120057595COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ANONYMIZING DEVICE, AND SERVER - A communication system (03-08-2012
20120057598TRANSACTION AND CONNECTION INDEPENDENT PROTOCOL LOAD BALANCING - A system and method for load balancing session initiation protocol (SIP) traffic based on bridging and tracking transactions and connections between frontend and backend devices. The method includes receiving a SIP message and parsing a header of the SIP message. The parsing may include selecting a transaction identifier. The method further includes accessing a transaction table based on the transaction identifier and selecting a connection for forwarding the SIP message. The SIP message is then forwarded by the selected connection.03-08-2012
20120057596Outbound Transmission Of Packet Based On Routing Search Key Constructed From Packet Destination Address And Outbound Interface - A method is described that involves associating an outbound packet with a first network interface and constructing a search key from an identifier of the first network interface and the outbound packet's destination address. The method further entails submitting the search key to a routing function where the routing function identifies the outbound packet's next hop address. The method also involves transmitting the outbound packet to a node identified by the next hop address from the first network interface.03-08-2012
20130170495SWITCHING SYSTEM, SWITCHING CONTROL SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A switch system realizes extension of the number of entries of an open flow table by using tables in a switch as existing resources. Specifically, the switch configures an open flow table by logically combining a plurality of tables, each of which defines processing to a given packet, based on a condition and a processing content defined in each table. The switch refers to the open flow table to determine the processing content to a reception packet. The switch executes the processing of the reception packet based on the determined processing content.07-04-2013
20110085550Zero-latency network on chip (NoC) - Packet format configurability is extended for packets transported on physical links of an Intellectual Property (IP) core interconnect by using at least two independent parameters: one parameter governing data-width and one parameter governing latency penalty. The at least two independent parameters allow creation of transport protocol packets without additional latency insertion, which is useful for low-latency applications. The at least two independent parameters also allow creation of narrow packets with multi-cycle additional latency, which is useful for latency tolerant, area sensitive applications.04-14-2011
20120207164PATH GENERATING METHOD, RELAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - On a network formed by multiple nodes, a shortest path is generated between an ingress node and an egress node. When a packet is transmitted from the ingress to the egress node, in addition to the packet being transmitted from the port to the shortest path, the packet is flooded from the other ports excluding the port to the shortest path, whereby nodes that are among the nodes forming the network and not on the shortest path automatically generate according to a conventional first-in, first-learned scheme, a path that is shortest in the network excluding the shortest path, i.e., a redundant path that shares no links or nodes with the shortest path. Therefore, the operator can automatically generate a redundant path by merely specifying the ingress node and the egress node.08-16-2012
20100309915VIRTUAL LEASED LINE ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL CACHE FOR CUSTOMER EDGE INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESSES - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a provider edge node and a method performed on the node including one or more of the following: storing, in a cache on the node, an association between an Internet Protocol (IP) address of the customer edge device and a Media Access Control (MAC) address of the customer edge device; storing, in a backup memory in the node, a copy of the last-known IP address of the customer edge device; removing the stored association from the cache in response to a cache-clearing event, while maintaining the copy of the last-known IP address in the backup memory; sending an address discovery message, the address discovery message requesting an updated MAC address corresponding to the last-known IP address maintained in the backup memory; and updating the cache to reflect the updated MAC address upon receipt of an additional address update message from the customer edge device.12-09-2010
20120063461Method Of Routing A Packet - The invention concerns a method of routing a packet in a packet switching network, and a corresponding router (03-15-2012
20120027018Distributed Switch Domain of Heterogeneous Components - A method of integrating virtual and physical network switching components into a heterogeneous switching domain is provided. Such method including, attaching, by a switching device, a header to a packet received from a virtual machine, the header including domain information, and processing the packet by the switching device, the processing being controlled by the header. Finally, the packet is forwarded, the forwarding being controlled by the header.02-02-2012
20120027016Service Request Packet Including an Exterior Network Protocol Attribute - Packets are encapsulated and sent from a service node to one or more application nodes for applying one or more Layer-4 to Layer-7 services to the packets. Before which for a packet, the service node performs a lookup operation based on a destination address of the packet in a routing data structure derived from a exterior network protocol, such as, but not limited to Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). This lookup operation results in the identification of a next hop packet switching device to which the packet would be sent from the service node. The service node includes this identification of the next hop address in the request packet sent to the application node(s). After the service(s) are applied to the packet, an application node will send the services-applied packet to this next hop address. In this manner, application nodes do not need to run an exterior network protocol. Although, they typically will run an Interior Gateway Protocol for identifying how to forward packets to the next hop address.02-02-2012
20120027015Application of Services in a Packet Switching Device - A service is applied in a packet switching device to both directions of a flow of packets through the packet switching device, with the application of this Layer-4 to layer-7 service to one direction requiring state information shared from the application of the service to packets traversing in the other direction. The service (e.g. firewall, network address translation) can be applied by different processing complexes which do not share memory; thus, state information is communicated between the processing complexes. When the service is applied by a single processing complex, packets can be directed explicitly to the single processing complex. The inline application of services in a packet switching system typically eliminates the need to change a packet's path through the packet switching system to that through a dedicated application server, and may eliminate the need for a dedicated services card or blade server.02-02-2012
20080259923Forwarding data in a data communication network - An apparatus for forwarding data in a data communications network having as components nodes and links therebetween is described. The apparatus is arranged to forward data towards a destination on a label switched path and advertise in a label advertisement to nodes in the network in a label advertisement its label for the label switched path and its label for a repair label switched path for use in the event of non availability of a component in the network. The apparatus is further arranged to advertise to a remote node in the network in a label advertisement additional information for deriving repair label switched path information at the remote node.10-23-2008
20120106550VEHICULAR NETWORK WITH CONCURRENT PACKET TRANSMISSION - A vehicular network is a closed network with known sources, destinations, and network connections that can be mapped in advance, and used to identify network resources needed to transmit a packet from a source to a destination. A network module can determine the source destination, and a priority of a packet based on the packet's content. Using the source and destination information, along with a network topology data, the network module can determine if two packets need the same network resources to be delivered to their destination. When the two packets do not use the same resources, there is no conflict, and the packets can be transmitted concurrently regardless of whether one of the packets has a higher priority than another packet. If there is a conflict, the network module transmits the packets based on the packets' priorities.05-03-2012
20120207162TRACEBACK PACKET TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - Tokens identifying all of the physical routing devices, i.e., network nodes, through which a packet travels are recorded in a limited amount of space reserved in the header of the packet for such tokens. When insufficient space remains in the header of the packet for all tokens required to identify all physical routing devices through which the packet travels, sequences of multiple tokens are replaced with an abbreviation token representing the sequence. The sequence of tokens represented by an abbreviation token can also be abbreviation tokens, supporting recursive abbreviation of the token sequence in the header of the packet as needed to record the entire route of the packet through the network regardless of the limited space in the header for tracking the route of the packet.08-16-2012
20120063460METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ADVERTISING OF ROUTING DATA - A method for controlling advertising of routing data to neighbor routers is presented. A list of prefixes is maintained (03-15-2012
20120063459PACKET ROUTING - An embodiment may include circuitry to determine, at least in part, at least one first output to which to route at least one packet, based, at least in part upon, a first output determination and a second output determination. The first output determination may select at least one second output based at least in part upon at least one deterministic output selection algorithm. The second output determination may select at least one third output based at least in part upon at least one pseudo-random output selection algorithm. The at least one pseudo-random output selection algorithm may be based, at least in part, upon a counter value. Many modifications, variations, and alternatives are possible without departing from this embodiment.03-15-2012
20120063458MULTIPLE VIRTUAL MACHINES SHARING A SINGLE IP ADDRESS - A method and apparatus allow multiple virtual machines to share the same IP address on an external network address space. The virtual machines reside on one or more physical host computer systems. A virtual network manager handles network traffic from a physical interface on the host computer and forwards network data to the appropriate virtual machine based on a destination port number. Data packets on the external network each have a destination and source port number. The virtual network manager uses a port range table that associates each virtual machine with a range of destination port numbers for incoming data packets. Each of the virtual machines is assigned a unique destination port range in the port range table and incoming data traffic on the external network is routed to the receiving virtual machines based on the destination port number in the data packet.03-15-2012
20090135824Route Selection in Wireless Networks - A system and method for discovering a route between a source node and a destination node in a wireless network including setting an intermediate reply flag of a route request message by the source node, flooding the wireless network with the route request message and responding to the route request message with route reply message by a first intermediate node having a valid route to the destination node, are described. Also described are a system and method for discovering a best route in which case the route reply message becomes a first route reply message. The system and method for discovering a best route includes selecting by the destination on the best route between itself and the source node based on cumulative metrics received in route request messages received by the destination node, creating a further route reply message and unicasting the further route reply message to the source node.05-28-2009
20090135825Providing an Independent Compression Server Within a Network, as Well as a Method, Network Station and HDCP Server - The invention is related with the problem of utilizing data compression in a network of distributed stations. Often header compression is used to improve the bandwidth usage in networks, in particular wireless networks. Header compression could be implemented in access points or routers, but both implementations have serious problems, e.g. due to limited CPU power, lack of scalability, or handover latency. To resolve the problems the invention proposes to use a dedicated data compression server in the network and a new protocol to transparently deploy data compression in the network.05-28-2009
20090135823ROUTING SYSTEM, CONTROL ELEMENT, ROUTING METHOD AND FORMING METHOD FOR EXCHANGING TABLE AND FORWARDING TABLE - In a routing method, a control element firstly forms a forwarding table and an exchanging table according to a routing table. Next, a first forwarding element receives a packet, and then obtains a label from the forwarding table according to a destination address of the packet, and determines to output the packet from the first forwarding element or a second forwarding element according to the label. If the packet is to be outputted from the first forwarding element, it is directly outputted to the destination address of the packet; otherwise the second forwarding element receives the packet and the label. Next, the second forwarding element obtains a next forwarding path from the exchanging table according to the label to forward the packet. The control element and the first and second forwarding elements constitute a routing system.05-28-2009
20090135822METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING PACKET FORWARDING - A technology is disclosed for reducing the number of encapsulations required when MAP forwards a packet to a mobile node which is layered within mobile networks, with mobile networks nested and multiple mobile routers chained behind MAP (Mobility Anchor Point). MAP 05-28-2009
20120207161NETWORK MULTI-PATH DISCOVERY - Potential paths between a source and destination of a network are identified based on trace-route information, then filtered to eliminate paths or links that are not supported by ancillary information associated with the network so as to identify feasible/actual paths between the source and destination. The ancillary information includes, for example, routing tables and ARP tables. If a feasible path cannot be identified based on the ancillary information, supplemental information regarding nodes further along the potential path is assessed to provide a basis for inferring the nodes that may provide a feasible path. The determined feasible paths are displayed for review, and provided to serve as filters for subsequent path-analysis tools.08-16-2012
20090116487COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of performing a multimedia communication session over a communication link using Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and over a communication link using User Datagram Protocol (UDP), including the acts of: receiving a request, over the TCP link, to register from a client terminal located within a private network; a probe data packet to the client terminal, over the TCP link, requesting to send a data packet over the UDP link; and receiving a data packet from the client terminal that contains information relating to an address of the client terminal and a dynamic port over which the multimedia communication session is to be established.05-07-2009
20120155473METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT FRAME SWITCHING USING FRAME CONTAINED DESTINATION INFORMATION - Frame contained destination information may be used by a switch to identify an appropriate output port for a given frame without performing a table access operation. This reduces the processing requirements of the switch to enable the switch to handle frames more efficiently. The frame contained destination information may be contained in the frame's local destination MAC addresses (DA) such that a portion of the DA directly indicates, for each switch that handles the frame, an output port for that switch. Different portions of the DA may be used by different switches, depending on where they are in the network hierarchy. Large switches may also use sub-fields within their allocated portion in the DA to identify internal switching components. A location resolution server may be provided to store and distribute IP and MAC addresses and respond to local ARP requests on the local domain.06-21-2012
20120155470METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES FOR MULTIPHASE DECODING - The various embodiments include methods, servers and systems for communicating signaling information in a telecommunications signaling network that involves decoding a first portion of the received first message, determining if the decoded first portion identifies a destination component, determining if the destination component can be derived from the decoded first portion when the decoded first portion does not identify a destination component, recursively decoding subsequent portions of the received first message when previously decoded portions do not identify the destination component and that the destination component cannot be derived using the previously decoded portions, performing context-based routing operations using information extracted from the previously decoded portions to identify the destination component, packaging the previously decoded portions along with a remainder of the first message into a second message encoding signaling information, and sending the second message encoding signaling information to the identified destination component over a second communications link.06-21-2012
20120155472APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CLASSIFYING PACKETS - An apparatus for classifying packets obtains a connection index of a service flow corresponding to a key field value of a tunnel header of a downlink packet received from a network through tunnel, and transmit the downlink packets with the connection index as a header.06-21-2012
20120155471METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING - A router relays sensing data between a field network including at least one sensor node and a plant network including a management system. The routing apparatus manages a routing table in which a next address and an output interface corresponding to an extension destination address of 6 bytes and an input interface are stored and transmits sensing data to another field network or a management system using the routing table.06-21-2012
20120155469Scaling Number of Virtual Links in a Fiber Channel Forwarder Device - At a network device that forwards packets between compute devices and virtual storage area networks using Fiber Channel over Ethernet techniques, data is stored for a virtual fabric port of the network device identifying each of a plurality of virtual storage area networks. For each virtual storage area network, data is stored identifying each of a plurality of compute devices that are logged into the virtual storage area network via the network device. The network device forwards packets sent to the virtual fabric port of the network device from the plurality of compute devices to corresponding ones of the plurality of virtual storage area networks.06-21-2012
20120155466Method and apparatus for efficiently processing data packets in a computer network - According to an embodiment of the invention, a network device such as a router or switch provides efficient data packet handling capability. The network device includes one or more input ports for receiving data packets to be routed, as well as one or more output ports for transmitting data packets. The network device includes an integrated port controller integrated circuit for routing packets. The integrated circuit includes an interface circuit, a received packets circuit, a buffer manager circuit for receiving data packets from the received packets circuit and transmitting data packets in one or more buffers and reading data packets from the one or more buffers. The integrated circuit also includes a rate shaper counter for storing credit for a traffic class, so that the integrated circuit can support input and/or output rate shaping. The integrated circuit may be associated with an IRAM, a CAM, a parameter memory configured to hold routing and/or switching parameters, which may be implemented as a PRAM, and an aging RAM, which stores aging information. The aging information may be used by a CPU coupled to the integrated circuit via a system interface circuit to remove entries from the CAM and/or the PRAM when an age count exceeds an age limit threshold for the entries.06-21-2012
20120155467METHODS FOR CONFIGURING NETWORK SWITCHES - Network switches may be configured using flow tables. Flow table entries may contain header fields and associated actions. When a packet is received by a network switch, the network switch can compare fields in the packet to fields in the flow table entries and can take corresponding actions when matches are detected. A controller server can determine the topology of a network and can gather information on the capacities of network switches and other network switch capabilities. Based on this information and network configuration rules, the controller server can generate flow tables for the network switches that direct the switches to forward packets along desired paths through the network. The flow table entries for switches that are nearer the network core can be provided with more wildcarding than switches nearer the network edge. Traffic can be forwarded through encapsulation and deencapsulation engines to allow tunneling between isolated network domains.06-21-2012
20120127995BACKBONE NETWORK WITH POLICY DRIVEN ROUTING - A source device obtains a data packet that includes both a destination address and a payload. The source device selects an exit point address of multiple exit point addresses corresponding to the destination address based on one or more policies. The source device encapsulates the data packet with a header that includes the selected exit point address, and the encapsulated data packet is provided to the backbone network. The encapsulated data packet is routed through the backbone network based on the exit point address, and an edge router of the backbone network identifies an interface of the edge router that corresponds to the exit point address. The header is removed from the encapsulated data packet, and the data packet is added to a buffer of the interface for routing to one or more other devices outside of the backbone network.05-24-2012
20080205401Setting a Forwarding Address in an Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) Routing Protocol Domain at a Boundary with a Different Routing Protocol Domain - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a neighbor discovery message and a border routing message through an interface at a particular router. The interface communicates with a border network segment between first nodes routing with IPv6 using a first routing protocol and different second nodes routing using a different routing protocol. The messages are received from an alien router. The border routing message includes foreign routing data that indicates a route among the second nodes. If the alien router's interface on the border segment does not have a global IPv6 address, then a fictive IPv6 address is generated, which includes a global prefix of an IPv6 address for the particular router and an interface identifier associated with the alien router. The fictive IPv6 address and the foreign routing data are inserted into a domain scope external advertisement message that is sent to the first nodes.08-28-2008
20120155468MULTI-PATH COMMUNICATIONS IN A DATA CENTER ENVIRONMENT - Various technologies related to multi-path communications in a data center environment are described herein. Network infrastructure devices communicate traffic flows amongst one another, wherein a traffic flow includes a plurality of data packets intended for a particular recipient computing device that are desirably transmitted and received in a certain sequence. Indications that data packets in the traffic flow have been received outside of the certain sequence are processed in a manner to prevent a network infrastructure device from retransmitting a particular data packet.06-21-2012
20110103387STATEFUL NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTED OVER A DATA NETWORK - A technique is disclosed for synchronizing NAT information stored on different network devices that have been configured to implement a network address translation protocol. Each of the network devices includes a respective NAT data structure configured to store NAT information. The NAT information includes at least one NAT entry relating to a network node engaged in a communication session with at least one other network node. At least one NAT entry in a first NAT data structure is modified. The first NAT data structure is associated with a first NAT network device. A first NAT transaction message is generated which includes information relating to the modifications performed on the first NAT data structure. The first NAT transaction message is transmitted to at least one other NAT network device to thereby cause that device to modify its respective NAT data structure using information from the first NAT transaction message. In this way, synchronization of NAT information stored on each of the network devices may be achieved.05-05-2011
20110103386System and Method for Communication of Uncompressed Visual Information Through A Network - DisplayPort micropackets of uncompressed visual information are adapted to conventional network infrastructure with a switch having DisplayPort ports, network ports and a packet converter. The packet converter encapsulates DisplayPort packets for communication through network ports and extracts DisplayPort packets from network packets for communication through DisplayPort ports. An address resolution table associates the switch ports with each other and with a packet converter operation by using a control field that defines the packet converter operation for information received at each port, such as encapsulation, extraction or native switching.05-05-2011
20110103383TWO DIMENSIONAL LOCATION TRANSPARENCY OF SOFTWARE SERVICES - Provided are methods and systems distributing a data message to an unknown destination device across at least one spatial boundary and at least one administrative domain boundary from an originating device. The system includes at least one distributor module that exists within each administrative domain of a network through which the data message may originate, may terminate or may traverses in route from the originating device to the unknown destination device. Each administrative domain within each of a plurality of equipment platforms has at least one distributor module. The system also includes a domain bridge spanning the at least one administrative domain boundary within an equipment platform of the plurality through which the data message traverses in route to the unknown destination device. The system operates using a network discovery service whereby an advertisement is published for a specific type of data by the unknown destination device. The advertisement is promulgated throughout the network. Each distributor module in the network acts a surrogate for the unknown destination device by accepting the data and relaying it to another surrogate until it arrives at the destination device. The system allows the data to pass through both spatial and administrative barriers automatically.05-05-2011
20110103385Apparatus and Method for Hardware Payload Header Suppression, Expansion, and Verification - The present invention provides methods for performing payload header suppression (PHS), expansion, and verification in hardware. A PHS verify circuit reads a data packet until it reaches the location where the first byte must be compared to PHS rule verify bytes. Next, all the relevant bytes in the payload header are compared to the PHS vile verify bytes obtained from a payload header suppression rule mask. Upon completion of the compare, a flag is generated to a PHS suppress circuit indicating that verification has passed or failed. For payload headers passing the verification process, the payload header suppress circuit examines the payload header suppression mask to identify one or more bits in the payload header for which an associated byte string is to be suppressed. Next, the associated byte string for each of the identified bits are suppressed to generate a suppressed packet payload header. Finally, a payload header suppression index is added to the suppressed packet payload header. The data packet, including the suppressed packet header and suppression index are then transmitted. Once received, a payload header suppress circuit on the receiver end examines the payload header suppression index to determine if the payload header has been suppressed. For each suppressed payload header, each bit in the payload header is compared to a payload header suppression mask to determine if the bit has been suppressed. Next, for each suppressed bit, a byte string is retrieved from a payload header suppression rule and inserted into the suppressed payload header.05-05-2011
20120250688SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UNMARSHALLED ROUTING - In distributed object computing, messages from a source node to a destination node are often required to be routed via one or more intermediate nodes. In order to enhance efficiency of the relay process, a message envelope of a message may include a node list field that specifies the routing path of the message. The communication protocol for communicating the message may specify that when a message is received into a particular node, the node analyzes the node list field. If the identity of the node is last in the node list field, then the node is the destination node and thus the node unmarshals the message. Otherwise, the node forwards the message to the next node in the field list without unmarshalling the message.10-04-2012
20120314710INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD12-13-2012
20120314709METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA PACKETS IN FLOW-AWARE NETWORK NODES - A method and apparatus for processing data packets in flow-aware network nodes is disclosed for storing flow data without altering transmission data throughput for a limited cost. The method and apparatus for processing data packets in flow-aware network nodes includes alternate usage of a fast access internal memory and a slower speed access external memory which provides low latency yet comprehensive flow-awareness. The method for processing data packets in flow-aware network nodes is particularly useful for overcoming requiring extensive usage of fast access memory of flow-aware network nodes known in the art.12-13-2012
20120314708METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING MAC ADDRESSES LEARNING IN A PROVIDER BACKBONE NETWORK (PBBN) - The present invention provides a method and system for preventing MAC address learning in Provider Backbone Bridge Network (PBBN). In one embodiment, this is accomplished by receiving data frames from at least one operator/client at the first PBB network which has to be communicating to the second PBB network, adding forward path learning information from the received data frames in the first PBB network and translating backbone MAC source address of the received data frame at the first PBB network by replacing the backbone MAC source address with a BEB backbone MAC address, thereby preventing of backbone MAC address learning of the first PBB network in the second PBB network.12-13-2012
20120314707Pipelined Packet Switching And Queuing Architecture - A pipelined linecard architecture for receiving, modifying, switching, buffering, queuing and dequeuing packets for transmission in a communications network is disclosed. The linecard has two paths: a receive path and a transmit path. In the receive path, received packets are processed and switched in an asynchronous, multi-stage pipeline. The pipelined switch operates on several packets in parallel while determining each packet's routing destination. Once that determination is made, each packet is modified to contain new routing information. Each packet is buffered and enqueued for transmission over the switching fabric to a destination linecard. The transmit path includes a buffer/queuing circuit similar to that used in the receive path. Both enqueuing and dequeuing of packets is accomplished using a CoS-based decision making apparatus.12-13-2012
20120314706PACKET SWITCHING BASED ON GLOBAL IDENTIFIER - A communication method in a network operating in accordance with a standard that allocates a given number of bits m for layer-2 addressing of nodes in the network. The method includes accepting at a layer-2 switch in the network an assignment to one or more nodes in the network of respective layer-2 extended addresses, each including n=m+k bits, k>0. A given data packet is received at the switch for forwarding. The given data packet includes a layer-2 destination address and a layer-3 destination address in accordance with the standard. The layer-3 destination address includes t bits, t≧k. The given data packet is forwarded from the switch to one of the nodes by reading from the given data packet and combining the layer-2 destination address and k bits from the layer-3 destination address so as to reconstruct the n bits of the extended layer-2 address of the one of the nodes.12-13-2012
20100091776Packet Processing Device, Frame Control Method, And Communication Device - A packet processing device for processing data conveyed by at least one data block including a plurality of packets including a control packet having control data, includes: a packet processor for receiving and storing the data block; and a controller for processing data in each data block stored in the packet processor, wherein the controller processes each of the packets in a data block successively received by the packet processor packet by packet until the controller finds a control packet among the processed packets in the data block, and upon finding of the control packet in the data block, the controller collectively processes remainder of the data in the data block.04-15-2010
20100091772PROVIDING IPTV MULTICASTS - A method of operating a Reliable Transmission Protocol switch node to provide an IPTV multicast. IP packets transporting an encrypted media stream are received from an IPTV Head-end. The media stream contains complete image frames. Unencrypted identifiers identifying packets containing complete image frame data are also received. The received packets are stored in a buffer, and on receipt of a request from a media renderer to provide the IPTV multicast, the packet(s) containing the last complete image frame in the media stream and all subsequent packets are sent to the media renderer.04-15-2010
20100091773SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING NETWORK-CONNECTED USER - A system and method for identifying a network-connected user are disclosed. The method includes connecting a user end device to a routing device and guiding the user end device to a specific routing path by the routing device according to a programmed file of the user end device, thereby overcoming the drawbacks of prior techniques in which routing devices configured by ISPs can only forward data packets based on IP addresses and a routing table, being unable to make routing orientations according to characteristics of the data packets. The present invention facilitates management of data packets of specific network users and can provide more flexible combinations of service content.04-15-2010
20120120960NODE DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND CONTROL METHOD IN RING TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A node device in a ring transmission system in which a plurality of node devices are connected as a ring via serial links has a PHY transitioning between a normal mode and a loopback mode with timing that maintains symbol lock between an idle frame transmitted to a later serial link in the normal mode according a transmission instruction, and an idle frame from an earlier node device looped back for output to a later serial link during the loopback mode, thus performing relay processing on non-locally addressed data packets during the loopback mode.05-17-2012
20110110371Establishing Directed Communication Based Upon Physical Interaction Between Two Devices - A method and system for establishing communication with a device is provided. Aspects of an exemplary embodiment include detecting, at a first device, a physical interaction involving the first device and a second device; requesting assignment of a network address usable for establishing communication between the first device and the second device, wherein the network address is based on information associated with the detected physical interaction; and automatically transferring content between the first device and the second device using the network address based on information associated with the detected physical interaction.05-12-2011
20100246583RELAY DEVICE, STATE INFORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A relay device which forwards a packet received from a first device to a second device, the relay device includes a detection unit that detects that the relay device has been in a specified state, a generation unit that generates a packet that contains information for identifying the relay device and information indicating that the relay device is in the specified state when the detection unit detects that the relay device has been in the specified state, and a transmission unit that transmits the generated packet to a specific transmission destination.09-30-2010
20100246584MAINTAINING PACKET ORDER USING HASH-BASED LINKED-LIST QUEUES - Ordering logic ensures that data items being processed by a number of parallel processing units are unloaded from the processing units in the original per-flow order that the data items were loaded into the parallel processing units. The ordering logic includes a pointer memory, a tail vector, and a head vector. Through these three elements, the ordering logic keeps track of a number of “virtual queues” corresponding to the data flows. A round robin arbiter unloads data items from the processing units only when a data item is at the head of its virtual queue.09-30-2010
20100246581Method and Apparatus for Packet Routing - Methods and apparatus for routing a packet in a network are described. The network has a topology characterized by a hierarchical structure of nodes including n layers. L represents a layer in the structure and is an integer with L=0 representing a lowest layer and L=n−1 representing a highest layer. The method includes receiving at least a packet header of a packet at a first node and based on the packet header, determining whether to transmit the packet to a second node in either layer L, layer L+1, or layer L−1. The packet can be transmitted to the second node as soon as the packet is received at the first node without waiting to receive the entire packet and without copying the packet prior to transmission from the first node.09-30-2010
20120163385SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO IMPROVE PERFORMANCE OF TCP OVER LARGE BANDWIDTH-DELAY-PRODUCT NETWORKS - The apparatus, systems, and methods described herein may operate to receive at least one data packet from a transmitter connected to a first network. A packet forwarding time may be scheduled for the at least one data packet. The at least one data packet may be forwarded to a receiver connected to a second network based on the packet forwarding time such that transmission of the at least one data packet prevents a buffer overflow at the receiver.06-28-2012
20120163384Packet Transport Node - A packet transport node that composes a transport network, the transport network transports networks that is composed with a communication protocol, the network transports networks is established logical paths used a routing protocol. The packet transport node forwards a user data packet and a routing protocol packet to an appropriate destination. The packet transport node learns correspondence between a logical path of a transport network and a MAC address based on a MAC header of a received packet and learns correspondence between a logical path of a transport network and a logical path used in other network by snooping a routing protocol packet.06-28-2012
20120127998NETWORK SWITCH PORT AGGREGATION - A network switch configures a static forwarding to a packet processor by suppressing packet switching and forwards all traffic received on a group of ports a trunk port for aggregation. A trunk header is overloaded with message classification information for use at the downstream packet processor. Routing logic retrieves the packet classification information and stores the information in control fields that are ignored due to the static forwarding and local switching disablement. The static forwarding forwards the packet, with the appended classification information, to a packet processor via the aggregation port. Packet classification information is indicative of the type of the message traffic and is performed upon packet arrival at the switching device. The packet processor reads the classification information from the overloaded control fields, rather then expending processing resources to determine the classification, and sends the message packet on an ingress port to a switching fabric for further transport.05-24-2012
20120128002TRANSMITTING TERMINAL AND BANDWIDTH ESTIMATING METHOD - A transmitting terminal for used in a communication system having the transmitting terminal and receiving terminals which are connected to each other in a tree shape, each of the receiving terminals copies the data transmitted from the transmitting terminal and transfers the copied data to a receiving terminal in downstream, includes a receiving section that receives a receiver report including a packet loss rate and a round trip time, a bandwidth estimation target terminal selection section that selects a receiving terminal to be estimated on the basis of distribution tree information and a packet loss rate included in the receiver report, and a bandwidth estimation section that estimates a bandwidth of the network to control a transmission rate of data on the basis of the packet loss rate and the round trip time included in the receiver report transmitted from the selected receiving terminal.05-24-2012
20120128001Method And Apparatus For Connecting Subscriber Devices To An IPV6-Capable Aggregation Network - The present invention relates to an access node (05-24-2012
20120128000Systems and Methods for Measuring Available Capacity and Tight Link Capacity of IP Paths from a Single Endpoint - According to one exemplary embodiment, a method for determining the forward and reverse available capacity or tight link capacity of an IP path from a single endpoint includes the steps of: transmitting, from a source IP endpoint node toward a destination IP endpoint node, a forward packet train including a first plurality of IP test packets over the forward IP path; and receiving, at the source IP endpoint node, a corresponding reverse packet train from the destination IP endpoint node, the reverse packet train including a second plurality of IP test packets over the reverse IP path each of which correspond to a respective one of the first plurality of IP test packets. For those IP path capacity measurements embodiments which are TWAMP-based, no changes are needed to the TWAMP control protocol, e.g., since exemplary embodiments make use of padding octets to transfer additional information which can be used for available IP path capacity and tight IP link capacity calculations.05-24-2012
20120127999METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR NEXT HOP SCALING WITH LINK AGGREGATION - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for next hop scaling with link aggregation. According to one aspect of the subject matter described herein, a system for next hop scaling is provided. The system includes a packet forwarding device including a plurality of packet processors for performing next hop and link aggregation group (LAG) selection operations. Within this plurality of packet processors, ingress packet processors are configured to indicate, for received packets that have a next hop on a different packet processor, that an egress next hop selection operation is needed. Egress packet processors of the plurality of packet processors are configured to perform the egress next hop and member selection operations for the packets for which an egress next hop selection operation is indicated, wherein forwarding of the packets is limited to active LAG group members local to the egress packet processor.05-24-2012
20120127997METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING A NETWORK PREFIX-LIST SEARCH - A packet network device includes a route processor that operates to maintain one or more forwarding tables and it includes one or more line cards that operate to process information received by the packet network device from the network and to forward the information to its correct destination. The route processor also operates to identify which incoming prefixes can be used to update the forwarding tables or to identify prefixes stored in the packet network device that can be redistributed from one network protocol to another network protocol running on the route processor. A table management function running on the route processor operates to identify the best match between an incoming prefix and information included in policy statement associated with both an ordered prefix-list and a radix tree structure.05-24-2012
20120127996METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR NEXT HOP SCALING - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for next hop scaling. According to one aspect of the subject matter described herein, a system for next hop scaling is provided. The system includes a plurality of I/O modules, each having at least one I/O port for communicating packets to and receiving packets from hosts external to the packet forwarding device. The packet forwarding device further includes a plurality of packet processors associated with the I/O modules for performing packet forwarding operations. The packet forwarding device further includes a memory associated with each packet processor for storing next hop bindings, where an ingress packet processor and memory are configured to relay to an egress packet processor separate from the ingress packet processor a packet whose next hop is connected to the egress packet processor and where the egress packet processor and its memory that receive the packet are configured to perform a next hop lookup to supply a destination MAC address and forward the packet from the packet forwarding device.05-24-2012
20100226370NETWORK SYSTEM - When label switching is performed on a conventional MPLS packet, a bit error may occur in an MPLS label header of the MPLS packet and user data may misdelivered. To avoid such misdelivery of the user data, an HEC function is attached to the MPLS label header.09-09-2010
20090052451ACCESS CONTROL LIST MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An Access Control List management tool for use in distributed communications networks, compares Access Control Entries for conflicts and optimizes the ACE order by frequency of use, thus by detecting errors in the construction of ACLs and reducing the number, on average, of access entries that must be maintained and processed greatly improves the efficiency of transfers.02-26-2009
20100208734Communications relay device, program and method, and network system - The present invention relates to a communications relay device placed between networks. The communications relay device includes a unit of translating a content of a call control packet flowing between the networks, a unit of storing translation information for translating a content of a data packet for each session, a unit of translating a data packet in accordance with the stored translation information, a unit of analyzing a content of a call control packet flowing between a first communication device placed in the first network and a communication device for call control and registering translation information, and a unit of associating two pieces of translation information generated based on call control packets relevant to a session between communication devices placed in the first network.08-19-2010
20120134359SWITCH AND SWITCHING METHOD - A switch includes a plurality of port units, a tag attaching unit, a switching unit, and a tag removing unit. Each of the plurality of port units includes a port configured to receive a packet or transmit a packet. The tag attaching unit determines a sub-group identifier on the basis of an input port identifier for identifying an input port which has received an input packet and a group identifier included in the input packet for identifying a group of ports, and attaches a sub-group tag including the determined sub-group identifier to the input packet to acquire an augmented packet. The switching unit determines an output port for outputting the input packet on the basis of the determined sub-group identifier, the group identifier, and a destination address included in the augmented packet. The tag removing unit removes the attached sub-group tag from the augmented packet to acquire the input packet.05-31-2012
20110182293METHOD FOR INTERCEPTING AND SEARCHING HOST IN IPV6 NETWORK - Disclosed herein are methods of searching for a host in a network using IPv4 and of blocking and searching a host in an IPv6 network which blocking access to an unauthorized network. The present invention provides a method of searching for a host in an IPv6 network, including the steps of requesting host information, including link-layer address information and IP address information about an IP to be searched for, by sending a Neighbor Solicitation (NS) packet in which the IP to be searched for is set in an ICMPv6 target address to the network, after sending the NS packet, waiting for a predetermined time by taking a processing speed of a host and a transfer rate according to a network environment and state into consideration, after the predetermined time of waiting, determining whether a Neighbor Advertisement (NA) packet of the IP to be searched for has been received, and if, as a result of the determination, the NA packet of the IP to be searched for is determined to have been received, acquiring the host information from the NA packet.07-28-2011
20110182292DYNAMICALLY ASSIGNING PACKET FLOWS - In general, in one aspect, the disclosure describes a method includes accessing data of an egress packet belonging to a flow, storing data associating the flow with at least one queue based on a source of the data of the egress packet. The method also includes accessing an ingress packet belonging to the flow, performing a lookup of the at least one queue associated with the flow, and enqueueing data of the ingress packet to the at least one queue associated with the flow.07-28-2011
20120213228Packet Flow Offload to Remote Destination with Routing Bypass - A network utilizes centralized control for the transport of a packet flow to a destination via an intermediary network. The network identifies the intermediary network best suited for offloading the packet flow and then develops a routing policy based on Multiprotocol Label Switching or other circuit-switching type techniques. This ensures that the packets of the packet flow are automatically forwarded to a peering router connected to the identified intermediary network, and ensures that the peering router automatically outputs the packets of the packet flow to the identified intermediary network in a manner that bypasses autonomous routing decisions by the routers of the network.08-23-2012
20120213227Method and System for Routing Information in a Network - A method and system for determining an optimal route from a node to a given sink node in a network is described. Sink node periodically transmits routing information containing an indicator of recency. This indicator of recency is periodically updated. Routing information is received by a plurality of nodes in the network. Each node receiving routing information compares the indicator of recency contained in the routing information with an indicator of recency stored at the node to determine whether the received routing information is more recent than the stored routing information. An optimal route to the sink node is determined based on this comparison. Each node also periodically transmits routing information based on stored routing information to other nodes.08-23-2012
20120213226PROCESSING DATA PACKET TRAFFIC IN A DISTRIBUTED ROUTER ARCHITECTURE - Embodiments of the invention are directed to efficiently processing packet traffic in a system such as a switch or router having a distributed architecture. An internal header is appended to an ingress packet by an ingress packet processing device before the packet is forwarded to a fabric switch of the system. The internal header corresponds to a configuration of an ingress interface over which the packet was received. An egress packet processing device, upon receiving the packet from the switch, processes the packet based on the internal header and a configuration of an egress interface associated with the egress device. Advantageously, some packet tag manipulation operations are performed only at the egress packet processing device; thereby somewhat freeing up ingress packet processing resources.08-23-2012
20120134360DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING NETWORK PACKET - A device for processing a network packet includes a capturing unit, a look-up table supplying unit, a preprocessing unit and a control unit. The capturing unit is utilized for capturing an information from the network packet. The look-up table supplying unit is utilized for supplying a look-up table. The preprocessing unit is coupled to the capturing unit and the look-up table supplying unit, for comparing the information with the look-up table to generate a comparison result. The control unit is coupled to the preprocessing unit, for choosing a processing rule to process the network packet according to the comparison result.05-31-2012
20120134358Interconnecting Virtual Domains - According to certain embodiments, control packets are received through a control plane tunnel that communicates control traffic for virtual private networks (VPNs) among autonomous systems. A routing instance of each control packet is identified according to a control tag of the control packet. At least two routing instances are distinct from each other. The control packets are routed according to the routing instances. According to certain embodiments, data packets are received through a data plane tunnel that communicates data traffic for the VPNs among the autonomous systems. A forwarding instance of the control packet is identified for each data packet according to a data tag of the data packet. At least two forwarding instances are distinct from each other. The data packets are forwarded according to the forwarding instances.05-31-2012
20120134361SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UTILIZING A FRAMEWORK FOR INFORMATION ROUTING IN LARGE-SCALE DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS USING SWARM INTELLIGENCE - In some embodiments, the invention involves information routing in networks, and, more specifically, to defining a framework using swarm intelligence and utilization of the defined framework for routing information in the network, especially for cloud computing applications. In an embodiment, information about available information/services is pushed to network nodes using information packets (ants). Nodes requiring services send query packets (ants) and a node may send a response to a query ant when information is available. Ants may be forwarded throughout the network based on popularity of nodes, freshness of information/requests, routing table information, and requests or interest by consumer nodes captured in information routing table. Other embodiments are described and claimed.05-31-2012
20120163386NAME-TO-ADDRESS MAPPING SYSTEM, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND NAME-TO-ADDRESS MAPPING MAINTENANCE METHOD - The present invention discloses a name-to-address mapping system in a locator and identifier separation network. The system includes mapping nodes and access service nodes connected to each other through the network. The mapping node includes a transceiver module, a first storing module, a node determining module, a second storing module, and an address inquiring module. The present invention also discloses the corresponding method. In the present invention, the one-hop Distributed Hash Table (DHT) algorithm is used to generate a node routing table and a local mapping table whose performances are greatly improved when compared with the Content Addressable Network (CAN) algorithm, thus the phenomenon of the non-uniform distribution of mapping relations in mapping nodes caused by the operators assigning identities section-by-section can be avoided.06-28-2012
20120163383Method and device for transmitting data between two secured ethernet-type networks through a routed network - This method for transmitting data between a starting network and a receiving network through a transit network comprises, during a transmission of data comprised in at least one frame of a data link layer: encapsulation of the frame in at least one packet of a network layer compatible with the transit network, and transmission of each packet to the receiving network. Each packet is a secured packet, and the encapsulation step comprises the following steps: generating at least one security encapsulation header, forming at least one encapsulation packet comprising at least one of the security encapsulation header(s) and the frame or a fragment of the frame, forming each secured packet by applying at least one cryptographic protection to each encapsulation packet.06-28-2012
20120163381Multiple Label Based Processing of Frames - A method associated with particular embodiments comprises establishing a connection between a first node and a network composed of a plurality of nodes supporting a plurality of services. Each of the services is supported by at least one of the nodes. The method further includes receiving at a first node a frame from a second node of the plurality of nodes. The frame comprises at least two labels attached to the frame by the second node. The method also includes extracting a first label value and a second label value from the two labels. The method further includes determining that the frame was sent by the second node based on an extracted first label value and that the frame is associated with a first service based on the extracted second label value. The method additionally includes processing the frame based on both of the determinations.06-28-2012
20090059927Host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing broadcast data - A host device interfacing with a point of deployment (POD) and a method of processing a broadcasting data are disclosed. A broadband interface unit received a MPEG transport packet through a cable. A demodulator demodulates the received MPEG transport packet. An IP physical interface unit for received a frame including an internet protocol (IP) packet through a network. A routing engine transforms the frame to an IP packet and routs the IP packet based on a destination information included in the frame. And a multiplexer generates IP MPEG packet and CableCARD MPEG packet by appending a Packet Header carrying identification information and packet identification information to each of the IP packet and the demodulated MPEG transport packet, multiplexes the IP MPEG packet and the CableCARD MPEG packet and sends the multiplexed IP MPEG packet and CableCARD MPEG packet to the POD.03-05-2009
20120250691TRANSMITTING A PACKET FROM A DISTRIBUTED TRUNK SWITCH - A method of transmitting a packet from a distributed trunk switch and a computer-readable medium storing instructions therefor is described. The method comprises populating an address table of the distributed trunk switch. The method also comprises receiving a packet from a device connected to the distributed trunk switch and transmitting the received packet via a distributed trunk (DT) port of the distributed trunk switch if the destination address of the received packet corresponds to a distributed trunk port in the address table.10-04-2012
20120250689METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A SHARED I/O NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER - A shared network interface controller (NIC) interfaces a plurality of operating system domains as part of the load-store architecture of the operating system domains. A bus interface couples the NIC to a load-store domain bus (such as PCI-Express), using header information to associate data on the bus with an originating operating system domain. Transmit/receive logic connects the NIC to the network. Association logic allows the NIC to designate, and later lookup which destination MAC address (on the Ethernet side) is associated with which operating system domain. Descriptor register files and Control Status Registers (CSR's) specific to an operating system domain are duplicated and made available for each domain. Several direct memory access (DMA) engines are provided to improve throughput. Packet replication logic, filters (perfect and hash) and VLAN tables are used for looping back packets originating from one operating system domain to another and other operations.10-04-2012
20120170581POLICY HOMOMORPHIC NETWORK EXTENSION - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: establishing a proxy device; establishing a connection between the proxy device and a local network device associated with the network group; configuring the local network device to: forward, to the proxy device, a first subset of received packets via the connection, wherein the first subset of received packets comprises packets destined for the remote node, and forward a second subset of received packets as though the second subset of packets were received directly from the remote node, wherein the second subset of received packets comprises packets received from the proxy device via the connection; and configuring the proxy device to: forward packets received from the local network device via the connection toward the remote node, and forward packets received from the remote node to the local network device via the connection.07-05-2012
20120170583DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, DATA RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND PACKET DATA STRUCTURE - A data transmission apparatus for sequentially transmitting data in units of packets each containing transmission data to the receiving end. The apparatus including a reception unit receiving the transmission data as an input signal, a packet formation unit receiving the transmission data, and forming an uncompressed packet in which predetermined transmission data is stored as uncompressed data, and a compressed packet in which at least a portion of transmission data that follows the predetermined transmission data is compressed and stored as compressed data. The apparatus also including a reference information management unit holding and managing as reference information related to the uncompressed packet, and a transmission unit transmitting the packets formed by the packet formation unit. The packet formation unit forming compressed data to be stored in a compressed packet, based on the transmission data of the uncompressed packet and the reference information.07-05-2012
20120170582SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC ROUTING IN A MULTIPROCESSOR NETWORK USING LOCAL CONGESTION SENSING - Adaptive packet routing is employed in a multiprocessor network configuration such as an InfiniBand switch architecture. Packets are routed from host to host through one or more switches. Upon receipt of a packet at a switch, the packet header is inspected to determine the destination host. A destination field in the header is used to index into a lookup table or other memory, which produces a route type and an output port grouping. Depending on the route type, one or more primary and secondary output port candidates are identified. An output port arbitration module chooses an output port from which to send a given packet, using congestion sensing inputs for the specified ports. A heuristic may include the congestion information that is provided to the arbitration module. Switching may be performed among minimal or non-minimal routes along each hop in the path, depending upon link and packet injection information.07-05-2012
20120170580BANK AWARE MULTI-BIT TRIE - Embodiments of the invention include a method performed by a bank aware mtrie control module for distributing a plurality of mtrie levels across a plurality of memory banks. The bank aware mtrie control module identifies the plurality of memory banks present and identifies one or more mtrie blocks in one or more mtrie levels, each mtrie block is an array of mtrie nodes associated with an mtrie level. The bank aware mtrie control module stores each mtrie block in one of the plurality of memory banks, all mtrie nodes in a given mtrie block are stored in the same memory bank. For each subsequent mtrie level, the bank aware mtrie control module ensures that each of the mtrie blocks in that mtrie level is stored in one of the plurality of memory banks other than the memory bank storing mtrie blocks of an immediately previous mtrie level.07-05-2012
20110206051I/O BUS SYSTEM - A multi-route connection bridge 08-25-2011
20100040062SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FORWARDING DATA UNITS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A network device (02-18-2010
20080212586METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLASSIFYING PACKETS - A method and apparatus for classifying packets, e.g., at wire speed are disclosed. The method receives a packet and processes the packet through a hardware-based packet classifier having at least one evolving rule. The method then processes the packet through a software-based packet classifier if the hardware-based packet classifier is unable to classify the packet. In one embodiment, the at least one evolving rule is continuously modified in accordance with learned traffic characteristics of the received packets09-04-2008
20120177052USER-ORIENTED COMMUNICATION METHOD, ROUTE REGISTRATION METHOD AND DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a user-oriented communication method, a route registration method and device, and a communication system. In the method, a first domain router receives a first data packet sent by a first terminal. The first data packet includes a user identifier of a first user and a user identifier of a second user, the first terminal belongs to the first user, and a second terminal belongs to the second user. The first domain router queries for a second domain router connected to the second terminal according to the user identifier of the second user and sends the first data packet to the second domain router, so that the second domain router sends the first data packet to the second terminal.07-12-2012
20120177053Method, System and Apparatus for Transmitting Data - The present invention discloses a method, a system and an apparatus for transmitting data, which are applied in an identification identifier locater separation network, the method includes: a source terminal sending a first data packet to a source Access Support Node (ASN), and taking an Access Identity (AID) of the source terminal and the AID of a destination terminal as a source address and a destination address of the first data packet respectively; the source ASN, after receiving the first data packet, if a Routing Identifier (RID) corresponding to the AID of the destination terminal is not queried out locally, encapsulating the first data packet which is as a payload data packet to a second data packet by using Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) format, and adding a GRE packet header and a delivery protocol packet header; and the source ASN sending the second data packet to a mapping forwarding plane, which queries the RID corresponding to the AID of the destination terminal and sends the first data packet to the destination ASN according to the queried RID. The present invention realizes a high data forwarding performance, and a network processor may be used to process, the encapsulation format is easy to extend, and the edition is convenient to upgrade.07-12-2012
20120076147Method and System for Realizing Transmission of Message Between an Extended Processor and a Switch Chip - The invention discloses a method and system for realizing transmission of message between an extended processor and a switch chip. The switch chip amends the destination MAC of the received first message to be transmitted to the extended processor as the first destination MAC, and then transmit the first message to the extended processor, wherein the first destination MAC corresponds to the service physical port of the switch chip for receiving the first message; the extended processor can resolve the first destination MAC to learn that the first message comes from the service physical port. The method and system of the invention can realize transmission of message between the extended processor and the switch chip.03-29-2012
20120076146Method for transmitting data - A method is described for transmitting data between participants of a serial, ring-shaped communications arrangement in which the participants are serially connected to one another, wherein a data packet is passed from a participant provided as a master to further participants provided as slaves, wherein the data packet is passed from slave to slave, and wherein address information of the data packet is altered by each slave.03-29-2012
20120076145PSEUDO-WIRE PROVIDING AN IN-BAND CONTROL CHANNEL USING AN OFFSET - A method implemented by a first provider equipment (PE) device to enable operations, administration and management (OAM) functionality over a pseudo-wire (PW) between the first PE device and a second PE device, wherein the PW traverses a packet switched network and carries control channel messages and a flow of data packets, and where the packet switched network includes nodes that use information outside a pseudo-wire label stack of the data packets for determining multi-path routing, the method including receiving a control channel message at the first PE to be forwarded over the pseudo-wire to the second PE, and prefixing the control channel message with a pseudo-flow header to ensure that the control channel message is forwarded over a same route by the nodes of the packet switched network as the data packets of the flow, thereby enabling OAM functionality to be accurately performed for the pseudo-wire.03-29-2012
20120177050SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a semiconductor device includes a device. The device includes a decoder, a generation circuit, a register, and a modifier. The decoder analyzes a command of a received packet. The generation circuit generates a unique device number in accordance with information in the packet. The register holds the generated unique device number. The modifier updates and outputs the packet. When a packet issued by a host is a command packet, among broadcast packets which return to the host through one or more devices, for determining the unique device number, the command packet includes parameters of an initial value and final value of device number.07-12-2012
20120177047NETWORK DEVICE WITH A PROGRAMMABLE CORE - In network device, a plurality of ports is configured to receive and to transmit packets on a network. A packet processing pipeline includes a plurality of hardware stages, wherein at least one hardware stage is configured to output a data structure comprising a field extracted from a received packet based on a first packet processing operation performed on the packet or the data structure, wherein the data structure is associated with the packet. A configurable processor is coupled to the at least one hardware stage of the packet processing pipeline. The configurable processor is configured to modify the field in the data structure to generate a modified data structure and to pass the modified data structure to a subsequent hardware stage that is configured to perform a second packet processing operation on the data structure using the field modified by the configurable processor.07-12-2012
20120177046NETWORK NODE - In a network node, when highly sophisticated processing such as filtering is implemented, a phenomenon in which, as the processing becomes more highly sophisticated, a time required for the processing becomes long, and as a result, a delay time of packet forwarding is prolonged, is prevented from occurring. The network node of the present invention performs packet forwarding control for controlling a destination of a packet in parallel with packet forwarding processing for searching for the destination, so that the network node realizes high-speed packet forwarding processing while performing forwarding control by packet monitoring.07-12-2012
20120177049METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING NETWORK INTERCOMMUNICATION - A method for network intercommunication is disclosed. The method includes a step of a Locator/ID Separation Protocol (LISP) communication end transmitting a data packet to an internet communication end. Another method for implementing network intercommunication and a corresponding system are also disclosed. The methods and system realize data intercommunication between the existing internet and the LISP network, and extends the applicable scope of the service.07-12-2012
20120177043METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR THE SERVICING OF FIBRE CHANNEL FABRIC LOGIN FRAMES - Methods, apparatus and systems are provided for processing Fibre Channel Fabric Login frames by a FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA) and a FCoE device interconnection apparatus controller (FIAC). A Fabric Login (FLOGI) Fibre Channel frame is encapsulated into a Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) FIP FLOGI frame at a Fibre Channel device interconnection apparatus (FIA). The encapsulated frame is transmitted from the FIA to a FCoE device interconnection apparatus controller (FIAC). A FIP link service accept (LS_ACC) frame is transmitted by the FIAC to the FIA, and the FIP LS_ACC frame is received by the FIA. The FIP frame is decapsulated into a Fibre Channel LS_ACC frame at the FIA. The Fibre Channel LS_ACC frame is transmitted back to the said Fibre Channel device.07-12-2012
20120177042METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR THE INTERCONNECTION OF FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET DEVICES USING A FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET INTERCONNECTION APPARATUS CONTROLLER - Methods, apparatus and systems are provided for forwarding Fibre Channel Initialization Protocol (FIP) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) frames by a FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA) and a Fibre Channel over Ethernet device interconnection apparatus controller (FIAC). In one aspect of the invention, a command is sent from a FIAC to the FIA to set the frame processing apparatus to identify received FIP frames, which are forwarded with the original destination and source Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) addresses. A command is sent from the FIAC to the FIA to identify received FCoE frames to replace the source and destination Ethernet MAC addresses. When a FCoE frame is received by the FIA, the source and destination Ethernet MAC addresses are replaced, such as where the destination Ethernet MAC address of the received matched FCoE frame is replaced by the MAC address assigned to the desired end port. The FCoE frame is forwarded to a destination FCoE device.07-12-2012
20100195654SYSTEM FOR FORWARDING PACKETS WITH HIERARCHICALLY STRUCTURED VARIABLE-LENGTH IDENTIFIERS USING AN EXACT-MATCH LOOKUP ENGINE - One embodiment provides a system for forwarding packets with hierarchically structured variable-length identifiers (HSVLIs), wherein the computer includes a processor. During operation, the system converts an HSVLI into a number of fixed-length addresses, wherein the HSVLI indicates a piece of content and is hierarchically structured, and comprises contiguous components ordered from a most general level to a most specific level. In addition, the length of a respective HSVLI is not fixed. The system further performs an effective longest-prefix-match lookup by performing multiple exact-match lookups based at least on the fixed-length addresses.08-05-2010
20120177051DATA FORWARDING METHOD, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, SYSTEM AND RELEVANT DEVICES - A data forwarding method, a system and relevant devices are provided. The data forwarding method includes: obtaining, by a forwarding device, a packet; matching the packet with a preset stream forwarding table if the packet is not a long-session stream identifier packet, forwarding the packet according to a table entry if the table entry is matched, and sending the packet to a packet processing engine for processing if no table entry is matched; and maintaining the stream forwarding table according to the long-session stream identifier packet if the packet is a long-session stream identifier packet. A data forwarding system and relevant devices are also provided.07-12-2012
20120177048COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - One embodiment provides a communication apparatus including: a first storage which stores connection information and an address; a connection information reading portion which reads connection information from the first storage upon reception of a packet transmission start instruction; a header generating portion which generates a header of a packet from the read connection information; a second storage which stores data at the address; and a data reading portion which reads data corresponding to the read connection information from the second storage, wherein the connection information reading portion is constituted by a first hardware, wherein the header generating and data reading portions are constituted by a second hardware, and wherein, while the data reading portion is reading data of a first packet or while the header generating portion is generating a header of the first packet, the connection information reading portion reads connection information of a second packet.07-12-2012
20120177045METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR THE INTERCONNECTION OF FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET DEVICES USING A TRILL NETWORK - Methods, apparatus and systems are provided for forwarding Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) frames over a TRILL network by a FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA). A FCoE frame is received from a FCoE device at the FIA. The frame includes at least destination Ethernet MAC address and source Ethernet MAC address fields. The destination Ethernet MAC address of the incoming frame is replaced with the MAC address of the remote FCoE device as determined by the Fibre Channel destination address identifier in the received FCoE frame. The source Ethernet MAC address of the incoming frame is replaced. The frame is encapsulated in a TRILL header. The frame is forwarded to an egress FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA). The frame is then decapsulated into a FCoE frame, which is forwarded to an attached FCoE device with the original destination and source Ethernet MAC addresses.07-12-2012
20120177041METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR THE INTERCONNECTION OF FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET DEVICES - Methods, apparatus and systems are provided for forwarding Fibre Channel Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) frames by a FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA) and with a Fibre Channel over Ethernet device interconnection apparatus controller (FIAC). An FCoE frame received by the FIA from the FCoE device includes at least destination and source Ethernet MAC address fields which are replaced, such as where the destination Ethernet MAC address is replaced by the MAC address assigned to a remote FCoE device, such as the desired end port. The frame is forwarded to the destination FCoE device. Preferably, first and second ports are coupled to the connectivity apparatus, which are then coupled to first and second FCoE devices.07-12-2012
20120177044METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR THE INTERCONNECTION OF FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET DEVICES USING SHORTEST PATH BRIDGING - Methods, apparatus and systems are provided for forwarding Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) frames over a Shortest Path Bridged network with a FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA). A FCoE frame is received from a FCoE device, the frame including at least destination Ethernet MAC address and source Ethernet MAC address fields. The destination Ethernet MAC address of the incoming frame is replaced with the MAC address of the remote FCoE device as determined by the Fibre Channel destination address identifier in the received FCoE frame. The source Ethernet MAC address of the incoming frame is replaced. The frame is encapsulated in a MAC header. The frame is forwarded to an egress FCoE device interconnection apparatus (FIA). Thereafter, the outer MAC header of the received frame is decapsulated into a FCoE frame. The decapsulated frame is forwarded to an attached FCoE device with the original destination and source Ethernet MAC addresses.07-12-2012
20100272107TECHNIQUE FOR ADDRESS RESOLUTION IN A DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK - A technique for address resolution in data transmission networks, for example ARP-based address resolution in IPv4 networks. An embodiment of the technique comprises the following steps performed in a host of the data transmission network: Maintaining an association of at least one physical address with at least one network address range comprising multiple network addresses; obtaining a target network address; comparing the target network address with the network address range to determine an associated target physical address; and providing the determined target physical address, e.g. for initiating a data transmission.10-28-2010
20090003344ASYNCRONOUS BROADCAST FOR ORDERED DELIVERY BETWEEN COMPUTE NODES IN A PARALLEL COMPUTING SYSTEM WHERE PACKET HEADER SPACE IS LIMITED - Disclosed is a mechanism on receiving processors in a parallel computing system for providing order to data packets received from a broadcast call and to distinguish data packets received at nodes from several incoming asynchronous broadcast messages where header space is limited. In the present invention, processors at lower leafs of a tree do not need to obtain a broadcast message by directly accessing the data in a root processor's buffer. Instead, each subsequent intermediate node's rank id information is squeezed into the software header of packet headers. In turn, the entire broadcast message is not transferred from the root processor to each processor in a communicator but instead is replicated on several intermediate nodes which then replicated the message to nodes in lower leafs. Hence, the intermediate compute nodes become “virtual root compute nodes” for the purpose of replicating the broadcast message to lower levels of a tree.01-01-2009
20100008362PROTOCOL CIRCUIT LAYER - A protocol circuit layer is described. The protocol circuit layer may employ a routing layer to determine optimal routes when establishing a circuit. The circuit layer may employ a link layer to send data packets over links to other network nodes. A naming layer may employ circuits to establish a distributed database of associations between network node addresses and their network locations.01-14-2010
20100008361CARRIER'S CARRIER WITHOUT CUSTOMER-EDGE-TO-CUSTOMER-EDGE BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL - According to one aspect of the present invention, a method includes obtaining a first advertisement at a first provider edge (PE) device from a first customer edge (CE) device that is associated with a virtual private network, and sending a second advertisement on a control plane path associated with a border gateway protocol after obtaining the first advertisement. The first PE device has a routing and forwarding table. The first advertisement identifies a plurality of local routes associated with the first VPN, and includes a first indication that information relating to the plurality of local routes is not to be stored in the routing and forwarding table. The second advertisement identifies the local routes, an address of the first CE device, and the first CE device as a next hop.01-14-2010
20100008366MESSAGE TRANSFER PROGRAM, MESSAGE TRANSFER METHOD, AND MESSAGE TRANSFER SYSTEM - A transmitting apparatus extracts header information from messages stored in a queue to generate a digest by collecting the extracted header information. The transmitting apparatus transmits the digest to receiving apparatuses specified by address information stored in a address information storage unit. Upon receiving a message obtaining request specifying any header information contained in the digest from any of receiving apparatuses, the transmitting apparatus reads out a message corresponding to the specified header information from the queue to transmit the message to the receiving apparatus that transmitted the message obtaining request. The receiving apparatus stores therein receiving conditions that specifies a message to be received from the transmitting apparatus and searches the digest received from the transmitting apparatus for the header information that satisfies the receiving conditions. The receiving apparatus transmits a message obtaining request that contains the retrieved header information that satisfies the receiving conditions to the transmitting apparatus.01-14-2010
20100008363METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DISTRIBUTE NETWORK IP TRAFFIC - Example methods and apparatus to distribute network IP traffic are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving a first IP control packet at an input of a first server, the first IP control packet being received from a first router, selecting a second router within a router array associated with the first router to send the first IP control packet, the first server selecting the second router by matching a destination IP address of the first IP control packet to a first IP address subspace associated with the second router, transmitting the first IP control packet to the second router, and updating a forwarding table in the first router by associating the destination IP address of the first IP control packet with a first control path from the first router to the second router.01-14-2010
20090046717METHODS TO IMPROVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) PERFORMANCE OVER LARGE BANDWIDTH LONG DELAY LINKS - TCP options are provided to address TCP performance problems during data exchanges over large bandwidth long delay communication links. These options address problems such as in sequence tail drops, inaccurate estimations of available bandwidth over a communication link, and slow responses to dynamic changes in link conditions.02-19-2009
20120219001SEPARATION OF DATA AND CONTROL IN A SWITCHING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for switching a data packet between a source and destination in a network. The data packet includes a header portion and a data portion. The header portion includes routing information for the data packet. The method includes defining a data path in the router comprising a path through the router along which the data portion of the data packet travels and defining a control path comprising a path through the router along which routing information from the header portion travels. The method includes separating the data path and control path in the router such that the routing information can be separated from the data portion allowing for the separate processing of each in the router. The data portion can be stored in a global memory while routing decisions are made on the routing information in the control path.08-30-2012
20100215042ETHERNET LINK AGGREGATION - A system and method of transmitting data across a link aggregation group, the method comprises: receiving a packet sourced from a client having a MAC header and an IP header at an input port of a first upstream switch for transmission from the first upstream switch along a link aggregation and at least two down stream switches to a server, said MAC header having a Destination MAC address and a Source MAC address, and the IP header having a Source IP address and a Destination IP address; changing the destination MAC address from a down stream destination to another down stream destination; sending the packet through a first link aggregation to a first down stream switch; using a hash calculation for changing the Source MAC address of the packet in the first down stream switch to a new address; sending the packet through a second link aggregation to a second down stream switch having an address; and sending the packet from the second down stream switch to a server having a server address.08-26-2010
20120320918BRIDGE PORT BETWEEN HARDWARE LAN AND VIRTUAL SWITCH - A computer system includes a bridge port configured between a hardware local area network (LAN) and a virtual switch; the hardware LAN, the hardware LAN comprising a first plurality of virtual machines (VMs), wherein the first plurality of VMs communicate with the hardware LAN via respective hardware network interface cards (NICs); the virtual switch, the virtual switch comprising a second plurality of VMs, wherein the second plurality of VMs communicate with the virtual switch via respective virtual NICs, wherein the first plurality of VMs communicate with the second plurality of VMs via the bridge port.12-20-2012
20120257627SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PACKET DE-DUPLICATION - A method of packet processing includes receiving a first packet that includes a header, the header having a plurality of fields, one of the plurality of fields being an identification field, determining an identification value for the identification field in the header of the first packet, determining whether the identification value of the first packet matches an identification value in a header of a second packet, and using another one of the fields in the header of the first packet to determine whether the first packet is a duplicate packet when the identification value of the first packet matches the identification value of the second packet.10-11-2012
20120257628MAPPING PRIVATE AND PUBLIC ADDRESSES - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: identifying, at the network node, a packet associated with a first address; determining, at the network node, that an alternate address mapping is unknown to the network node for the first address; generating a request message based on at least a portion of the packet; transmitting the request message to a different node; receiving a response message, the response message including a second address, wherein the second address is an alternative address for the first address; and storing the first address and the second address together as an alternate address mapping.10-11-2012
20120189012Providing Point To Point Communications Among Compute Nodes In A Global Combining Network Of A Parallel Computer - Methods, apparatus, and products are disclosed for providing point to point data communications among compute nodes in a global combining network of a parallel computer that include: determining a class route identifier available for all of the nodes along a communications path from an origin node to a target node; configuring network hardware of each node along the communications path with routing instructions in dependence upon the available class route identifier and the network's topology; transmitting, by the origin node along the communications path, a network packet to the target node, including encoding the available class route identifier in the network packet; and routing, by the network hardware of each node along the communications path, the network packet to the target node in dependence upon the routing instructions for each node and the available class route identifier.07-26-2012
20120189011A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus comprises: a memory unit which correlates a label assigned to a packet and an address of a source of the packet, and memorizes them as an entry; a receiving unit which receives a packet from a network; a learning unit which judges whether or not there exists an entry corresponding to the received packet in the memory unit, and in case there exists no entry corresponding to the received packet in the memory unit, stores a label assigned to the received packet and an address of a source of the received packet in the memory unit; and a processing unit which, in case there exists an entry corresponding to the received packet in the memory unit, assigns an address corresponding to the received packet to the received packet.07-26-2012
20120189009METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO ROUTE SELECTION WITHIN A NETWORK - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a first network device configured to receive, from a second network device, a first forwarding-state packet associated with a peripheral processing device and having a first generation identifier. The first network device is configured to receive, from a third network device, a second forwarding-state packet associated with the peripheral processing device and having a second generation identifier. The first network device is configured to implement forwarding-state information included in the first forwarding-state packet based on a comparison of the first generation identifier and the second generation identifier.07-26-2012
20120189008Method for transmitting and configuring a data packet in a network - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a data packet in a network, wherein the data packet has a header field containing header data relevant to transmission and a user field, wherein at least one data field containing header data of a first header data type is provided in the header field, and wherein the data packet is transmitted from a transmitter device to a receiver device. In order to make possible a transmission of additional information in the header field without a loss of already existing header data information and without expanding the header data structure, it is proposed according to the invention that in the at least one data field, in addition to the header data of the first header data type, header data of at least one second header data type are also transmitted.07-26-2012
20120257629Termination of a Pseudowires on Multiple Line Cards - In one embodiment, line cards of packet switching or other network devices are configured for terminating pseudowires. Typically, this includes multiple line cards being configured for terminating a same pseudowire, which allows the corresponding pseudowire traffic to be received by any one of these multiple line cards. Each of these pseudowire-terminating line cards is typically configured to apply one or more features to a pseudowire packet. Examples of these features include, but are not limited to: Access Control List, Quality of Service, Netflow, and Lawful Intercept. For a received packet to be sent out one of these pseudowires, a two-stage lookup operation can be used to first identify the pseudowire over which to forward the packet; and a second lookup operation based on the pseudowire to identify forwarding information corresponding to a path through a network over which a corresponding pseudowire is configured.10-11-2012
20120257626SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IN-LINE REMOVAL OF DUPLICATE NETWORK PACKETS - Systems and methods are disclosed for in-line removal of duplicate network packets in network packet streams operating at high speeds (e.g., 1-10 Gbps and above). A hash generator applies at least one hash algorithm to incoming packets to form one or more different hash values. The packet deduplication systems and methods then use the one or more hash values for each incoming packet to identify data stored for previously received backs and use the identified data to determine if incoming packets are duplicate packets. Duplicate packets are then removed from the output packet stream thereby reducing duplicate packets for downstream processing. A deduplication window can further be utilized to limit the amount of data stored for previous packets based upon one or more parameters, such as an amount of time that has passed and/or a number of packets for which data has been stored. These parameters can also be selected, configured and/or adjusted to achieve desired operational objectives.10-11-2012
20120263179IP ADDRESS DELIVERY SYSTEM AND IP ADDRESS DELIVERY METHOD - The present invention provides an IP address delivery system comprising: an IP address delivery apparatus including a path-information reading unit configured to read, from an IP address request signal, path information of a communication network extending to a request source of an IP address, an IP address correspondence table in which a correspondence relation between the path information and the IP address is registered, and an IP-address determining unit configured to determine, based on the path information obtained from the path-information reading unit and the IP address correspondence table, an IP address delivered to the request source; and a path-information granting unit configured to grant the path information to the IP address request signal.10-18-2012
20090028151PACKET LEVEL PRIORITIZATION IN INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for packet level prioritization in interconnection networks. An embodiment of an apparatus includes a transmitter to transmit a data stream to a recipient apparatus, the data stream including a plurality of data packets, the data packets including data packets of a first priority and data packets of a second priority. The apparatus further includes a network unit to direct the operation of the transmitter, the network unit to divide the data stream into multiple sub-streams, including a first sub-stream for data packets of the first priority and a second sub-stream for data packets of the second priority.01-29-2009
20120082163Packet Routing In A Network - Packet routing information is encoded into a non-static compact representation of set membership, the compact representation of set membership being for inclusion into a header of a packet. The compact representation of set membership is computed using input parameters that include at least one packet-specific, flow-specific or processing-context-specific parameter. By making the compact representation of set membership packet-dependent, flow-dependent or processing-context-dependent it becomes harder for, for example, a potential attacker to obtain information needed to mount a DDoS attack. In a variant of the invention, the packet routing information is represented as a plurality of non-static identifiers for inclusion into a header of a packet.04-05-2012
20120082161METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRAFFIC OFFLOADING AT A ROUTER - This disclosure relates to a system and method for offloading selected data traffic in logical tunnels to the Internet. The offloading provides another data path for selected data traffic that can relieve the burden on a mobile operator's network, such as the backhaul and core networks. As the proliferation of data rich content and increasingly more capable mobile devices has continued, the amount of data communicated over mobile operator's networks has increased. Upgrading the existing network that was designed for voice calls is not desirable or practical for many mobile operators. This disclosure provides systems and methods for offloading data to the Internet at a router to relieve congestion on the mobile operator's network.04-05-2012
20120082160ROUTING USING GLOBAL ADDRESS PAIRS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for routing using global address pairs. Embodiments of the invention use publicly routable Internet Protocol (“IP”) addresses to represent sites rather than individual hosts. Hosts can be represented by a global address pair, including site public IP address and a node private IP address. Nodes route packets to address processing modules using IP-in-IP encapsulation. An outer header contains a site public IP address and is destined to a site on inter-site links. An inner header contains a node private IP address and is destined to a private endpoint in intra-site links. In some embodiments, a site public IPv4 address and a node private IPv4 address are encoded into an IPv6 address. Use of an IPv6 address makes encoding of the two IPv4 address transparent to IPv6 applications.04-05-2012
20090274153System and method for implementation of layer 2 redundancy protocols across multiple networks - The system, method, and article of manufacture of the present invention allows multiple customers connected to a common external network to each implement a layer 2 redundancy protocol, such as the spanning tree protocol, in order to prevent layer 2 loops. Accordingly, a method is presented for providing an independent loop free layer 2 topology between a external network and a customer network comprising tagging control packets originating on the customer network with a unique identifier and tunneling the control packets received from the customer network between a plurality of boundary interface devices at the external network such that the control packets are routed back to the customer network based on the presence of the unique identifier in the control packet. The layer 2 redundancy protocol on the customer network converges based at least in part on the presence of control packets appearing on more than one port on the customer network.11-05-2009
20090016351Error resilient protocol data unit boundary detection - The present invention provides systems and methods for boundary detection of protocol data units in a communication system. A protocol entity such as a header check sequence (HCS) validation circuit is used to compute header check sequences of protocol data units in a packet burst. If a given HCS is valid, then the payload of the respective protocol data unit may be used. However, if the given HCS is invalid, then a parallel sliding window is used to compute other possible HCSs to identify a protocol data unit boundary. Once the boundary is located, then the payload may be used. Even if a protocol data unit is invalid or a header is not found, other protocol data units in a packet burst may be used in accordance with aspects of the invention. Such operation reduces the number of retransmissions required due to invalid HCSs.01-15-2009
20090016350Packet transmission method and device - In a packet transmission method and device, when a received packet is written in a packet buffer, an address of the packet buffer is stored as a read address for each destination corresponding to a physical port and storing information of the received packet. The read address of a destination designated by the received packet information is read and saved when the received packet is read out of the packet buffer in accordance with a scheduling control. Then, the saved read address is taken out in accordance with an arbitration control and a received packet corresponding to the saved read address is read from the packet buffer.01-15-2009
20090016348QUALITY OF SERVICE WITH CONTROL FLOW PACKET FILTERING - A system is provided comprising a fabric coupling together a plurality of computing devices, wherein the fabric transfers a stream of packets between the computing devices. Each computing device comprises a Quality of Service (“QOS”) filter that monitors incoming packets to filter out packets of a maintenance type and permit transfer of packets of a transaction type.01-15-2009
20120230340MESSAGE FORWARDING TOWARD A SOURCE END NODE IN A CONVERGED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A network node that forwards traffic of a converged network received from a source end node receives a second message addressed to the network node, but intended for the source end node. The second message includes at least a portion of a first message originated by the source end node and previously forwarded by the network node. The network node extracts from the first message a source identifier of the source end node in a first communication protocol and determines by reference to a data structure a destination address of the second message in a second communication protocol. The network node modifies the second message to include the destination address and forwards the second message toward the source end node in accordance with the destination address.09-13-2012
20120230339BIOLOGICAL DATA NETWORKS AND METHODS THEREFOR - A system and method of transmitting and receiving information pertaining to biological sequence data is disclosed. The method includes receiving, at a network interface of a node of a network, a data packet including a first header containing network routing information and a second header associated with a layered model representative of the biological sequence data. The method also includes parsing the data packet and separating the first header from the second header.09-13-2012
20090129386Operator Shop Selection - An access node for an Ethernet network is connected between an access point of user devices and a broadband remote access server for access to a plurality of service providing networks. It includes a VLAN handling unit having a memory for storing identifications of Ethernet frames transmitted in a first VLAN including the access node and a local virtual router function unit of the access server in a second VLANs. Each of the second VLANs including the access node, the local virtual router function unit and one of the virtual router function units of the access server for each of the virtual router function units. A control unit commands the handling unit to transmit frames from a new user device that has connected itself to the access point into the first virtual local area network. The control unit also receives information from the access server in respect of routing frames and its commands to the handling unit to transmit frames from user device which is connected to the access point and the frames from which are transmitted into the first VLAN to be instead transmitted into one of the second VLAN as given by the information received from the broadband remote access server, the frames thereby being transmitted to the server of the respective service providing network.05-21-2009
20100322247INTERNETWORK DEVICE - An internetwork device comprises a receiving module, an inter-device packet transfer interface, an inter-device packet transfer controller, an address translation module, and a transmission module. The receiving module receives a packet from a first network. The inter-device packet transfer interface carries out inter-device packet transfer involving transfer of a packet to or from another internetwork device. The inter-device packet transfer controller controls the inter-device packet transfers such that multiple fragmented packets created from a same original packet are collected by the same internetwork device, the fragmented packets being packets created by dividing a single original packet into multiple parts. The address translation module translates between a local address used within a specific network and a global address used across multiple networks, for at least one of a source address and a destination address of a packet. The transmission module transmits an address-translated packet to a second network.12-23-2010
20080298368COLLECTIVE NETWORK ROUTING - Disclosed are a unified method and apparatus to classify, route, and process injected data packets into a network so as to belong to a plurality of logical networks, each implementing a specific flow of data on top of a common physical network. The method allows to locally identify collectives of packets for local processing, such as the computation of the sum, difference, maximum, minimum, or other logical operations among the identified packet collective. Packets are injected together with a class-attribute and an opcode attribute. Network routers, employing the described method, use the packet attributes to look-up the class-specific route information from a local route table, which contains the local incoming and outgoing directions as part of the specifically implemented global data flow of the particular virtual network.12-04-2008
20080298366Agnostic Network Architecture - Procedures for agnostically redirecting WAN link communications for WAN link throughput optimization are described. In an example, a WAN communication, targeted to a remote resource, is redirected to a local port proxy. The local port proxy may enforce WAN link policy on the communication to optimize communication flows occurring over the physical WAN link thereby increasing the relative efficiency of the physical WAN link. A remote port proxy may be included for forwarding the communication to the target remote resource via a separate communication connection.12-04-2008
20080298367VIRTUAL NETWORK CONNECTION SYSTEM, VIRTUAL NETWORK CONNECTION APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - There is provided a virtual network connection apparatus including a first storage unit that stores first correspondence information representing a correspondence relationship between a real address of an information processor in a site and a virtual address of the information processor in a virtual network, an address conversion unit that executes an address conversion for transmitted information between an information processor in the site and an information processor outside of the site by referring to the first correspondence information, a second storage unit that stores second correspondence information representing a correspondence relationship between a name of an information processor in the site and a real address of the information processor, a generation unit that generates third correspondence information representing a correspondence relationship between a name of an information processor in the site and a virtual address of the information processor based on the first and the second correspondence information.12-04-2008
20110002336ADDRESS SEARCH METHOD AND PACKET PROCESSING DEVICE - A packet processing device includes a first search table in which an entry including an index value and a destination address is registered and a second search table in which a combination of header information and a destination address is registered. The packet processing device receives as an input a combination of header information and a destination to be registered and calculates an index value by one-way function calculation using the input header information. If the calculated index value is different from the existing entry in the first search table, the calculated index value and the input destination are registered as a new entry in the first search table. If the calculated index value is the same as the index value of the existing entry, a combination of the header information and the destination address represented by the existing entry is registered together with a combination of the inputted header information and the destination address in the second search table, and the destination address of the existing entry is deleted. By using the header information of a transfer packet, the packet processing device searches the first and the second search tables in parallel for the destination of the packet.01-06-2011
20110002335Techniques for Introducing In-Band Network Management Packets in Multi-Protocol Label Switching Networks - A system and method for introducing in-band network management packets (INMPs) in a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network. MPLS is an emerging technology, which integrates Internet Protocol (IP) routing with label switching techniques. MPLS intends to provide new capabilities in the area of traffic engineering for IP networks. These traffic engineering capabilities will have to be combined with a set of complementary operation, administration and maintenance (OA&M) functions for effectively managing and operating MPLS-based networks. This invention uses INMPs for carrying OA&M information to label switching routers (LSRs) for effectively managing and operating MPLS-based networks. This invention also includes techniques for distinguishing INMPs from user packets in an MPLS network. This invention further includes using a predetermined code in a shim header of an MPLS packet to determine whether an MPLS packet is an INMP or a user packet. The predetermined code may be provided in an experimental field or a time-to-live field in the shim header of the packet. Alternatively, a label may be reserved for distinguishing an INMP from a user packet.01-06-2011
20120327938MESSAGE TRANSMISSION IN VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS - The disclosure relates to a method for transmitting a message in a Hierarchical Layer 2 Virtual Private Network (H-L2VPN). A destination MAC address, to which a message is to be forwarded upon receiving the message, is determined by a first peer node of the network. The first peer node determines whether one or more equivalent pseudo wires (PWs) connected thereto form a path to the destination MAC address. When it is determined that more than one equivalent PW forms a path to the destination MAC address, an arbitrary equivalent PW is selected from the more than one equivalent PW by the first peer node. The first peer node sends the message, via the selected equivalent PW, to a second peer node of the network connected to the selected equivalent PW for forwarding to the destination MAC address.12-27-2012
20120327939COMMUNICATION METHOD OF GATEWAY DEVICE SUPPORTING MUTUAL COMMUNICATION OF CAN AND MODBUS AND GATEWAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A gateway device is provided. The gateway device for relaying communication between an automotive network communication device and an industrial field bus communication device includes: a Controller Area Network (CAN) input unit for receiving a CAN input data frame from an external; and a conversion unit for converting the received CAN input data frame into a Modbus output data frame according to a predetermined method.12-27-2012
20120327937FCOE OVER TRILL - A method for forwarding FCoE packets in a network switching device includes receiving a first packet at the network switching device via an Ethernet link, determining, in the network switching device, an FC destination identifier included in the first packet, updating, in the network switching device, an Ethernet address based on the FC destination identifier, generating, in the network switching device, a first TRILL destination identifier based on the updated Ethernet address, and causing, in the network switching device, the first packet to be forwarded to a different device based on the first TRILL destination identifier.12-27-2012
20120320919AUTOMATIC PATH SELECTION FOR HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A hybrid network device can implement functionality for automatic path selection and modification in a hybrid communication network. The hybrid network device can select an initial network interface from a plurality of network interfaces for transmitting a packet stream. In response to determining that the medium utilization of the initial network interface exceeds the medium utilization threshold, the hybrid network device can identify one or more packet streams originating from the initial network interface to shift to corresponding one or more alternate network interfaces. The hybrid network device can attempt to reduce the medium utilization of the initial network interface below the medium utilization threshold while maintaining the medium utilization of the one or more alternate network interfaces below the corresponding medium utilization thresholds. The hybrid network device can shift the one or more packet streams from the initial network interface to the corresponding one or more alternate network interfaces.12-20-2012
20110032940TRIGGERING BANDWIDTH RESERVATION AND PRIORITY REMARKING - In one embodiment, a reservation proxy monitors for received connectivity check messages or beginning-of-media-flow indication messages. When either type of message is observed, the reservation proxy requests resource allocation for a media flow associated with the received message. The amount of resource allocation requested may be coordinated by exchanging messages with a call controller or policy server for one of the endpoints of the media flow, or the amount of resource allocation may be identified within the received message.02-10-2011
20110038375EFFICIENT TCAM-BASED PACKET CLASSIFICATION USING MULTIPLE LOOKUPS AND CLASSIFIER SEMANTICS - A method is provided for constructing a packet classifier for a computer network system. The method includes: receiving a set of rules for packet classification, where a rule sets forth values for fields in a data packet and a decision for data packets having matching field values; representing the set of rules as a directed graph; partitioning the graph into at least two partitions; generating at least one lookup table for each partition of the graph; and instantiating the lookup tables from one partition on a first content-addressable memory and the lookup tables from the other partition on a second content-addressable memory device.02-17-2011
20090116488METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING TRAFFIC BY MEANS OF HASH CODES ACCORDING TO A NOMINAL TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION SCHEME IN A PACKET-ORIENTED NETWORK EMPLOYING MULTI-PATH ROUTING - Hash-code value ranges are determined for a traffic distribution among the nodes along a multipath route in a packet-oriented network, according to a predefined traffic distribution in the network. Starting from one or more start nodes, the traffic distribution is determined successively as a function of the hash-codes along the multipath route for each node, including branches, and an allocation of value ranges for the hash-codes to the outbound links is defined. The advantage is that it enables a desired distribution of traffic along any number of multipath routes by distribution on the basis of hash-codes.05-07-2009
20120093156VIRTUAL INLINE CONFIGURATION FOR A NETWORK DEVICE - A performance enhancing proxy network device is configured to operate in a virtual inline mode, in which selected network traffic is redirected to and through the network device by a router using simple routing policies. In this way, the network device can be coupled to the router in series but can still operate as if it were physically connected inline.04-19-2012
20120093155SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA EXCHANGE IN A HETEROGENEOUS MULTIPROCESSOR SYSTEM - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes generating a request for header data, the request is sent to a first processor. The method also includes receiving a response from the first processor that is indicative of video data for a virtual frame to be communicated. A multiplex table is generated based on the response. The method also includes evaluating a multiplex entry in the multiplex table for synchronization with a line number, and requesting the first processor to send at least a portion of the virtual frame after the synchronization. The method further includes communicating a packet, which includes a payload associated with the virtual frame and a packet header that includes multiplex data associated with the multiplex entry.04-19-2012
20120093154METHODS AND APPARATUS TO UTILIZE ROUTE PARAMETER SETS FOR EXCHANGING ROUTES IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to utilize route parameter sets for exchanging routes in a communication network are disclosed. An example method to exchange routes in a communication network disclosed herein comprises receiving a route comprising a route identifier identifying the route and a plurality of route parameter values characterizing the route, and sending the route identifier and a pointer to forward the route to a recipient in the communication network, the pointer being associated with a route parameter set comprising the plurality of route parameter values.04-19-2012
20110228779DISTRIBUTED PACKET SWITCH HAVING A WIRELESS CONTROL PLANE - A packet network device such as a network switch includes a number of functional cards or chassis modules at least some of which are connected to both an electrical backplane and a wireless backplane. The electrical backplane provides data plane signal paths and the wireless backplane provides control plane signal paths.09-22-2011
20110228777ROUTING PROTOCOL APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Apparatus, systems, and methods may operate to traverse intermediate nodes in a network during message routing operations to determine an original routing path for a source message by using proactive routing between clusters of nodes in the network, and both proactive and reactive routing within the clusters; to select the original routing path according to a greedy energy strategy that operates to define the original routing path as a path having a greater energy value associated with the intermediate nodes than other paths; and upon discovery of selfish nodes, to direct removal of the selfish nodes from route caches associated with traversed nodes, and to determine an alternate routing path for the source message in the network by searching upstream route caches in the traversed nodes in the network to discover the alternate path. Additional apparatus, systems, and methods are disclosed.09-22-2011
20110235644METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSPARENT LAN SERVICES IN A PACKET NETWORK - A network apparatus includes a customer network portion having a customer premises equipment (CPE) bridge configured to connect to internal network entities of the customer network portion and to edge bridges of a provider network portion interconnecting separate customer network portions. The CPE bridge is configured to determine a transparent local area network service (TLS) for a packet received from one of the internal network entities based on a media access control (MAC) address of a destination of the packet in a different separate customer network portion. The CPE bridge is also configured to modify the packet to indicate the determined TLS, for the provider network portion to utilize to transmit the packet based on the determined TLS to a second CPE bridge associated with the destination, without the provider network utilizing the destination MAC address.09-29-2011
20110235641COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS,AND PROGRAM - In an apparatus that can be connected to an external apparatus to which multiple addresses are allocated over a network, a packet including certain identification information is transmitted to the external apparatus by using a first address as a destination. If a packet that is received includes the certain identification information, a source address of the received packet is extracted. If the extracted source address is a second address different from the first address, the second address is used as the destination in the subsequent transmission of a packet to the external apparatus.09-29-2011
20110235640METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FORWARDING AND SWITCHING OVER PROTECTED PATHS - In one embodiment, a method for telecommunications includes steps of receiving a first packet through a first port, and determining whether the first packet arrived over a protected path. If the first packet arrived over a protected path, the method also includes the steps of hashing a source address of the first packet, adding a first entry into a forwarding table, and adding a second entry into the forwarding table. The protected path is coupled to at least the first port and a second port. The first entry includes the result of hashing the packet, and an identification of the first port. The second entry includes the result of hashing the packet, and an identification of the second port.09-29-2011
20080285564METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING TRANSPORT FRAME AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING TRANSPORT FRAME - Provided are a method and apparatus for creating a transport frame in order to identify the starts of packets, and a method and apparatus for processing the transport frame. In the method of creating the transport frame, at least one packet to be transported by being loaded in the transport frame is received. Then, information about the start location of a first packet, that is, a packet whose head and tail are both in the transport frame and which comes first within the transport frame, among the received at least one packet is created. Next, the transport frame, including the at least one packet and the start location information about the first packet, is created.11-20-2008
20100232435LOGICALLY PARTITIONED NETWORKING DEVICES - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with logically partitioned networking devices are described herein. One example method includes receiving a message from a common interface. The message comprises a logical partition header (LPH) and a network segmentation header (NSH). The LPH may be associated with a logical partition of a networking device. The NSH is associated with a grouping (e.g., segmentation) of networking devices. The example method may also include forwarding the message to the grouping of networking devices based, at least in part, on the NSH and a virtual route forwarding (VRF) table. Forwarding the message to the logical partition of the networking device based, at least in part, on the LPH.09-16-2010
20100232434PROGRAMMABLE HASH-TUPLE GENERATION WITH PARALLEL RULE IMPLEMENTATION INDEPENDENCE - Techniques have been developed to facilitate concurrent evaluation of hash rule entries in ways that allow an implementation to maintain a deterministic resultant hash irrespective of variations in the allocation of particular rules to particular storage banks or evaluation logic, such as may occur with rule set revisions. Similarly, uniform deterministic hash results can be assured even across a range of implementations that support greater or lesser levels of concurrent rule evaluations.09-16-2010
20100232433Methods And Systems For Resolving A First Node Identifier In A First Identifier Domain Space To A Second Node Identifier In A Second Identifier Domain Space - Methods and systems are described for resolving a first node identifier in a first identifier domain space to a second node identifier in a second identifier domain space. In one aspect, a first node identifier from a first identifier domain space is identified. The first node identifier is included in data for transmission to a recipient. A network directory service node address is determined for a network directory service node configured to resolve the first node identifier to a second node identifier in a second identifier domain space. A message including the data and addressed to the recipient is generated. The message is transmitted to the recipient in association with transmitting, to the recipient, the network directory service node address.09-16-2010
20120087373EFFICIENT DATA TRANSFER WITHIN A VIRTUAL NETWORK - Improvements for the efficiency of data transfer within interconnected components of a virtual network, and in particular components of a single physical computing device are provided. The components exchange data as if they were communicating over an actual communications network using networking protocols. Data packets to be sent from one component to another are buffered by final destination address to improve efficiency of packet delivery.04-12-2012
20120087372Link Aggregation Based on Port and Protocol Combination - A network switch suitable for receiving packets of information from and the packets of information to a communications network includes a plurality of physical ports, packet processing functionality and memory. The packet processing functionality operates on information stored in memory to determine the LAG, from among two or more LAGs, over which a packet received by the switch should be correctly forwarded. The switch memory stores a plurality of LAG tables, each one of which can include one or more entries comprising a physical port number and a packet parameter that are used by the packet processing functionality to determinately identify the correct LAG over which to forward a packet.04-12-2012
20120327936FCOE OVER TRILL - A method for processing packets, in a network device including at least one processing engine that i) is not configured to process destination information that conforms to a first protocol and ii) is configured to process destination information that conforms to a second protocol, includes receiving a packet at the network device, and determining, in the network device, first destination information included in the packet. The first destination information conforms to the first protocol. The method also includes generating, in the network device, second destination information conforming to a third protocol based on the first destination information. The method also includes generating, in the network device, third destination information conforming to the second protocol based on the second destination information. The method also includes processing the packet with the at least one processing engine included in the network device using the third destination information.12-27-2012
20110280243TCP/IP Offload Device - A host CPU runs a network protocol processing stack that provides instructions not only to process network messages but also to allocate processing of certain network messages to a specialized network communication device, offloading some of the most time consuming protocol processing from the host CPU to the network communication device. By allocating common and time consuming network processes to the device, while retaining the ability to handle less time intensive and more varied processing on the host stack, the network communication device can be relatively simple and cost effective. The host CPU, operating according to instructions from the stack, and the network communication device together determine whether and to what extent a given message is processed by the host CPU or by the network communication device.11-17-2011
20090116483Supporting BGP Based IP-VPN In A Routed Network - A new type of Provider Edge (PE) device is used to support BGP-based IP-VPNs. Each VRF instance in a PE device is associated with a dedicated IP address (Service IP address). Each service IP address is dedicated to a VRF in a PE device. The service IP address is distributed by BGP for VPN route association. Customer/VRF IP packets can be sent to a VRF instance in the egress PE device using service IP header encapsulation (with IP Destination Address=Service IP address of egress PE's VRF & IP Source Address=Service IP address of ingress PE's VRF). This obviates the need for explicit tunnels in the core.05-07-2009
20120320921PACKET ROUTING AND SWITCHING DEVICE - A network device routes data packets by storing the packets in a switching memory as a function of a destination address of the packet. The switching memory comprises switching memory queues that are mapped to ports of the device. A header of a received packet is examined to determine the network destination address to which it is to be routed, and a destination queue is assigned to the packet based on the destination address. Thereafter, the packet is divided into cells, and the cells are written to contiguous locations in the destination queue.12-20-2012
20120320920COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes a plurality of forwarding nodes for which is set a processing rule(s) for forwarding a received packet in accordance with a route set in advance, with a processing rule being selected based on a path identifier included in the received packet, to perform packet forwarding; and a control device that sets the processing rule beforehand in the forwarding node in the route, and causes a forwarding node positioned at a start point of the route to add a path identifier in accordance with the route to a received packet and causes a forwarding node positioned at an end point of the route to delete the path identifier from a received packet, on a predetermined occasion.12-20-2012
20100215045Method and Apparatus for Direct Frame Switching Using Frame Contained Destination Information - Frame contained destination information may be used by a switch to identify an appropriate output port for a given frame without performing a table access operation. This reduces the processing requirements of the switch to enable the switch to handle frames more efficiently. The frame contained destination information may be contained in the frame's local destination MAC addresses (DA) such that a portion of the DA directly indicates, for each switch that handles the frame, an output port for that switch. Different portions of the DA may be used by different switches, depending on where they are in the network hierarchy. Large switches may also use sub-fields within their allocated portion in the DA to identify internal switching components. A location resolution server may be provided to store and distribute IP and MAC addresses and respond to local ARP requests on the local domain.08-26-2010
20100215044METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING OF THE OBJECT-BASED AUDIO CONTENTS - The present invention relates to a system for transmitting and receiving audio, particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving of object-based audio contents, which packetizes audio objects having the same characteristic. To achieve the above, the present invention includes filtering a plurality of ESs according to common information, adding a packet header to the respective filtered ESs and generate ES packets, aggregating all the generated ES packets and then adding a multi-object packet header to the aggregated ES packets to generate an object packet, and multiplexing the generated object packet, packetizing the multiplexed object packet according to a transmitting media and transmitting the packetized object packet.08-26-2010
20100215043COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELAY APPARATUS - A trunk line topology network is configured with: ECUs 08-26-2010
20100215041APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED DUAL DEVICE LOOKUP IN A ZONING SAS EXPANDER - Apparatus and methods for full address resolution in a zoning SAS expander. A single memory circuit is used in a zoning SAS expander to store zone information associated with the SAS address (e.g., WWN) of devices exchanging information through the expander. The source and destination addresses in a received SAS frame are used as inputs to the memory circuit to generate outputs of the memory circuit representing the source and destination zone group identifiers. These outputs are then applied to the zone permission table to determine the zoning permission for forwarding the frame through the expander. Pipelined logic within the expander sequences the operations of the memory circuit and the zone permissions table to account for clock cycle delays in processing of each. In one exemplary embodiment, the memory circuit is a content addressable memory (CAM). In another exemplary embodiment, the CAM also includes port routing information.08-26-2010
20120327940METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting data. A method for sending data includes: categorizing a received packet based on field information of a preset field in a packet header; encapsulating, for each category of packets, field information of a preset field in a packet header of a packet to an overhead field of a data unit, and encapsulating a packet payload of each packet and field information of another field except the preset field in a packet header of each packet to a payload field of the data unit; and sending the generated data unit to a destination node of the packet. The method, the apparatus, and the system are capable of improving bandwidth usage of a transmission link.12-27-2012
20120287934Packet Routing in a Network by Modifying In-Packet Bloom Filter - A network node (NB11-15-2012
20120287935INTERIOR GATEWAY PROTOCOL SUMMARIZATION PRESERVING INTERNET PROTOCOL REACHABILITY INFORMATION - In one example embodiment, a system and method is illustrated that includes receiving connectivity data for at least one network device, the connectivity data describing a connection to the at least one network device within an area. The system and method further includes processing the connectivity data to obtain a routing update for distribution to another network device outside the area. Additionally, the system and method includes a routing summary in the routing update, the routing summary including an address prefix. Further, the system and method includes reachability information in the routing update, the reachability information including an address for the at least one network device.11-15-2012
20120287932Label Switched Routing To Connect Low Power Network Domains - A network element is described. In one embodiment includes receiving a packet from the host in the first domain at the network element in the first domain, the packet including a destination address to the host in the second domain, the destination address being formed by replacing an Interface Identifier of an IP address by a second domain label and a shortened Media Access Control (MAC) address, the second domain label identifying the second domain. A routing label and the shortened MAC address are attached to the received packet, and the packet is sent on a label switched path indicated by the label to the second domain.11-15-2012
20120287933MESSAGE FORWARDING USING GRE TUNNELING PROTOCOL - A method of forwarding GRE encapsulated messages by a forwarding device. The method comprises the forwarding device setting up a tunnel table entry upon receipt of a GRE encapsulated message, the GRE encapsulated message comprising subnet mask information of a subnet; and sending a response message to the subnet after setting up the tunnel table entry, the response message comprising information informing the subnet of the setting up of said tunnel table entry.11-15-2012
20120287931TECHNIQUES FOR SECURING A VIRTUALIZED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT USING A PHYSICAL NETWORK SWITCH - A technique for securing a virtualized computing environment includes retrieving identification information from a packet received on a physical port of a network switch. Port assignment data (maintained by one of a virtual machine monitor and a virtual machine monitor management station) for a virtual machine identified in the received packet is retrieved. The identification information from the received packet is compared with the port assignment data to determine whether the virtual machine is assigned to the port. In response to determining that the virtual machine is assigned to the port, the packet is forwarded to a destination designated in the packet. In response to determining that the virtual machine is not assigned to the port, the packet is blocked.11-15-2012
20100202459COMMUNICATING METHOD BETWEEN IPv4 TERMINAL AND IPv6 TERMINAL AND IPv4-IPv6 CONVERTING APPARATUS - In an apparatus, there are provided an IP transmitting and receiving unit for transmitting and receiving an IPv4 packet and an IPv6 packet; an IP header converting unit for performing a mutual conversion of the IPv4 packet and the IPv6 packet by an IP header conversion; a DNS substituting unit for receiving a domain information capturing request sent from an IPv4 terminal or an IPv6 terminal and substituting its process; an IPv4 address capturing unit for capturing an IPv4 address from a DHCP server; and an IP address conversion information holding unit for holding an IPv6 address of the IPv6 terminal and the IPv4 address captured by the IPv4 address capturing unit in correspondence to each other. Thus, a communication with the IPv4 terminal can be executed without preliminarily fixedly allocating the IPv4 address to the IPv6 terminal.08-12-2010
20100202458METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, DATA FORWARDING UNIT, AND CONTROLLER - A first communication terminal attaches information to be used to recognize whether or not header decompression processing is required and to recognize a forwarding route to a second communication terminal, to compressed data obtained through compressing a header of original data destined for the second communication terminal, and sends the compressed data to the network. Upon receipt of the compressed data, a data forwarding unit in a network recognizes, based on the information, whether or not the compressed data requires the header decompression processing and the forwarding route, and sends, if the compressed data does not require the header decompression process, the compressed data to the recognized forwarding route without decompressing the header.08-12-2010
20100202457Highly Integrated Media Access Control - A supervisory communications device, such as a headend device within a communications network, monitors and controls communications with a plurality of remote communications devices throughout a widely distributed network. The supervisory device allocates bandwidth on the upstream channels by sending MAP messages over its downstream channel. A highly integrated media access controller integrated circuit (MAC IC) operates within the headend to provide lower level processing on signals exchanged with the remote devices. The enhanced functionality of the MAC IC relieves the processing burden on the headend CPU and increases packet throughput. The enhanced functionality includes header suppression and expansion, DES encryption and decryption, fragment reassembly, concatenation, and DMA operations08-12-2010
20100202456Method and Apparatus for Stream Adaption in a Packet Switched Network - A method is disclosed for use in a packet switched network, comprising carrying descriptor information relating to options for stream adaptation, for example media stream adaptation, in the packet switched network using at least one of the Next Step in Signalling, NSIS, and Resource Reservation Protocol, RSVP, signalling protocols. Carrying the descriptor information may comprise receiving (S08-12-2010
20100202455METHOD FOR SECURE NETWORK BASED ROUTE OPTIMIZATION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - The present invention provides a method of route optimization involving a first mobile device associated with a first home gateway. One embodiment of the method is implemented in a first mobility forwarding entity and includes registering the first mobile device at the first mobility forwarding entity. The first mobile device is registered using a session key included in a registration message transmitted by the first mobile device. The embodiment also includes establishing a secure route between the first mobility forwarding entity and a terminating node using the session key. The secure route bypasses the first home gateway.08-12-2010
20120140772METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CONVERTING ROUTING DATA FROM ONE PROTOCOL TO ANOTHER IN A VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK - Data (e.g., instructions) used to route Internet Protocol traffic is converted from one protocol to another (e.g., MPLS to Virtual Router) or vice-versa. This allows routers and other network devices based on either protocol to co-exist in the same network.06-07-2012
20100135299Method and Apparatus for Processing an Audio Signal - A method for processing an audio signal, comprising the steps of extracting an ancillary signal for generating the audio signal, an extension signal included in the ancillary signal, and header identification information indicating whether a header is included in the ancillary signal from a received bit stream, reading length information of the extension signal from the header if the header is included in the ancillary signal according to the header identification information, skipping decoding of the extension signal or not using a result of the decoding based on the length information, and generating the audio signal using the ancillary signal. Accordingly, in case of processing the audio signal by the present invention, it is able to reduce a corresponding load of operation to enable efficient processing and enhance a sound quality.06-03-2010
20130016723SCALING OF VIRTUAL MACHINE ADDRESSES IN DATACENTERS - A device in a server having a processor and a storage. The device has a downstream communication unit configured to receive a data packet. The device also has a protocol blind network path indication unit configured to obtain an indicator corresponding to a predetermined path to a data communication unit in the network, by accessing the protocol blind correlation structure using a destination address of the data packet. The device, furthermore, has an upstream communication unit configured to transmit a network protocol blind packet including the data packet and the indicator corresponding to the predetermined data path to the data communication unit in the network. The device also includes a combiner configured to bind the indicator to the data packet received by the downstream communication unit.01-17-2013
20110158239METHOD OF COMMUNICATING PACKET MULTIMEDIA TO RESTRICTED ENDPOINTS - A method, performed in a network element, for communicating packet multimedia data between a first endpoint and a second endpoint, the method comprising the machine-implemented steps of receiving an outbound multimedia data packet; determining if the outbound multimedia data packet originated from a first endpoint that is logically behind a security device; determining and storing information identifying a logical pinhole in the security device, wherein the logical pinhole is associated with expected inbound multimedia data packets directed to the first endpoint; performing an action that keeps the logical pinhole open during all of a communication session between the first endpoint and the second endpoint; and forwarding inbound multimedia data packets directed from the second endpoint to the first endpoint via the logical pinhole.06-30-2011
20110158238IP Cache - Each device (A, B) keeps an IP cache list storing IP address of devices it has communicated with in the past over an IP network (06-30-2011
20110158237MODIFICATION OF PEER-TO-PEER BASED FEATURE NETWORK BASED ON CHANGING CONDITIONS / SESSION SIGNALING - A device communicates with feature peers, associated with a network, to obtain information associated with the feature peers, and receives a customer packet that includes a feature header. The device also modifies, based on the feature peer information, current condition state signaling, and other information, the feature header to create a modified customer packet, and determines, based on the feature peer information, the current condition state signaling, and the other information, which of the feature peers support a feature associated with the modified customer packet. The device further selects, from the determined feature peers, a set of feature peers for the modified customer packet to traverse, and forwards, based on the modified feature header, the modified customer packet to one of the feature peers in the selected set of feature peers.06-30-2011
20110158236METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A CALL TO AN AGGREGATE ENDPOINT DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for processing a call to an aggregate endpoint device over a network are disclosed. For example, the method receives a session request by an application server, wherein a route header for the session request comprises an aggregate endpoint identifier, and determines at least one Public User Identity (PUID) of the aggregate endpoint device in accordance with the aggregate endpoint identifier. The method obtains a Serving-Call Session Control Function Fully Qualified Domain Name (S-CSCF FDQN) of a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF) that performs a termination processing for the aggregate endpoint device, and forwards the session request to the S-CSCF with a route header that comprises the PUID of the aggregate endpoint device.06-30-2011
20130022046DIVERSE PATH FORWARDING THROUGH TRIAL AND ERROR - In one embodiment, a node determines an intention to transmit a diversely forwarded packet through a computer network, and as such, transmits a first version of the packet having a packet identifier (ID) and a first distinguisher value to a first next-hop node, and transmits a second version of the packet having the same packet ID and a second distinguisher value different from the first distinguisher value to a second next-hop node different from the first next-hop node. In another embodiment, a next-hop node that receives the packet determines whether any previously received packet at the next-hop node had a same packet ID and a different distinguisher value. In response to determining that no previously received packet has the same packet ID and different distinguisher value, the next-hop node stores the packet ID and the distinguisher value, and forwards the packet to a selected next-hop node.01-24-2013
20130022045SCALABLE FORWARDING TABLE WITH OVERFLOW ADDRESS LEARNING - A node is configured to receive a packet from a host device, where the packet includes a source address associated with the host device; determine that the source address is not stored by the node; generate one or more logical distances, associated with one or more nodes, based on the source address and a respective address associated with each of the nodes; determine that another node is associated with a shortest logical distance, of the one or more logical distances; and transmit the source address to the other node based on the determination that the other node is associated with the shortest logical distance, where transmitting the source address allows the other node to store the source address or enables further nodes to obtain the source address from the other node.01-24-2013
20130022047NETWORK APPARATUS AND NETWORK MANAGING APPARATUS - First-stage switches (B01-24-2013
20130022048METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR USE IN LINK LEVEL COMMUNICATION IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a network node is presented which is configured to associate each of a plurality of MAC addresses with an IP address on a network level. The network node is configured to, upon reception of a link level message comprising a target IP address and destined to multiple network nodes, compare the target IP address with associated MAC/IP addresses on a network level, and to selectively send the received link level message to at least one other network node on a link level based on the network level comparison. A method and a computer program product are also presented, according to embodiments of the present invention.01-24-2013
20130136129ZERO-CYCLE ROUTER FOR NETWORKS ON-CHIP - A router includes a plurality of virtual networks, a plurality of output links, at least one decoder and arbitration circuitry. Each virtual network has a plurality of virtual network inputs and a plurality of virtual network outputs. Each virtual network output is associated with an output link. The decoder decodes a header of a data unit received on a virtual network of one of the virtual network inputs. The decoder generates a first request and a second request. The first request is for the allocation of a virtual network output of the virtual network to the virtual network input. The second request is for the allocation of an output link associated with the virtual network output to the virtual network output. The arbitration circuitry performs arbitration of the first request and arbitration of the second request in parallel.05-30-2013
20130136128ENCAPSULATING TRAFFIC WHILE PRESERVING PACKET CHARACTERISTICS - A method for encapsulating a packet of data from a data flow is described. The packet comprises a flow network header for identifying a source network address and a target destination network address and a flow transport network header for identifying a source port and a target destination port. The method comprises the following steps. The flow network header is replaced with an encapsulation network header for identifying an encapsulation network address and a decapsulation network address. The decapsulation network address specifies the address of a decapsulation node. The flow transport header is replaced with an encapsulation transport header for identifying an encapsulation port and a decapsulation port. The decapsulation port is configured to be the same as the target destination port. A method for decapsulating the encapsulated packet, as well as network nodes configured to implement the methods, are also described.05-30-2013
20130136127System and Method for Efficient Matching of Regular Expression Patterns Across Multiple Packets - A system and method for efficient matching regular expression patterns across multiple packets. A deep packet inspection system can be embodied in a switch ASIC using a flow tracker and a signature matching engine. The flow tracker can be positioned in an ingress portion of the switch ASIC at a location where packets in a bi-direction flow can be observed and recorded. The flow tracker generates a signature match request that is forwarded to a signature matching engine in an auxiliary pipeline. The signature matching engine is enabled to perform cross-packet signature matching using signature matching state machines and reports the signature matching results to the flow tracker using a response packet that is sent to the ingress pipeline.05-30-2013
20130136126DATA CENTER NETWORK SYSTEM AND PACKET FORWARDING METHOD THEREOF - A data center network system and a packet forwarding method thereof are provided. The data center network system includes a virtual bridge and an address resolution protocol (ARP) server. The virtual bridge intercepts an ARP request having an identification field and a destination IP address field and adds a corresponding virtual data center identification to the identification field of the ARP request and redirecting the ARP request to the ARP server. Additionally, the ARP server queries a corresponding MAC address according to an IP address recorded in the destination IP address field of the ARP request and the corresponding VDCID recorded in the identification field of the ARP request, and transmits the corresponding MAC address in response to the ARP request. Accordingly, the same private IP address can be reused in the data center network system.05-30-2013
20130136125BANDWIDTH OPTIMIZATION FOR REMOTE DESKTOP PROTOCOL - The processing of a first data stream to generate a second stream conforming to a remote desktop protocol (RDP) is described. Operations may include facilitating storage of first data from the first stream at a first index indicated in the first stream, facilitating retrieval of second data from a second index included in the first stream, and facilitating generation of the second stream conforming to the RDP and including the first and second data. Additionally, the processing of a third data stream conforming to the RDP to stream a fourth stream is described. Operations include facilitating processing of the third stream to identify a package data unit (PDU), facilitating storing of a hash value corresponding to the PDU, and facilitating generating an altered PDU for inclusion in the fourth stream and including an index identifying a location in memory storing the hash value.05-30-2013
20130136124PARALLELLY COUPLED STACKABLE NETWORK SWITCHING DEVICE - A network switching device includes at least two stacking ports, each stacking port being connectable via a stacking cable to a stack including at least one external network switching device. The device further includes an internal communication medium coupled to the stacking ports and capable of transmitting a frequency division multiplexed signal between the stacking ports. The device further includes a network switch and an interface to enable communication between the network switch and the internal communication medium. The interface includes a parallel coupling to the internal communication medium such that a signal with one carrier frequency being communicated between the network switch and the internal communication medium does not interfere with transmission between the two stacking ports of a signal with a different carrier frequency.05-30-2013
20120243541INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An apparatus includes a first processing unit to judge, whether the route information storing unit stores a second next destination address; a second processing unit to judge whether a received packet includes an message authentication code, in the case where the route-information storing unit stores the second next destination address; a third processing unit to judge whether the key-information storing unit stores a second shared key, which is a first shared key shared between the information processing apparatus, in the case where the received packet does not include the message authentication code for the second next destination address; a third packet generating unit to generate a third packet, which includes a next destination and information indicating that the generation of an message authentication code is impossible, in the case where the key information storing unit does not store the second shared key.09-27-2012
20120243540METHOD FOR OFFLOADING PACKET SEGMENTATIONS AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method for offloading packet segmentations includes the steps of retrieving a packet segmentation offloading parameter in a packet and segmenting the packet into a plurality of sub-packets by taking consideration the packet segmentation offloading parameter. A device for offloading packet segmentations includes a packet parser configured to receive a packet to be transmitted, a header buffer controller configured to retrieve a header of the packet and connected to a buffer to access the header, an extractor configured to retrieve a packet segmentation offloading parameter in the packet, and a segmentation module configured to segment the packet into a plurality of sub-packets by taking consideration the header and the packet segmentation offloading parameter.09-27-2012
20120243539USAGE OF MASKED ETHERNET ADDRESSES BETWEEN TRANSPARENT INTERCONNECT OF LOTS OF LINKS (TRILL) ROUTING BRIDGES - Techniques herein include systems and methods that extend functionality of transport networks including Transparent Interconnect of Lots of Links (TRILL) networks. Techniques include using a portion of information within transport device address encapsulation headers for purposes other than identifying source and destination device addresses. The system masks a portion of bits in an address header for an address lookup in forwarding tables of a transport network node. The remaining bits in the address field(s) become free bits that can be used for a variety of application purposes, such as flow identifier selection. By using information fields that already exist in encapsulation headers, such techniques provide additional information without increasing packet size or requiring new protocols. Embodiments can combine Equal-cost multi-path routing (ECMP) functionality, Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) checks, and Time to live (TTL) protection at the same time.09-27-2012
20080253372Scheduling packet transmission - Scheduling packet transmission. A plurality of data packets is received, wherein at least a portion of the plurality of data packets is associated with one media unit and comprises different quality information. Profit-to-size ratios or distortion-to-size ratios for the data packets are determined. A plurality of schedules of the data packets are determined utilizing dynamic programming for a plurality of data rates based at least in part on the profit-to-size ratios or distortion-to-size ratios.10-16-2008
20080247397Network clustering for improving connection management and re-routing capabilities - Embodiments of the present invention relate to re-routing data packets in a communication network according to at least a first version and a second version of a protocol.10-09-2008
20080247395INTERNET PROTOCOL SWITCH AND USE OF THE SWITCH FOR SWITCHING A FRAME - Internet Protocol (IP) switch and method for switching an IP frame to an IP destination address. The IP switch includes access ports, interswitch ports, and a switching table. Each access port is connected to a corresponding host in a LAN. The interswitch ports are configured to be statically connected to routers within the Internet in connections that cannot be overwritten by dynamic learning. The switching table includes entries, each entry having an IP address, a port identifier, and a routing protocol internal metric indicative of confidence in the entry. The method for switching the IP frame includes: receiving the IP frame, reading the IP destination address from the IP frame, ascertaining a matching IP address in the switching table that matches the IP destination address, directing the IP frame to a specific port, transmitting the IP frame from the specific port to the IP destination address.10-09-2008
20080247394Cluster switching architecture - A network switch including at least one data port interface supporting a plurality of data ports, at least one stack link interface configured to transmit data between the network switch and other network switches, and a CPU interface configured to communicate with a CPU. A memory management unit in communication with the at least one data port interface and the at least one stack link interface is provided along with a memory interface in communication with the at least one data port interface and the at least one stack link interface, wherein the memory interface is configured to communicate with a memory. A communication channel is provided for communicating data and messaging information between the at least one data port interface, the at least one stack link interface, the memory interface, and the memory management unit, wherein the memory management unit is configured to route data received from each of the at least one data port interface and the at least one stack link interface to the memory interface.10-09-2008
20080240106Method and apparatus for MAC address learning - The invention includes a method and apparatus for synchronizing line card forwarding databases. A method includes receiving a data packet at a line card, generating a control packet for each of at least one other line card to enable an address update operation thereat, and propagating the at least one control packet toward the at least one other line card. The control packet, or packets, is generated in response to a determination to perform an address update operation for the received data packet. The address update process may be implemented as an ingress address update process or an egress address update process. This address update process performed in conjunction with an address aging process.10-02-2008
20080240102Method and system for policy-based routing in a private network-to-network interface protocol based network - A method for policy-based routing of calls between nodes in a network, comprising: entering policy constraint indices for selected addresses in respective entries of an address translation table, the address translation table for accessing by a first node of the network to selectively translate attributes of calls based on respective addresses prior to transmission over the network to a second node, the policy constraint indices pointing to respective policy constraints for routing calls between the first and second nodes; receiving a call at the first node, the call including an address; accessing the address translation table using the address to determine whether the call requires assignment of a policy constraint by presence of an entry for the address in the address translation table and by presence of a policy constraint index in the entry; and, if the call requires assignment of a policy constraint, identifying a policy constraint with the policy constraint index, assigning the policy constraint to the call, and routing the call between the first and second nodes in accordance with the policy constraint.10-02-2008
20080240101Management of redundant and multi-segment pseudo-wire - A system and method of managing redundant and multi-segment pseudo-wire, including calculating two aggregated endpoints with two or more local endpoints, at least one local endpoint being a backup endpoint, mapping the aggregated endpoints and a plurality of nodes interconnected with one another and the local endpoints, determining an overall status of the system and setting an overall status indicator, determining an operational status of individual components in the system and setting associated status indicators.10-02-2008
20130170493METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INCREASE FORWARDING SILICON FUNCTIONALITY THROUGH PACKET MANIPULATION - A packet preprocessing device is used in conjunction with a non-programmable packet forwarding processor (NLFP) to apply a different system function to received data packets than the function normally applied by the NLFP on the packets. Received data packets are pre-processed (e.g., modifying, manipulating, altering, spoofing, etc.) in order to enable, or cause, NLFPs that process the data packets to provide, in effect, a system-level behavior on the packets that is different from the system-level behavior for which the NLFP is/was conventionally designed. The data packet is “pre-processed” to change or manipulate the data packet, and then the NLFP processes the pre-processed data packet in accordance with its conventional function(s) which alters the overall function applied to the data packet.07-04-2013
20130170494OPERATING AN INFINIBAND NETWORK HAVING NODES AND AT LEAST ONE IB SWITCH - To improve efficiency of systems operating on internet protocol (IP) over Infiniband (IB) networks, mechanisms are provided for operating a system including a plurality of nodes, each connected to at least one IB switch. A determination is made whether an IP address of a node is included in a first level of a global ARP cache. An IP over IB GUID corresponding to the IP address of the node is identified. A determination is made whether an entry in a second level of the global ARP cache includes the identified IP over IB GUID of the node, and corresponding the IP over IB GUID of the node to IB address information of the node.07-04-2013
20080232375PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE - There is provided a packet transmission device which comprises a packet transfer processing part and a control part. The packet transfer processing part includes a table memory comprising a path selection table, a link status table, and a node status table. In these tables, information of each of paths, links, and nodes are stored and linked each other. A link/node status monitoring part in the control part monitors a packet outputted from the packet transfer processing part transmission and detects a fault occurred in a transmission of the packet. The fault is reflected on the information of paths in the tables only by updating the information of links and nodes and the path for packets outputted from the device is assigned in a short time.09-25-2008
20080232374METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING LOCATIONS OF FIELDS IN A DATA UNIT - At least a portion of a data unit is provided to a programmable memory unit to identify an attribute of a field in a header of the data unit. The header is parsed in response to an output of the programmable memory unit.09-25-2008
20080232372Methods and systems for interworking RSVP-based external control plane protocols with internal control plane protocols - The present invention provides improved methods and systems for interworking Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)-based external control plane protocols with internal control plane protocols, such as Optical Signaling and Routing Protocol (OSRP). The present invention utilizes only a high-level mapping in which a trigger is created in the internal control plane protocol to initiate the desired internal control plane action or vice versa. The external control plane protocol messages and fields are encapsulated as data in the internal control plane messages and fields and are processed only at the remote end of the internal domain. By encapsulating the entirety or parts of the external control plane protocol messages and fields ensures that necessary information is carried from an ingress border node to an egress border node. At the egress border node, the encapsulated external control plane protocol messages and fields are mapped back to the external control plane protocol, without having to make changes to the internal control plane protocol or perform processing at intermediate nodes.09-25-2008
20080232371Remote data access techniques for portable devices - A wide-area network (“WAN”)-based service enables remote data access transactions between participating endpoints within a group of participating endpoints that includes at least one server and at least one portable electronic device. Each participating endpoint is configured for communication via one or more communication networks and stores the same or different data items on behalf of a user. The WAN-based service maintains information about each participating endpoint in the group and its network accessibility, and also maintains one or more catalogs of available data items. The WAN-based service identifies a communication network available to both participating endpoints, and a direct or proxied communication session is established between the portable electronic device and the other participating endpoint via the communication network. Selected data items are downloaded, uploaded, accessed or synchronized via the communication session. The use of digital rights and identity management techniques in combination with the WAN-based service is also discussed.09-25-2008
20080225853LOGICAL BRIDGING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method of extending a standard bridge to enable execution of logical bridging functionality are disclosed. In some implementations, a logical bridge may assign source logical port information to a data packet based on characteristics of the data packet, employ the source logical port information to learn the source address and to forward the data packet to a logical egress port, and map the logical egress port to a physical egress port at which the data packet is to be egressed. A tunnel interface may optionally be applied to a data packet upon egress.09-18-2008
20080225852Methods and apparatus providing two stage tunneling - A system receives a packet at a first node. The packet is destined for a second node. The system identifies a full routing node from a plurality of network devices. The full routing node is capable of providing routing information for each of the nodes within the plurality of network devices. The plurality of network devices comprises a subset of nodes, and a subset of full routing nodes. The subset of nodes is not capable of providing routing information for each of the nodes within the plurality of network devices. The system transmits the packet to the full routing node for future transmission to the second node.09-18-2008
20080225851Enabling routing of data on a network based on segmented data accessed from a non-network enabled device - A system and method for enabling routing of data on a network based on segmented data accessed from a non-network enabled device is disclosed. The technology includes a method for enabling routing of data on a network based on segmented data accessed from a non-network enabled device. The method includes detecting a non-network enabled device locally coupled to a first computer system, the first computer system coupled to the network. The method for enabling sharing of non-network enabled devices on a network also includes enabling routing of data through the non-network enabled device to a second computer system coupled to the network by using the first computer system as a communication interface between the non-network enabled device and the second computer system wherein the second computer system is automatically identified based on recognizing a portion of the data as indicating a routing destination and wherein the data is segmented into a plurality of portions prior to routing.09-18-2008
20080225850UNIFIED TRANSMISSION SCHEME FOR MEDIA STREAM REDUNDANCY - In one embodiment, a network session is established for transmitting a media stream. The media stream is encoded into a first set of media stream packets and the first set of media stream packets transmitted according to the established network session. The media stream is also encoded into a second set of retransmission-based repair packets and used as a second redundant copy of the media stream. The second set of retransmission packets are transmitted regardless of receiving any indication of lost or dropped packets during the network session.09-18-2008
20080225849AUTOMATED VALIDATION OF PERIPHERAL DIRECTOR HARDWARE - A system and method of automating the validation and control of peripheral director hardware in a switched fabric network. A system is provided that includes a script language processor for interpreting high-level statements and generating command functions understood by an application programming interface (API) associated with the switched fabric network, wherein the command functions include a query switch command, a query interface switch command, a write switch command, and a display result command; and a system for generating an output in response to a set of command functions submitted to the switched fabric network.09-18-2008
20110261820USER-SPECIFIED KEY CREATION FROM ATTRIBUTES INDEPENDENT OF ENCAPSULATION TYPE - An integrated circuit has a hardware decoder that parses a frame to identify a type of encapsulation. The integrated circuit also has a number of hardware parsers, each parser being coupled to the decoder by an enable line. During packet processing, one of the parsers is enabled by the decoder, based on the value which identifies the encapsulation type. The enabled parser retrieves one or more attributes from the frame, depending on the encapsulation. The integrated circuit also has a register, coupled to each parser. The register holds the attributes retrieved by the parser. The integrated circuit also has a key generation hardware which creates a key, by concatenating from the attributes register, certain attributes that are pre-selected by a user for forming the key. The integrated circuit supplies the key to a memory to look up a set of user-specified actions to be performed on data in the frame.10-27-2011
20130142201CONNECTING ON-PREMISE NETWORKS WITH PUBLIC CLOUDS - A computer system for encapsulating a packet between a customer premise for delivery to customer resources within a public cloud data center. The computer system comprises a shim gateway. The shim gateway comprises a plurality of customer specific shim components. The shim gateway is configured to receive a packet from a customer premise. The packet has a VLAN tag. The packet identifies a tenant within a designated virtual network for the customer. The designated virtual network is within the public cloud data center. The shim gateway is further configured to encapsulate the packet into an encapsulated packet. Encapsulation includes mapping the VLAN tag to a destination network address of a tenant gateway for the customer. The tenant gateway is in the designated virtual network. The shim gateway is further configured to forward the encapsulated packet to the tenant gateway in the designated virtual network for delivery to the identified tenant.06-06-2013
20130177019SCALING IPV4 AT LARGE DATACENTERS WITH DEVICE LEVEL AGGREGATION - Systems and methods are provided to support a large number of hosts while keeping the size of the FIB CAM low. Higher scalability may be achieved by consuming less FIB CAM space as hosts are added to a network. An L3 switching module may be provided capable of supporting a large number of virtual machines and/or hosts while maintaining a small FIB CAM size on a multiple device virtual switching system with device level aggregation.07-11-2013
20130177021COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A node functions as an inter-ring connection node connected to an inter-ring connection link in a communication system including a plurality of inter-ring connection links connected between adjacent ring networks. The node includes: a flow-information-pass determination unit that decides which of the inter-ring connection links a reception frame passes through, based on flow information that is stored in the frame for identifying flow to which the frame belongs; and a forwarding-destination-port decision unit that decides that a forwarding destination of the reception frame is an inter-ring connection link to which the own node is connected when the inter-ring connection link decided by the flow-information-pass determination unit is the inter-ring connection link to which the own node is connected, in the case where a destination of the reception frame is in an adjacent ring network.07-11-2013
20110274112Method and Apparatus for Forwarding Data Packets using Aggregating Router Keys - Method and apparatus for supporting the forwarding of received data packets in a router (11-10-2011
20110274111EDGE LINK DISCOVERY - A method for discovering a link between an entry-exit device of a computer network and a customer edge device is disclosed. The customer edge device includes an address and the entry/exit point device includes a routing table. Interfaces with the routing table and addresses of the computer network related to the entry/exit point device are obtained. Either a routing protocol or the routing table is used to obtain routing information. The routing information is compared to a selected address to find a match. The routing information the matches the selected address represents the address of the customer edge device.11-10-2011
20110274110METHOD FOR PREVENTING MAC SPOOFS IN A DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL SWITCH - Described herein are techniques for preventing MAC address spoofs in a virtualization cluster. When a virtual switch first sees a new MAC address on a port designated as being a secure port, the packet is redirected to a virtual supervisor agent used to manage the distributed virtual switch. Assuming the MAC may be bound to the secure port, the supervisor agent broadcasts a message to both the virtual switch that redirected the packet and to virtual switches on other virtualization servers within the cluster.11-10-2011
20080219266ROUTING PATHS ONBOARD SATELLITE WITH REFERENCE TERMINAL FUNCTIONALITY - Satellite communications systems, methods, and related devices are described. A satellite communications system may include routing and switching functionality onboard the satellite. Such a system may include a satellite in communication with terminals (e.g., subscriber terminals or gateways) either directly, or via one or more other satellites through an inter-satellite link. The satellite may be configured with different beams which each provide service to a coverage area. A ground-based network control center (NCC) may dynamically allocate bandwidth and process data measured on the satellite. A novel partition of functionality between the satellite and the NCC is described. Routing paths on the satellite, and the distribution of routing tables within the system, are described as well.09-11-2008
20080219265Method for tagging SIP contact headers while preserving the contact header format towards softswitches - A private communications network and method of managing calls in a private communications network. A Session Border Controller (SBC) listens for private network voice communications originating from private communications devices, e.g., Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) devices sending/receiving Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communications such as SIP messages. The SBC assigns a unique port to each registering communications device and adds a path header with a single, common SBC port to the SIP register messages. A softswitch responds by adding a route header to identified voice communications. Thereafter, all identified voice communications pass through a single, common SBC port.09-11-2008
20080219264Upstream Label Allocation on Ethernets for MP2MP LSPS - An apparatus or method for upstream label allocation on LANs for multipoint (MP) label switched paths (LSPs). In one embodiment of the method, a first router receives a first incoming labeled data packet, wherein the first incoming labeled data packet comprises a first data packet and one or more first labels. The first router creates a first outgoing labeled data packet, wherein creating the first outgoing labeled data packet includes the step of swapping the one or more first labels of the first incoming labeled data packet with a context label and a forwarding label, wherein the first outgoing labeled data packet comprises the first data packet, the context label, and the forwarding label. Ultimately, the first router transmits the first outgoing labeled data packet to second and third routers via a LAN.09-11-2008
20080219263Method of Sharing Network Identifier and Mobile Router - In a case where internal links connected to plural mobile routers in a mobile network respectively have unique network identifiers initially set, the mobile router, when receiving a network identifier different from the initial setting advertised from another mobile router, selects either one of the network identifier initially set to the self and that advertised, as a network identifier of the internal link connected to the self. Then, if the one selected is identical to that initially set, the mobile router advertises the network identifier to within the mobile network and registers it in a home agent. If not identical, the mobile router registers the one advertised in the home agent as a network identifier of the internal link connected to the self.09-11-2008
20080219261Apparatus and method for processing data streams - A system and method for processing data streams is disclosed. The system receives data packets for data streams, screen the data packets for searched patterns, and forward the data packets for their respective stream processing. Generally, the data packet is scanned for viruses before being forwarded for further processing. When an out-of-order data packet is received, a copy is made and the data packet is forwarded without being scanned. When a delayed data packet is received, it is scanned for virus along with the saved copy of the out-of-order data packet. If a virus is detected, the delayed packet is dropped and its connection reset. If no virus is found, the delayed packet is forwarded for further processing.09-11-2008
20120250690METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A MULTIMEDIA DATA PACKET USING CROSS LAYER OPTIMIZATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting a multimedia data packet are provided. The method includes receiving Bottom-up Network Abstraction Layer (B-NAL) information from a network entity, generating Top-down Network Abstraction Layer (T-NAL) information on the multimedia data to be transmitted, generating a multimedia data packet containing said T-NAL information, and transmitting the multimedia data packet generated in the previous process, to the network entity, in consideration of said B-NAL information.10-04-2012
20120250687NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH PACKET FORWARDING AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A method of operation of a network communication system includes: analyzing a packet header by: loading a packet input register, generating a forwarding hash from the packet input register, and identifying a routing update by comparing the forwarding hash; accessing a packet analysis bus for updating the packet header; and enabling a routing switch for forwarding a packet including the packet header updated.10-04-2012
20120250686OFFLOAD DEVICE-BASED STATELESS PACKET PROCESSING - High-speed processing of packets to, and from, a virtualization environment can be provided while utilizing hardware-based segmentation offload and other such functionality. A hardware vendor such as a network interface card (NIC) manufacturer can enable the hardware to support open and proprietary stateless tunneling in conjunction with a protocol such as single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV) in order to implement a virtualized overlay network. The hardware can utilize various rules, for example, that can be used by the NIC to perform certain actions, such as to encapsulate egress packets and decapsulate packets.10-04-2012
20130114604METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CELL SWITCH - The disclosure discloses a method and apparatus for controlling information element switch. The method comprises the following steps: a switch board determines that it has received a link request information element from each ingress line card, wherein the link request information element carries the request time stamp information; the switch board performs link allocation according to each request time stamp information, wherein the link is the link connecting the switch board with each egress line card; and each ingress line card transmits a data information element according to the result of the link allocation. With the disclosure, the problems of time delay and jitter in an information element switch process are solved, the input end flow of the switch board can also be controlled, and the requirement for the egress line card cache and difficulty in data packet recombination are reduced.05-09-2013
20130094512Interworking Between Ethernet And MPLS - A network bridge configured to convey customer traffic between a customer equipment and any of an MPLS network and an Ethernet network is disclosed. The network bridge comprises a C-VLAN component, an S-VLAN component and an MPLS component. The C-VLAN component can receive an Ethernet frame that carries the customer traffic, and forward the Ethernet frame to the S-VLAN component or to the MPLS component in dependence of a C-VID value of the Ethernet frame. The MPLS component can, when the Ethernet frame is received from the C-VLAN component, add MPLS information to the Ethernet frame, and forward the Ethernet frame to the S-VLAN component. The S- VLAN component then forwards the Ethernet frame to any of the MPLS network and the Ethernet network. A related network core bridge, methods and computer-readable medium are also described.04-18-2013
20130094510MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL ADDRESS PROTECTION METHOD AND SWITCH - The present disclosure discloses a MAC address protection method and switch. A switch in a layer 2 ring network obtains network topology information of the layer 2 ring network, the network topology information includes a protection MAC address of a protected device, an identifier of a switch corresponding to the protection MAC address, and an identifier of each switch in the layer 2 ring network, wherein the protection MAC address is the MAC address of the protected device; and determines a local outgoing interface of the protection MAC address of the protected device according to the network topology information, establishes and stores an outgoing interface of an MAC entry corresponding to the protection MAC address according to the local outgoing interface of the protection MAC address, thereby ensuring the protected device to correctly send and receive messages to meet the topology change of the layer 2 ring network.04-18-2013
20130094509OPEN COMMUNICATION METHOD IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - An open communication method between at least two sub-networks using a broker node. Each of the sub-networks has a different routable network addressing scheme. The method comprises receiving a packet for a specific application, the packet includes an application identifier, determining if the packet is to be relayed to another of the at least two sub-networks based upon the application identifier, determining if a node receiving the packet is a broker node, relaying the packet to a broker node if not a broker node and forwarding, by the broker node, the packet to at least one node in another of the at least two sub-networks. The node generating the packet communicates using a first of the at least two sub-networks. A broker node communicates using at least two of the at least two sub-networks via a corresponding routable network addressing schemes for each of the sub-networks.04-18-2013
20130094511PACKET DIVERSION METHOD AND DEEP PACKET INSPECTION DEVICE - A packet diversion method and a DPI device are disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: receiving a packet, where the packet contains a user identifier; according to the user identifier and preset first correspondence between the user identifier and a service type, searching for the service type corresponding to the user identifier in the packet; adding an inner virtual local area network Vlan header to the packet according to the service type, preset second correspondence between a service type and a slave device identifier, and preset third correspondence between a slave device identifier and each bit in a diversion identifier field; and diverting the packet to a corresponding slave device according to the diversion identifier in the diversion identifier field. The inner Vlan header carrying the diversion identifier field is added to the packet, to indicate diversion of the packet in a same cluster.04-18-2013
20130094507PARALLEL PROCESSING OF NETWORK PACKETS - A packet processing circuit includes a plurality of header extraction circuits, and a scheduling circuit coupled to the plurality of header extraction circuits. The scheduling circuit is configured to receive one or more requests to extract header data of a respective packet from a data bus having a plurality of data lanes. In response to each request, the scheduling circuit determines a first subset of the plurality of data lanes that contain the respective header specified by the request, and assigns a respective one of the plurality of header extraction circuits to extract respective header data from the first subset of the plurality of data lanes.04-18-2013
20130094508Methods of and Apparatus for Managing Non-Congestion-Controlled Message Traffic in a Datacenter - Managing non-congestion-controlled message traffic in a datacenter. Any non-congestion-controlled packets originating in a sending server and intended for a receiving server are encapsulated in the sending server and transmitted through a virtual circuit having a message transport protocol with rate control. The packets are decapsulated in the receiving server.04-18-2013
20130114602COMMUNICATING A MESSAGE REQUEST TRANSACTION TO A LOGICAL DEVICE - A general input/output communication port implements a communication stack that includes a physical layer, a data link layer and a transaction layer. The transaction layer includes assembling a packet header for a message request transaction to one or more logical devices. The packet header includes a format field to indicate the length of the packet header and to further specify whether the packet header includes a data payload, a subset of a type field to indicate the packet header relates to the message request transaction and a message field. The message field includes a message to implement the message request transaction. The message includes at least one message that is selected from a group of messages. The group of messages to include a message to unlock a logical device, a message to reset a logical device, a message to indicate a correctable error condition, a message to indicate an uncorrectable error condition, a message to indicate a fatal error condition, a message to report a bad request packet, a message to indicate power management and a message to emulate an interrupt signal.05-09-2013
20130114603METHOD FOR DIVERTING PACKET MULTIPLE TIMES, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for diverting a packet multiple times between a master network device and multiple slave devices. The method includes: receiving a packet sent by a first slave device, where the packet includes an MPLS header that carries multi-diversion information, the multi-diversion information includes a multi-diversion identifier field, and the multi-diversion identifier field is used to indicate a slave device to which the packet needs to be diverted; determining, according to the multi-diversion identifier field, a second slave device to which the packet needs to be diverted; and sending the packet to the second slave device.05-09-2013
20130114599PACKET STEERING - A method for steering packets, including receiving a packet and determining parameters to be used in steering the packet to a specific destination, in one or more initial steering stages, based on one or more packet specific attributes. The method further includes determining an identity of the specific destination of the packet in one or more subsequent steering stages, governed by the parameters determined in the one or more initial stages and one or more packet specific attributes, and forwarding the packet to the determined specific destination.05-09-2013
20130114598PACKET ORDERING BASED ON DELIVERY ROUTE CHANGES IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A hybrid network device can implement functionality to detect a change in a packet route associated with one or more packets sharing a common route, and to manage out-of-order packet arrival. In a hybrid communication network, a first network device can communicate with a second network device via a plurality of packet routes. The first network device can detect one or more route change indicators that are indicative of a change in a packet route between the first network device and the second network device from a first packet route to a second packet route based, at least in part, on a plurality of packets received from the second network device. Based on the route change indicators, it may be determined whether the plurality of packets were received according to a predetermined order and if the plurality of packets should be re-ordered based on the predetermined order.05-09-2013
20130114601PHYSICAL LAYER PROCESSING OF TIMESTAMPS AND MAC SECURITY - A physical layer device provides both timestamp processing and security processing. The timestamp processing may be PTP processing according to IEEE Std. 1588 and/or OAM processing according to ITU-T Recommendation Y.1731. The security processing may be MACsec processing according to IEEE Std. 802.1AE. The timestamp processing may delay some packets to avoid impairing accuracy of timing information. For example, the accuracy of timing information could be impaired when a packet containing the timing information is delay due to additional bits added to a preceding packet to include a security tag and integrity check value.05-09-2013
20130114600INTEGRATED FIBRE CHANNEL SUPPORT IN AN ETHERNET FABRIC SWITCH - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes a packet processor and a device management module. During operation, the packet processor constructs a notification message containing a Transparent Interconnection of Lots of Links (TRILL) Routing Bridge (RBridge) identifier associated with a Fibre Channel router. The device management module operates in conjunction with the packet processor and terminates TRILL forwarding for a received TRILL packet with the RBridge identifier as an egress RBridge identifier.05-09-2013
20130100956ROUTING USING GLOBAL ADDRESS PAIRS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for routing using global address pairs. Embodiments of the invention use publicly routable Internet Protocol (“IP”) addresses to represent sites rather than individual hosts. Hosts can be represented by a global address pair, including site public IP address and a node private IP address. Nodes route packets to address processing modules using IP-in-IP encapsulation. An outer header contains a site public IP address and is destined to a site on inter-site links. An inner header contains a node private IP address and is destined to a private endpoint in intra-site links. In some embodiments, a site public IPv4 address and a node private IPv4 address are encoded into an IPv6 address. Use of an IPv6 address makes encoding of the two IPv4 address transparent to IPv6 applications.04-25-2013
20130100955TECHNIQUE FOR PRIORITIZING TRAFFIC AT A ROUTER - A network traffic managing node of a communication network, such as a router or gateway, can implement a network traffic routing and bandwidth management mechanism. A first application associated with a first communication stream of a communication network is determined. A first maximum bandwidth is assigned to the first communication stream. The first maximum bandwidth is determined based on a first traffic class associated with the first application. A routing of the first communication stream is managed based, at least in part, on the first traffic class and the first maximum bandwidth. A second maximum bandwidth associated with a second traffic class is assigned to the first communication stream in response to determining a bandwidth associated with the first communication stream exceeds the first maximum bandwidth. A routing of the first communication stream is managed based on the second traffic class and the second maximum bandwidth.04-25-2013
20130100957INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing system is provided which includes a plurality of networked relay nodes and a management node. Each of the relay nodes includes a transfer unit for transferring a received packet to another node in accordance with route control information, a storage unit for storing process rules, determination logic for determining whether the received packet is a process-target packet serving as a target to be processed in the relay node, processing logic for, upon receiving a process packet at the relay node, executing a process corresponding process-identifying information included in the packet on process data included in the packet in accordance with the process rules, and determination logic for determining a destination to which a result obtained by processing the process data is transferred. The process-target packet includes process-identifying information indicating a content of a process to be executed, and process-target data serving as a target of the process.04-25-2013
20130100954Media Routing - A method and system for routing media from a source resource on a source appliance across a network to a destination resource on a destination appliance. The particular destination resource on a destination appliance can be specified. Alternatively, the particular destination appliance is specified but the particular resource on the destination appliance is not specified. An intermediate appliance having a resource for converting the media from a source media-type to a destination media-type can be further specified. A user interface is provided to allow a user to specify the source and destination of the media. A discovery process is provided to allow appliances to discover the other appliances and resources available on the network.04-25-2013
20110268124Encapsulating Large Ethernet Frames - A method comprising receiving a data frame, encapsulating the received data frame into a reflected frame message (RFM) encapsulated frame, and if the received data frame causes the RFM encapsulated frame to exceed a maximum service data unit size, either the data frame is truncated or the data frame is split into two smaller frames and those two smaller frames are encapsulated by two separate RFM frames, wherein if a truncation flag is set to true, the data frame is truncated and the truncated data frame is encapsulated in one RFM.11-03-2011
20110268119PACKET PROCESSING ARCHITECTURE - A method to process a packet is described herein. The method comprises receiving a packet including a header and a payload. The header is parsed using a packet processor to determine type and priority of the packet. The header is then processed using a hardware acceleration block based on one or more of incoming bandwidth, priority and type of the packet. The custom hardware acceleration block generates header modification data that is sent to the packet processor. The header is modified using the packet processor, based on the header modification data, to generate a modified header. The modified header is appended to the payload and transmitted.11-03-2011
20130128891CONNECTION IDENTIFIER ASSIGNMENT AND SOURCE NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - A controller of a network control system for configuring several middlebox instances is described. The middlebox instances implement a middlebox in a distributed manner in several hosts. The controller assigns a first set of identifiers to a first middlebox instance that associates an identifier in the first set with a first packet. The controller assigns a second set of identifiers to a second middlebox instance that associates an identifier in the second set with a second packet.05-23-2013
20080205404Method and System for Implementing Virtual Circuit Status Consistency - A method and a system for implementing virtual circuit status consistency. A transmitting provider edge router (PE) send an extended network layer reachability information (NLRI) message to a remote PE; the remote PE updates the status of the virtual circuit from the remote PE to the transmitting PE, according to the received extended NLRI message, so as to make the status of the virtual circuits between the transmitting PE and the remote PE consistent. A system for implementing virtual circuit status consistency, the first provider edge router (PE08-28-2008
20080205403Network packet processing using multi-stage classification - Methods and systems for processing packets in data network using multistage classification are disclosed. An example method for processing packets includes receiving a data packet at a first processing stage and examining the packet at the first processing stage to determine a first attribute of the packet. Based on the first attribute, a first classification is assigned to the packet. In the example method, the packet and the first classification are communicated from the first processing stage to a second processing stage and the packet is examined at the second processing stage to determine a second attribute of the packet. Based on the second attribute, a second classification is assigned to the packet. The example method further includes processing the packet based on the first classification and the second classification.08-28-2008
20110216770METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING NETWORK PACKETS AND RELATED PACKET PROCESSING CIRCUIT - A packet processing circuit for use in a routing device is disclosed including: an input/output interface; and a processor coupled with input/output interface for, when receiving a first network packet having a destination network protocol address addressed to an external network section and having a destination physical address different from the physical address of the routing device, generating a second network packet having a destination network protocol address the same as the first network packet and having a source physical address the same as the physical address of the routing device.09-08-2011
20110211579METHOD, SYSTEM AND NETWORK NODE FOR SETTING UP A LABEL SWITCHING PATH - The present invention relates to communications technologies and discloses a method, a system, and a label switching router for setting up a Label Switching Path (LSP). The method includes: an ingress edge node sends a label request packet to a downstream node, where the label request packet carries an Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) property flag of a Forwarding Equivalence Class (FEC); the downstream node that receives the label request packet sends the label request packet to a next-hop node according to the property flag; and the node that receives the label request packet performs label mapping according to a path of the label request packet, binds a label to the FEC, and sets up an LSP. An ECMP property flag indicating setting up an ECMP route is permitted is introduced in the process of setting up an LSP. Therefore, setup of an ECMP route is prevented for the FEC that imposes special requirements, and management and maintenance of the network are facilitated.09-01-2011
20110222541Network System, Edge Node, and Relay Node - Edge nodes form point-to-point communication paths with one another. Multiple communication paths set at one port of an edge node and/or a relay node are regarded as a group. Identification information of the port and identification information of a group that outputs a frame inputted into the port are previously stored as associated with each other. If the destination address of a frame inputted into the port is unknown, an outgoing interface search unit identifies at least one group corresponding to the port. The frame is outputted from a port corresponding to the identified group.09-15-2011
20110222540PACKET ASSEMBLY MODULE FOR MULTI-CORE, MULTI-THREAD NETWORK PROCESSORS - Described embodiments provide a packet assembler for a network processor. The network processor includes a plurality of processing modules for processing received packets into one or more processed-packet portions. A shared system memory of the network processor receives processed-packet portions corresponding to packet assemblies. Each of the packet assemblies has associated tasks. A packet assembly processor constructs an output packet for each packet assembly from the processed-packet portions in accordance with instructions from the tasks associated with the packet assembly. The packet assembly processor coordinates storage of the processed-packet portions for each output packet that is read from the system memory based on the instructions from the tasks associated with the corresponding packet assembly.09-15-2011
20110222539METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR AUTOMATICALLY SELECTING BETWEEN INTERNET PROTOCOL SWITCHING MODES ON A PER-MODULE BASIS IN A PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for automatically selecting between Internet protocol switching modes on a per-module basis in a packet forwarding device. According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a packet forwarding device including at least one input/output (I/O) module. The at least one I/O module includes a longest prefix matching (LPM) table, an Internet protocol forwarding database (IPFDB) and the packet forwarding device includes an IP routing table and an IPFDB. When the I/O module operates in an LPM mode, the IPFDB on the I/O module is populated with entries corresponding to active hosts, the LPM table on the I/O module is populated from the IP routing table with routes learned from IP routing protocols, and layer 3 packets received by the I/O module are routed using the IPFDB and LPM table of the I/O module. An automatic mode-selection module determines a capacity of the LPM table on the I/O module. The automatic mode-selection module also determines a total number of IP routes stored in the IP routing table and determines a relationship between the total number of IP routes and the capacity of the LPM table. In response to determining that the total number of IP routes has a predetermined relationship with the capacity of the LPM table, the automatic mode-selection module also automatically switches the I/O module from the LPM mode to an IPFDB mode, where the IPFDB and the LPM table are populated with entries corresponding to active hosts and layer 3 packets received by the I/O module are routed using the IPFDB and LPM table of the I/O module.09-15-2011
20080198854SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCAL PACKET TRANSPORT SERVICES WITHIN DISTRIBUTED ROUTERS - A system and method for routing packets within a router having a plurality of loosely-coupled route processors, including a first route processor, and a line card operably coupled to the plurality of distributed-route-processors. Each route processor includes an internal forwarding information base (IFIB). Each IFIB includes information that is used to route packets addressed to elements within the router.08-21-2008
20080198853APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING ACTIONS BASED ON PACKET CLASSIFICATION AND LOOKUP RESULTS - A method and apparatus are provided for implementing predefined actions based upon packet classification and lookup results in a communications network processor. A plurality of sets of rules is defined. Each rule set includes at least one rule and each rule has a set of masked compares for comparing results of hits and misses of table lookups. Each masked compare set has an associated field for selecting an action. The action defines a set of one or more commands and each command defines a processing operation. One rule set is identified based upon the packet classification result for a received packet. When one of the rules is identified having a match of the masked compares, then the action of associated with the identified rule is selected. Otherwise a default action is provided responsive to no rule of the identified rule set having a match of the masked compares.08-21-2008
20080198852ADDRESS CONVERTER FOR GATEWAYS INTERCONNECTING NETWORKS OF DIFFERENT ADDRESS FORMATS - In a gateway, a packet received from a first network contains first address data conforming to the first network in the packet header and second address data conforming to a second network in an auxiliary header. The first address data of the packet is then rewritten with the second address data of the packet and transmitted from the gateway to the second network.08-21-2008
20080198851INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM INCLUDING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND TERMINALS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD FOR THE SAME - An information processing system includes an information processing apparatus configured to perform a call control; and terminals configured to communicate with the information processing apparatus. The information processing apparatus sets an SDP in an SIP message based on network connection environment data indicating existence or non-existence of a NAT (Network Address Translator) apparatus connected with each of the terminals and a type of the NAT apparatus.08-21-2008
20080198850Peer-to-peer communication system and method - A method and system of enabling communication between peers in a peer-to-peer (P2P) network in the presence of network address translators (NAT). The method includes: assigning a unique peer identifier to each one of the plurality of peers in the P2P network; establishing an overlay topology connecting each peer to a subset of the plurality of peers in a structured connection pattern based on the unique peer identifier of each peer, each one of the plurality of peers having more connections to close peers and fewer connections to distant peers; and routing messages between peers through the established overlay topology.08-21-2008
20080198849SCALING VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS USING SERVICE INSERTION ARCHITECTURE - In one embodiment, service routers may register their serviced VPNs with a service directory/broker (SDB), and edge routers may register their attached VPNs. The SDB may then return service headers, each corresponding to a particular VPN, and also returns an address of a service router corresponding to each service header to the edge routers. An edge router may then push an appropriate service header onto a received packet, and forward the packet to the corresponding service router, which forwards the packet based on a maintained VRF for a VPN according to the service header (e.g., thus the edge routers need only maintain limited/reduced VRFs). Also, services provided by the service routers may be distinguished using service headers accordingly. In this manner, the edge routers may forward packets requiring one or more desired services to service routers configured to perform such services.08-21-2008
20130148662MAC LEARNING IN A TRILL NETWORK - A switch of a data network implements both a bridge and a virtual bridge. In response to receipt of a data frame by the switch from an external link, the switch performs a lookup in a data structure using a source media access control (SMAC) address specified by the data frame. The switch determines if the external link is configured in a link aggregation group (LAG) and if the SMAC address is newly learned. In response to a determination that the external link is configured in a LAG and the SMAC address is newly learned, the switch associates the SMAC with the virtual bridge and communicates the association to a plurality of bridges in the data network.06-13-2013
20130148663Method to Carry FCoE Frames Over A TRILL Based Network - An apparatus for forwarding an Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) data frame into an Ethernet network comprising a processor configured to receive a data frame on a input port, obtain a first destination address and a virtual local area network identifier (VID), determine whether the first destination address and the VID matches an entry within a forwarding table, construct a key when the first destination address and VID matches the entry and the data frame is a FCoE frame, and forward the data frame as an outgoing data frame via an output port when the key matches a rule that permits forwarding the data frame.06-13-2013
20110235643REDIRECT CHECKING IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A network device for performing redirect checking includes an input device and processing logic. The input device receives a data packet on a first one of a number of interfaces. The data packet includes source and destination addresses. The processing logic assigns an incoming interface to the data packet and generates forwarding information identifying a next hop for the data packet. The processing logic also identifies an outgoing interface based on the next hop and determines whether the incoming interface index is equal to the outgoing interface index. The processing logic also determines whether the data packet originated from a station that is part of the same subnet as the next hop. When both of these conditions are met, the processing logic generates a redirect message.09-29-2011
20110255541IP MULTIPLEXING FROM MANY IP HOSTS - The invention relates to a method for multiplexing data packets from different IP hosts to one multiplexing packet before it is sent to a destination IP host, where the different data packets in the multiplexing packet are distributed to the different destination IP hosts.10-20-2011
20130148664METHOD FOR GENERATING AN ADDRESS FIELD, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ELECTRONIC MESSAGE AND DATA PACKET - A simple and flexible method for generating an address field for an electronic message involves forming first and second address part from a string with several characters, such that the second address part denotes those characters of an address whose value is determined by the corresponding character in the first address part and/or denote those characters of the address whose values are variable and generating an address field from the first and the second address parts.06-13-2013
20130148665Differentiated Handling of Network Traffic using Network Address Translation - In order to allow efficient differentiated handling of network traffic in a network section, a network address translator performs network address translation on incoming data packets to be transmitted into the network section and/or on outgoing data packets transmitted from the network section. In the incoming data packets, the network address translation replaces a source network address with a replacement network address. In the outgoing data packets, a replacement network address is included in place of a destination address, and the network address translation replaces the replacement network address with the destination network address. In each case, the replacement network address is selected according to a traffic class of the data packet. In the network section, differentiated handling of the data packets on the basis of the replacement network address is provided.06-13-2013
20100284407NEXTHOP TO A FORWARDING TABLE - A router receives destination address information for a packet and determines, among entries in a first forwarding table, a closest match for the received destination address information. The router receives a pointer to a second forwarding table in accordance with the closest match determined in the first forwarding table and determines, among entries in the second forwarding table, a closest match for the received destination address information.11-11-2010
20100284404SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PACKET STEERING IN A MULTI-CORE ARCHITECTURE - Described herein is a method and system for distributing whole and fragmented requests and responses across a multi-core system. Each core executes a packet engine that further processes data packets and data packet fragments allocated to that core. A flow distributor executing within the multi-core system forwards client requests to a packet engine on a core that is selected based on a value generated when a hash is applied to a tuple comprising a client IP address, a client port, a server IP address and a server port identified in the request. The packet engine maintains each element of the tuple and forwards the request to the selected core. The packet engine can also process data packet fragments by assembling the fragments prior to transmitting them to the selected core, or by transmitting the data packet fragments to the selected core.11-11-2010
20100290469METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FAST REROUTE OF A UNICAST PACKET WITHIN A NETWORK ELEMENT TO AN AVAILABLE PORT ASSOCIATED WITH A MULTI-LINK TRUNK - A method, apparatus and computer program product for providing fast reroute of a packet is presented. A unicast packet is received by an FDU in a data plane of a network element and a destination is determined for the packet. A lookup is performed in a port state table maintained by the FDU to determine an available local port that is in an UP state for the destination, and if no local port is UP, then a lookup is performed in the port state table to determine an available remote port that is in an UP state for the destination. If a port in the UP state cannot be determined for the unicast packet, then the packet is dropped.11-18-2010
20100290468Negotiated Secure Fast Table Lookups for Protocols with Bidirectional Identifiers - During connection establishments for a protocol with bidirectional identifiers, connection data is allocated, the locally selected identifier is a pointer to the allocated connection data, and a mathematical transformation is applied to the pointer. The pointer and a result of the mathematical transformation are included in a first and second portion of the connection establishment packets respectively. Upon receipt of a data packet for that protocol, a first and second portion of the data packet (which correspond to the first and second portion of the connection establishment packets) are extracted. The same mathematical transformation used during connection establishment is applied to the data extracted from the first portion of the data packet. The result of that mathematical transformation is compared with the data extracted from the second portion of the data packet. If the values match, then the data extracted from the first portion is trusted and dereferenced to access the allocated connection data associated with that data packet.11-18-2010
20100290467Discovery and Capability Exchange Management in a Virtualized Computing Platform Utilizing a SR-IOV Adapter - In various embodiments a traffic class manager is a resource within a virtualized computer systems trusted entity (i.e. a hypervisor, trusted partition, etc.) which maps requirements from a platform management and associated network capabilities onto an SR-IOV adapter in order to appropriately allocate SR-IOV adapter and network resources to the virtualized computer partitions. In various embodiments the traffic class manager defines network traffic classes that meet the objectives of a platform administrator based on the capabilities of the SR-IOV adapter and the network attached to the adapter ports. Once the traffic classes are defined, in various embodiments, the traffic class manager enforces the assignment of a traffic class to a virtual interface queue pair within a partition.11-18-2010
20120275460METHOD FOR PROCESSING A PLURALITY OF DATA AND SWITCHING DEVICE FOR SWITCHING COMMUNICATION PACKETS - The invention concerns a method of processing a plurality of data packets in a packet switched communication network comprising at least one switching device (11-01-2012
20120275459PROCESSING PACKETS BY A NETWORK DEVICE - A method and apparatus for performing a lookup in a switching device of a packet switched network where the lookup includes a plurality of distinct operations each of which returns a result that includes a pointer to a next operation in a sequence of operations for the lookup. The method includes determining a first lookup operation to be executed, executing the first lookup operation including returning a result and determining if the result includes a pointer to another lookup operation in the sequence of operations. If the result includes a pointer to another lookup operation, the lookup operation indicated by the result is executed. Else, the lookup is terminated.11-01-2012
20100316054METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING MAPPING INFORMATION - A method, system, and apparatus for sending mapping information are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: An endpoint searches a mapping server to obtain Egress Tunnel Router (ETR) information used for forwarding a data packet sent by the endpoint in a transit network; and the endpoint adds the ETR information to the data packet and sends the data packet to an Ingress Tunnel Router (ITR). With the present invention, the ITR does not need to search for Routing Locator (RLOC) information or Autonomous System Number (AS No.) information, the pressure of searching for mapping information on the ITR is relieved, the problems such as forwarding performance deterioration and packet loss caused by ITR overload are avoided, and the risks of Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS) attacks are reduced.12-16-2010
20100316053ADDRESS LEARNING METHOD AND ADDRESS LEARNING SWITCH - A switch operating in a multistage switch network is provided. The switch includes a plurality of ports, a first processor for processing a source address and a destination address of a packet received by the plurality of ports, and a second processor for including a memory storing data of the packet, and for outputting, under the control of the first processor, the data of the packet stored on the memory, wherein the first processor calculates a hash value of the source addresses of the packet in accordance with a specific hash function, identifies a output port connected to a switch that corresponds to the hash value and is to learn the source address, and causes the second processor to output the data of the packet to the output port.12-16-2010
20100316052RECURSIVE PACKET HEADER PROCESSING - According to one general aspect, an apparatus may include an ingress port, a header cache, and a plurality of ingress recursion engines. In some embodiments, the ingress port may be configured to receive a packet that comprises a data portion and a header portion, wherein the header portion comprises at least one header. In various embodiments, the header cache may be configured to store at least a part of the header portion of the packet. In one embodiment, the plurality of ingress recursion engines may be configured to recursively process the header portion, from outer-most header to inner-most header, until an adjacency value for the packet is determined. In some embodiments, each ingress recursion engine may be configured to process a header from the header portion.12-16-2010
20100316051PACKET PROCESSING USING BRAIDED TRIES - Packets are processed (e.g., routed or classified) in accordance with a braided trie, which represents the combination of two or more different original tries (e.g., representing different forwarding/classification tables). The different tries are combined by twisting the mappings for specific trie nodes to make the shapes of the different tries more similar. Each node in the braided trie contains a braiding bit for at least one original trie indicating the mapping for that trie's node. Trie braiding can significantly reduce the number of nodes used to represent the different original tries, thereby reducing memory usage and improving scalability. Braided tries can be used for such applications as virtual routers and packet classification in which different forwarding/classification tables are represented by a single braided trie stored in shared memory.12-16-2010
20130177020COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - Each edge switch counts the number of times that a first-arrival packet of the same packets was received for each port, and after a predetermined time elapsed, a main edge switch that is determined based on the transmission source and destination MAC addresses identifies a port based on the number of times, and registers the identified port in a table of the main edge switch with the transmission source MAC address. On the other hand, a sub-edge switch clears the number of times once after the predetermined time elapsed, and counts the number of times again. After that, when the predetermined time elapsed again, similar to the main edge switch, the sub-edge switch identifies a port based on the number of times, and registers the identified port in a table of the sub-edge switch with the transmission source MAC address.07-11-2013
20130156037NETWORK RELAY APPARATUS - The network relay apparatus is provided. The network relay apparatus includes: a main controller; a relay processor; and, a network interface unit configured to include: a plurality of line interfaces to which physical lines are respectively connected and send and receive a packet to and from outside of the network relay apparatus; a data storage configured to store circuit data; a programmable logic device by with a logic circuit having a predetermined function is realized; a configuration circuit configured to direct the programmable logic device to configure the logic circuit using the circuit data; and a state controller provided in a circuit structure other than the programmable logic device to control state of each of the plurality of line interfaces to one of an active state which allows data transmission and reception and a standby state which prohibits data transmission and reception.06-20-2013
20130156038Differentiated Handling of Data Traffic with Adaptation of Network Address Lookup - Differentiated Handling of Data Traffic with Adaptation of Network Address Lookup in a method of differentiated handling of data traffic, the data traffic is related to a network resource and is preceded by a lookup procedure for obtaining a network address of the network resource. A message of the lookup procedure is processed for adapting the lookup procedure. Due to the adaptation, the lookup procedure returns a network address of a replacement network resource. The replacement network resource is capable of replacing the network resource in communication of data packets of the data traffic. On the basis of the network address of the replacement network resource, differentiated handling of the data packets in said communication with the replacement network resource is accomplished.06-20-2013
20130156035METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DOMAIN BASED PACKET FORWARDING - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for swapping headers for authenticating policy based domains and tracing paths at the time of high-reliable data plane transmission. The method includes receiving packets forwarded through predetermined paths, confirming whether the received packets are normal packets, determining whether the path identification information corresponding to the paths of the received packets is present in a header information storage unit of a domain receiving the packets, swapping the headers included in the packets to swapping headers of the header information storage unit by using the identification information if it is determined that the path identification information is present, and correcting the path tracing information. By this configuration, degradation in data plane performance due to the lengths of headers can be solved.06-20-2013
20130156036ANALYSIS OF NETWORK PACKETS USING A GENERATED HASH CODE - A technique for analyzing network packets includes receiving, by a network processor, a network packet having a packet header including address and control information. A set of bytes are extracted, using the network processor, from the packet header and a set of input bits for generating a hash code are derived, using the network processor, from the set of bytes. Finally, the hash code is generated using the input bits.06-20-2013
20120281702METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING PSEUDO WIRE - A method, a system, and a device for establishing a pseudo wire are disclosed. The method includes: receiving, by a switching provider edge at a bifurcation position, a label mapping message, obtaining information of the switching provider edge at the bifurcation position and information of at least two next hops or outgoing interfaces of the switching provider edge through parsing, comparing the information of the switching provider edge at the bifurcation position with information of a local device, and if the information of the switching provider edge at the bifurcation position matches with the information of the local device, establishing at least two pseudo wires from the switching provider edge according to the information of at least two next hops or outgoing interfaces.11-08-2012
20120281701BROADBAND ACCESS FOR VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS - A method for communicating between a source and a destination in a service provider internet protocol network includes receiving, at an egress edge device from an ingress edge device on the service provider internet protocol network, an upper layer packet comprising data received in turn from the source and encapsulated in accordance with a service provider format into the upper layer packet. The upper layer packet includes a virtual private network identification identifying a destination. The method also includes authenticating the upper layer packet at the egress edge device using the virtual private network identification. Upon authentication, the upper layer packet is decapsulated into a lower layer packet for the destination.11-08-2012
20120281700LAYER-3 SUPPORT IN TRILL NETWORKS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes an IP header processor and a forwarding mechanism. The IP header processor identifies a destination IP address in a packet encapsulated with an inner Ethernet header, a TRILL header, and an outer Ethernet header. The forwarding mechanism determines an output port and constructs a new header for the packet based on the destination IP address. The switch also includes a packet processor which determines whether (1) an inner destination media access control (MAC) address corresponds to a local MAC address assigned to the switch; (2) a destination RBridge identifier corresponds to a local RBridge identifier assigned to the switch; and (3) an outer destination MAC address corresponds to the local MAC address.11-08-2012
20120281699APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING A PACKET STRUCTURE - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for wireless communication. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be configured to generate packets, wherein each of the packets comprises a packet header comprising a packet format field comprising a first indicator that indicates whether the packet header comprises a payload length field and whether the packet comprises a payload. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be further configured to generate a second indicator based on a type of data in the payload, and attach the second indicator to the data.11-08-2012
20120281698SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING VIRTUAL SWITCHES - Network switches that are controlled by a controller server may contain ports through which network packets are received and forwarded. An architect may configure the controller server to create virtual switches. Each virtual switch may be formed from a subset of the ports of the network switches. The architect may assign administrators to the virtual switches. The administrators may configure the virtual switches. An administrator may use a command line interface to configure a virtual switch. The administrator may use commands such as a show port command, an access list command, a show access list command, and a membership rule command to manage the virtual switch. The controller server may prevent the administrator from logging on to virtual switches that have been assigned to other administrators.11-08-2012
20130182708Network Appliance with Integrated Local Area Network and Storage Area Network Extension Services - Techniques and a network edge device are provided herein to extend local area networks (LANs) and storage area networks (SANs) beyond a data center while converging the associated local area network and storage area network host layers. A packet is received at a device in a network. It is determined if the packet is routed to a local or remote storage area network or local area network. In response to determining that the packet routed to a remote storage area network, storage area network extension services are performed with respect to the packet in order to extend the storage area network on behalf of a remote location. In response to determining that the packet is routed to a local local area network traffic, local area network extension services are performed with respect to the packet in order to extend the local area network on behalf of the remote location.07-18-2013
20130182711NETWORK SYSTEM AND FRAME COMMUNICATION METHOD - A network system has: a communication device configured to perform frame transmission and reception; a network configured to transfer the frame; a gateway connected between the communication device and the network; and a controller configured to perform management of the communication device and the network. The frame is classified into a control frame for communicating control information necessary for communication and a data frame for communicating data between communication devices. The gateway determines whether a frame received from a source communication device is the control frame or the data frame, forwards the control frame to the controller, and forwards the data frame to the network. The controller performs the management based on the control frame received from the gateway. The network transfers the data frame received from the gateway to a destination communication device without through the controller.07-18-2013
20130182709METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RBRIDGE HOP-BY-HOP COMPRESSION AND FRAME AGGREGATION - Some embodiments relate to a network comprising two RBridges connected by a link where the two RBridges are not the ingress and egress RBridge for said frames, wherein said RBridges automatically exchange information as to their support of hop-by-hop reversible frame aggregation, reversible header compression, and reversible data compression, and wherein if both RBridges support any or all of these features in the same fashion, one or more of said features are automatically applied to appropriate frames at the transmitting RBridge and removed at the receiving RBridge, increasing the throughput of the link.07-18-2013
20130182710METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO MANIPULATE PACKET ROUTING - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to manipulate packet routing are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving a first route advertisement from a first provider edge router, the first route advertisement including next-hop routing information associated with a destination and a label associated with an interface of the first provider edge router; modifying the next-hop routing information to form first modified next-hop routing information, the first modified next-hop routing information to redirect a packet addressed to the destination; and sending a second route advertisement to a second provider edge router, the second route advertisement including the first modified next-hop routing information and the label.07-18-2013
20110280242TECHNOLOGY FOR FLUSHING AND RELEARNING MAC ADDRESSES IN TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A technique for performing a flushing process at a port of a network switch, where the flushing process comprises a flooding operation and an operation of relearning MAC addresses. In the method, these two operations are made independent, and the operation of relearning MAC addresses is started before termination of the flooding operation. An operation of forwarding packets to the relearned MAC addresses can be started before termination of the flooding operation.11-17-2011
20110292943METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING PACKETS - The present invention relates to the field of communication technologies, and discloses a method and an apparatus for forwarding packets to solve the problems in the prior art, namely, if a long Internet Protocol (IP) address needs to be searched for at the time of forwarding a packet, the number of Ternary Content Addressable Memories (TCAMs) need to be increased, or an external Random Access Memory (RAM) needs to be accessed for more times, which leads to a high cost and low performance. The method includes: extracting a first bit sequence from a destination address of a received packet, and using the first bit sequence as a key value; searching for a preset TCAM entry by using the key value, and obtaining an index value returned by the TCAM entry; and using the index value and a second group of bits in the destination address of the packet as conditions for searching, according to a predetermined algorithm, for a preset Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entry, and obtaining a forwarding address of the packet. The technical solution under the present invention is applicable to searching a table for an Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) address in a router.12-01-2011
20110292942ROUTER, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROGRAM - A router has a sending module that sends information to a data center connected with a wide-area-network when the router has been connected with the wide-area-network, the information being registered in the router beforehand and including information relating to an information-management-device that starts up a virtual machine and a virtual router, an opening module that acquires a protocol setting information from the data center and opens a channel leading to a gateway in the data center on the basis of the protocol setting information, and a communication module that acquires an address of the virtual router to be connected with the virtual machine which has been started up on the basis of the information relating to the information-management-device from the data center and communicates with the virtual router via the channel on the basis of the acquired address of the virtual router.12-01-2011
20110292941TRANSMITTER AND CONTROL INFORMATION CONFIGURATION METHOD - A transmitter includes: a receiving unit to receive apparatus identification information that identifies transmitter and path identification information that identifies a data transfer path from another transmitter coupled to a local apparatus; a comparing unit to compare a value indicating an address assigned to the another transmitter to a value indicating an address assigned to the local apparatus; and a configuring unit to configure the local apparatus with apparatus identification information and path identification information determined by the local apparatus, or apparatus identification information and path identification information included in a frame received by the receiving unit, based on comparison results by the comparing unit.12-01-2011
20110305241METHOD OF IMPLEMENTING TRAVERSAL OF MULTIMEDIA PROTOCOLS THROUGH NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION DEVICE - The present invention discloses a method of implementing traversal of multimedia protocols through Network Address Translation device, wherein the Network Address Translation (NAT) device establishes a mapping relationship between address of a terminal in a private network and address of a terminal in a public network, and enables the terminal in the private network to access the public network with a common address, so as to implement the interaction of media streams between the terminal in the private network and the terminal in the public network, in which the common address is a address of the private network for accessing the public network.12-15-2011
20110310903METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MIGRATING VPN ROUTING AND FORWARDING INSTANCES - A method, an apparatus and a system for migrating VPN Routing and Forwarding (VRF) instances are disclosed. The system includes: a first BGP process, configured to: send a VRF instance and configuration information of BGP peers in the VRF instance to a second Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process; instruct a Transport Control Protocol (TCP) to back up a TCP link to the second BGP process in a hot backup mode, where the TCP link is related to peer sessions of the BGP peers in the VRF instance; and the second BGP process, configured to: receive routes in an Adjacent Ingress Routing Information Base (Adj-RIB-IN) sent by the first BGP process unit. In the embodiments of the present invention, BGP peers services of the VRF instance are not interrupted, and the sessions are not disconnected; a peer device cannot perceive the migration process of a router completely; and changed routing information in the migration process is updated after the migration.12-22-2011
20110310902METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SERVICE ROUTING - A routing method, apparatus and system are disclosed. The method includes: receiving from a service provider a service registration request which carries a service logical address, a service physical address, and a message rule; registering routing information according to the service registration request; and routing a request message of a service requestor according to the routing information. The present invention enables routing of the request message of a service requestor according to the service logical address, service physical address, and message rule, so that routing is more flexible and more convenient.12-22-2011
20110310901PACKET FORWARDING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROCESS RULE UPDATE METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided are a packet forwarding apparatus, a communication system, a process rule update method that can accurately delete process rules used for packet forwarding and the like. The packet forwarding apparatus comprises: a process rule storage unit storing a process rule defining a process content for each flow; a packet process unit using a process rule matching a received packet among the process rules and processing a received packet; an end determination information extraction unit extracting information for checking a flow end from the received packet; and a flow end check unit deleting, when a flow end is checked based on the extracted information, a process rule corresponding to the flow.12-22-2011
20110310900COMMUNICATION RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION RELAY SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD - A communication relay apparatus includes a frame transfer unit. The frame transfer unit has a function to change destination information included in a frame, which is a unit of data transfer, from information indicating the own apparatus into information indicating a predetermined external communication apparatus without changing source information included in the frame, when the frame is received. Further, the frame transfer unit has a function to transfer the frame after the change to the external communication apparatus.12-22-2011
20110310899Distributed Virtual Network Gateways - Computerized methods, systems, and computer-readable media are provided for distributing virtualized gateway functionality to multiple nodes within a physical network. Initially, drivers that carry out the gateway functionality are provisioned to cooperate with endpoints instantiated on the network nodes, while a directory service is implemented to maintain a mapping between virtual internet protocol (IP) addresses and location-dependent addresses, as well as a table enumerating transformation actions according to known pathways connecting the endpoints within a network. In operation, the directory service replies to requests from the driver (carrying source and destination IP addresses of data packets) with the appropriate location-dependent addresses (utilizing the mapping) and the appropriate transformation action(s) (utilizing the table). The transformation action(s) include rewriting headers of the data packets to include the location-dependent addresses, encapsulating the data packets as inner data packets within respective outer data packets, or configuring the data packets with a tunneling protocol.12-22-2011
201103108984TO6 NETWORK STACK FOR IPV4 APPLICATIONS - Systems, methods and computer storage media for utilizing IPv6 addressing for globally unique identification of network endpoints when communications from or to an IPv4 compatible application. An IPv4 packet of data that is from and/or directed to an IPv4 endpoint is encapsulated in an IPv6 packet of data. An IPv6 compatible address is identified for a destination of the IPv6 packet of data. The IPv6 address is a globally unique identifier that is comprised of an IPv4 identifier that represents an IPv4 address of the encapsulated IPv4 packet. The IPv6 packet of data is communicated to the destination identified by the IPv6 address. A 4 to 6 stack may intercept the incoming IPv6 packet of data before the destination to strip the IPv6 header information revealing the IPv4 packet of data.12-22-2011
20130188642System and Method for Deterministic I/O with Ethernet Based Industrial Networks - A networking system is discussed. The system may be used for industrial networks, where deterministic behavior is often valued. Bounded message travel times may be achieved for a first set of network traffic. Additional traffic may be routed over the networking system without interfering with the message travel times associated with the first set of network traffic. Systems and methods for assigning priority to various sets of network traffic are discussed.07-25-2013
20130188644INTERNET PROTOCOL MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM NETWORK, AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an Internet Protocol multimedia subsystem network, and a data transmission method and apparatus, which are used in the field of communications technologies. The data transmission method which is used in the IMS includes: performing tunnel encapsulation for an RTP packet to obtain a tunnel packet, where the tunnel packet includes a record unit, and a plurality of RTP packets are encapsulated in each record unit; and sending the tunnel packet to a peer end over a tunnel connected to the peer end. According to the embodiments of the present invention, the additional bandwidth caused by tunnel encapsulation is reduced, the bandwidth of a single packet is lowered, and the user experience and service access capabilities are improved.07-25-2013
20130188641ADDRESS TRANSLATION - An apparatus, method, system and computer-readable medium are provided for converting traffic of a first communication type to traffic of one or more additional communication types. In some embodiments, the communication types may comprise IP communications, such as IPv4 and IPv6 communications. In some embodiments, multicast communications may be supported. For example, one or more tunnels or channels may be established to support transmitting data, such as content, to one or more destination addresses. In some embodiments, a destination address may be associated with a user device. One or more messages may comprise an address that may be extracted by a device, such as a router, to determine a destination. The one or more messages may comprise a request for service or a request to join a service group.07-25-2013
20120287930Local switching at a fabric extender - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a packet at a fabric extender, performing a look up in a flow table at the fabric extender for a flow associated with the packet, processing the packet at the fabric extender based on an entry in the flow table if an entry for the flow is found in the flow table, and forwarding the packet to an upstream network device configured to forward the packet if an entry for the flow is not found in the flow table. An apparatus is also disclosed.11-15-2012
20090285215Internet Protocol Version Six (IPv6) Addressing and Packet Filtering in Broadband Networks - A method comprising sending a dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) message comprising an Identity Association for Prefix Delegation (IA_PD) Prefix option comprising a Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) prefix and a length of the IPv6 prefix to a device having a media access control (MAC) address, receiving from the device a packet comprising a source MAC address and a source IPv6 address, and dropping the packet when the MAC address is equal to the source MAC address and the leftmost bits of the source IPv6 address defined by the length are not equal to the IPv6 prefix.11-19-2009
20110317705TRAVERSAL OF SYMMETRIC NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATOR FOR MULTIPLE SIMULTANEOUS CONNECTIONS - Handling of multiple connections during NAT traversal for a node behind a symmetric NAT is disclosed. The likelihood of connection failure during symmetric NAT traversal may be reduced by serializing critical time windows after port prediction. Once a connection request has been sent for a first connection, port prediction for a subsequent connection may be delayed until a connectivity check has begun for the first connection. This process may be repeated to handle NAT traversal for multiple simultaneous connections to different nodes.12-29-2011
20090296711AFFINITY-BASED TRANSACTION PROCESSING - A transaction message is received at a router. A determination is made whether the transaction message includes an affinity. The affinity indicates an administrator-specified preference regarding processing of the transaction message. When the transaction message includes the affinity, a server system to process the transaction message is identified based on the affinity and based on a system affinity of the server system. The system affinity specifies processing characteristics of the server system. The server system includes a set of servers. The transaction message is modified to identify the server system and routed to a message queue.12-03-2009
20120020359METHOD FOR FORWARDING DATA PACKET, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - A method for forwarding data packet, a communication system, a Carrier Grade Network Address Translation (CGN) device, and an access gateway are provided. The CGN device communicates with the access gateway through an Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) network and is used for receiving a first data packet forwarded by the access gateway and determining whether the first data packet is an IPv4 packet or an IPv6-over-IPv4 tunnel packet; forwarding the first data packet to the IPv4 network if the first data packet is the IPv4 packet; and decapsulating the first data packet if the first data packet is the IPv6-over-IPv4 tunnel packet to a first IPv6 packet, and sending the first IPv6 packet to an IPv6 network or the IPv4 network. Therefore, technical problems of fully utilizing the IPv4 network and, gradually increasing deployment of the IPv6 network, and realizing communication are solved.01-26-2012
20120020358ROUTER AGGREGATION - A router programmed to function within an aggregation of a plurality of routers that appears as a single router externally is programmed to determine whether it is a first router in the aggregation of routers to receive a data packet. If the router is a first router in the aggregation of routers to receive a data packet, the router is programmed to perform layer 3 routing for the data packet including modification of the source and destination Media Access Control (MAC) addresses of the packet, and then transmit the packet to another router in the aggregation of routers for layer 2 switching of the packet. If the router is not a first router in the aggregation of routers to receive a data packet, the router is programmed to only perform layer 2 switching of the packet, with layer 3 routing for the data packet having already been performed by another router in the aggregation of routers.01-26-2012
20120020357TRANSPORT CONTROL SYSTEM AND TRANSPORT CONTROL SERVER - A transport control server (01-26-2012
20130195108Communication Method and Server of Transmission Control Protocol - This disclosure provides methods and servers to transmit data packets via Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connections. In some aspects, transmitting data packets includes receiving a data packet from a first application on a first server. The data packet is analyzed to determine a destination address associated with a second server. The data packet is transmitted based on the address associated with the second server. In some aspects, transmitting data packets includes receiving a data packet from a second application on a second server. The data packet is analyzed to determine the destination address associated with a first application on the first server. The data packet is transmitted based on the address associated with the first application. In some aspects, transmitting data packets includes a flow control mechanism to control data transmission.08-01-2013
20130195109NETWORK GATEWAY APPARATUS - A network gateway apparatus which adds encryption to easily implement secure communication without affecting network environment settings includes two network interface cards to communicate on two networks. The processor of the network gateway apparatus initializes communications through the network interface cards and uses a TCP/IP protocol stack to communicate through the network interface cards. When a packet is received by one of the network interface cards, the processor replaces the origin MAC and IP addresses and the destination MAC and IP addresses with temporary values. Then the processor encrypts the payload. The packet is sent to the TCP/IP protocol stack, which sends the packet to one of the two network interface cards according to the temporary values. The MAC an IP addresses of the final destination of the packet are rewritten to the packet and the packet is transmitted.08-01-2013
20130195110COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, METHOD FOR SETTING PROCESSING RULES, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: a plurality of nodes provided with a packet processing unit that processes a received packet in accordance with a processing rule associating a process to be applied to a packet and a matching rule for identifying a packet to which the process is to be applied; a trunk port management unit that manages a trunking link in a network including the nodes; and a path control unit that determines whether or not to use the trunking link, in accordance with a characteristic of a packet for which a setting of a processing rule is requested by a given node, and in a case of using the trunking link, selects some trunking link according to a prescribed rule. The control device calculates a packet forwarding path including the selected link, and sets a processing rule to implement the packet forwarding path for nodes on the packet forwarding path.08-01-2013
20120027017MULTI-DESTINATION FORWARDING IN NETWORK CLOUDS WHICH INCLUDE EMULATED SWITCHES - Techniques are described which facilitate multi-destination forwarding in a Layer 2 Multipath (L2MP) network which includes an emulated switch. The emulated switch may correspond to two or more underlying peer link switches in the L2MP network, in which each of the peer link switches is linked to a Classical Ethernet (CE) switch over a virtual port channel (vPC). Traffic received by one of the peer link switches over the vPC is automatically forwarded to the other peer link switch (or switches). Multi-destination frames originating from the L2MP network addressed to hosts within the CE network are sent over only one of the peer link switches.02-02-2012
20130201989STATELESS LOAD BALANCER IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM FOR TRANSPARENT PROCESSING WITH PACKET PRESERVATION - Stateless load balancing of network packets within a system avoids detection by a network client or end user for deep packet inspection or other bump-in-the-wire applications. At least one header field of a received packet is used in generating a hash value. The hash value is used to identify a processing resource within the system for processing the received packet. Before being sent to the identified resource, the received packet is encapsulated with a new header that includes an indication of ingress port. The encapsulation does not modify the original packet. On a return path from the identified processing resource, the ingress port is determined from the encapsulated packet, the encapsulated packet is decapsulated to obtain a recovered packet that is identical to the received packet, and the recovered packet is forwarded to the network through an egress port as determined from the recovered ingress port.08-08-2013
20130201990METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ACCESSING NETWORK FOR ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE - A method for an access network device to access a network is disclosed, which comprises: powering on an access switch, and setting in its internal downlink protocol packet address table that all downlink protocol packets are to be oriented to a CPU module; receiving, by the access switch, a downlink protocol packet sent from a node server and orienting the downlink protocol packet to the CPU module of the access switch, and generating, by the CPU module, an uplink protocol packet and sending the uplink protocol packet to the node server, wherein the downlink protocol packet contains an access network address that is to be allocated; sending, by the node server, a network access command to the access switch, wherein the network access command contains an access network address of the access switch, and the access network address is the access network address to be allocated; and updating, by the access switch, its internal downlink protocol packet address table, as orienting only a protocol packet with a destination address being its own access network address to the CPU module. The present invention can guarantee a stable transmission rate of the data packet transmission and avoid time delay, thereby guaranteeing the quality of the network transmission.08-08-2013
20130201991Triggering Bandwidth Reservation and Priority Remarking - In one embodiment, a reservation proxy monitors for received connectivity check messages or beginning-of-media-flow indication messages. When either type of message is observed, the reservation proxy requests resource allocation for a media flow associated with the received message. The amount of resource allocation requested may be coordinated by exchanging messages with a call controller or policy server for one of the endpoints of the media flow, or the amount of resource allocation may be identified within the received message.08-08-2013
20120300782TRIPLE-TIER ANYCAST ADDRESSING - In one embodiment, a solution is provided wherein redundant routers are treated as a single emulated switch. When a packet is received at a layer 2 edge switch from a host, the layer 2 edge switch may determine a switch identifier for the emulated switch using a destination anycast hardware address contained in the packet. The anycast hardware address may identify an emulated switch comprising a plurality of routers. Then a header may be added to the packet, the header including the switch identifier. Following that, the packet may be forwarded to another layer 2 switch along a shortest path from the layer 2 edge switch to the emulated switch.11-29-2012
20120300781Packet Routing in a Network - A network node (11-29-2012
20120300780COLLECTING NETWORK PERFORMANCE DATA FROM MULTIPLE AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS - A computer apparatus comprises first Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) logic comprising BGP route table data; a network interface to communicatively couple to a first autonomous system; data collection logic in computer-readable storage media when executed operable to perform discovering an address prefix of a data collector that is communicatively coupled to second BGP logic of a router within a second autonomous system that is coupled to the first autonomous system, wherein the second autonomous system is independent of the first autonomous system; determining a path through the first autonomous system, the one or more networks or internetworks, and the second autonomous system to the data collector based on the BGP route table; requesting the data collector to provide one or more data values relating to performance of network elements of the second autonomous system; receiving and storing the one or more data values.11-29-2012
20120300779CASCADED MEMORY TABLES FOR SEARCHING - Devices, systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with cascaded memory tables for searching are described. In one embodiment, an integrated chip is implemented with two or more address tables. The two or more address tables are implemented with separate memory tables to store addresses. The two or more address tables are comprised of a first address table and a second address table. Connection lines connect the first address table and the second address table to create a cascaded address table. Search logic initiates a search of the first address table for an address. If the address is not found, the search logic initiates a search of the second address table through the connection lines.11-29-2012
20120300778COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK APPARATUS, GATEWAY APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - A network apparatus, wherein a bearer is set between the network apparatus and a gateway apparatus connects a radio access network and a core network, including: a tunneling processing unit that encapsulates user data in accordance with a tunneling protocol; a data combining unit that generates combined data in which a plurality of the encapsulated user data to be transmitted to the same the gateway apparatus are combined; a header generation unit that generates a header of the network protocol storing the bearer identifier of the bearer transmitting user data included in the combined data; and a transmission unit that transmits a packet of the combined data having the header added thereto to the gateway apparatus.11-29-2012
20120300777SUPPORTING MULTIPLE IEC-101/IEC-104 MASTERS ON AN IEC-101/IEC-104 TRANSLATION GATEWAY - In one embodiment, a network device, such as a router, receives a frame containing a message from a first terminal unit. The network device modifies the received frame by replacing an original value of an originator identifier field in the frame with a new value that is locally unique on a particular data link. The network device than forwards the modified frame to a selected second terminal unit selected from a plurality of terminal units.11-29-2012
20120082162Method and Router for Implementing Mirroring - A method and router for implementing mirroring, said method including: configuring a remote mirroring port on a source router, establishing a corresponding layer two virtual interface, and specifying a data stream requiring mirroring and a corresponding physical egress port; establishing a layer two virtual interface corresponding to the layer two virtual interface of said source router on a destination router; forming one VPWS tunnel between the layer two virtual interfaces of said source router and said destination router; filtering out the mirroring data stream from the packet received at the remote mirroring port of said source router, and sending obtained mirroring packet from the physical egress port on said source router to said destination router; searching the layer two virtual interface on said destination router after receiving mirroring packet, and sending mirroring packet without a label from its corresponding physical port to a monitoring port, thereby implementing router remote mirroring.04-05-2012
20120093161METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TAGGING PACKETS ROUTED TO CUSTOMER PREMISES DEVICES VIA CLUSTERS OF DEDICATED CUSTOMER INTERFACES - A method of routing traffic to customer premises devices (CPDs), each CPD being reachable via a dedicated customer interface (DCI) from among a plurality of DCIs grouped into clusters included in respective outside plant units (OPUs). Packets destined for the CPDs are received. A destination DCI and a destination OPU for each packet is determined. The destination DCI for a particular packet destined for a particular CPD is determined by identifying the DCI via which the particular CPD is reachable. The destination OPU for the particular packet is determined by identifying the OPU that includes the destination DCI. For each particular OPU that is the destination OPU for one or more packets, the packets are buffered and transmitted via an interface for the particular OPU. For each particular DCI that is the destination DCI for one or more packets, tagging each packet with an indication of the particular DCI.04-19-2012
20120093160System and Method for Processing and Forwarding Transmitted Information - A system and method for handling a digital electronic flow between a first and second entity in which a flow policy is determined that is to be applied to the flow and the flow is then directed along a path in accordance with the policy. An ID is supplied for each flow and a tag associated with each flow which indicates the policy to be applied to its associated flow. Flows are also associated with one another, with associated flows having associated policies. In particular the flow may be processed or forwarded. The path may include a graph structure and virtual applications.04-19-2012
20120093159SCALING EGRESS NETWORK TRAFFIC - In an embodiment, a method is provided. The method of this embodiment provides generating one or more packets of data, the one or more packets of data being associated with a connection; and associating the one or more packets with one of a plurality of transmit queues based, at least in part, on the connection associated with the one or more packets.04-19-2012
20120093158COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PORGRAM - A communication system includes a node that processes a received packet; and a control device that sets a processing rule, which defines a matching rule and processing for a packet that conforms to the matching rule, in the node. The node holds an identifier in association with a processing rule and determines whether or not to perform processing for a received packet depending upon whether or not an identifier of the received packet corresponds to an identifier associated with a processing rule corresponding to a matching rule that conforms to the received packet, wherein the processing is performed according to the processing rule corresponding to the matching rule that conforms to the received packet.04-19-2012
20130208721PACKET ROUTING WITH ANALYSIS ASSIST FOR EMBEDDED APPLICATIONS SHARING A SINGLE NETWORK INTERFACE OVER MULTIPLE VIRTUAL NETWORKS - Techniques are provided for packet routing in a distributed network switch. The distributed network switch includes multiple switch modules operatively connected to one another, and each switch module includes multiple bridge elements and a management controller. In one embodiment, a shared interface routing (SIR) framework is provided that includes an analysis and bifurcation layer, at least one packet interface, and an analysis assist layer. A packet is received over a first logical network and via a physical port, the packet being destined for at least a first application executing on the management controller. The analysis assist layer analyzes the packet to determine a reason code to assign to the packet. The analysis and bifurcation layer then analyzes the packet based at least in part on the reason code.08-15-2013
20130208722PACKET ROUTING WITH ANALYSIS ASSIST FOR EMBEDDED APPLICATIONS SHARING A SINGLE NETWORK INTERFACE OVER MULTIPLE VIRTUAL NETWORKS - Techniques are provided for packet routing in a distributed network switch. The distributed network switch includes multiple switch modules operatively connected to one another, and each switch module includes multiple bridge elements and a management controller. In one embodiment, a shared interface routing (SIR) framework is provided that includes an analysis and bifurcation layer, at least one packet interface, and an analysis assist layer. A packet is received over a first logical network and via a physical port, the packet being destined for at least a first application executing on the management controller. The analysis assist layer analyzes the packet to determine a reason code to assign to the packet. The analysis and bifurcation layer then analyzes the packet based at least in part on the reason code.08-15-2013
20130208723SYSTEM FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES, SWITCHING METHOD, AND SWITCHING PROGRAM - A switching system in which a unique additional address is used for each session, and session information is transferred as it is without rewriting the session information when a communication device such as a server is switched, a switching method, and a switching program are disclosed. The switching system comprises a switching device (08-15-2013
20130208724Automated Adaption to Various Industrial Ethernet Protocols - A method for configuring a field device that is connected to a field bus, wherein the field bus is designed for Industrial Ethernet Protocols, wherein the method comprises the following steps: analyzing a data packet transmitted on the field bus; determining an Industrial Ethernet Protocol being used in the data packet; and automatically activating a protocol stack suitable to determined Industrial Ethernet Protocol.08-15-2013